Q60 · If yousee thissymbol, it means “Do not do this” or “Do not let thishap- pen”. If yousee asymbol similar to these in an illustration, it meansthe arrow pointsto the

Foryoursafety,read

carefully

andkeep

inthisvehicle.

Owner’s Manual

Q60

Foreword

Welcome to the growing family of new INFINITI owners. This vehicle has been delivered to you with confidence. It has been produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation andmaintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoymany kilometres (miles) of driv-ing pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information & Maintenance Booklet explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle.

Your INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, we will be glad to assist youwith the extensive resources available for you.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS!Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and completetrip for you and your passengers!

• NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

• ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.

• ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Preteenchildren should be seated in the rear seat.

• ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information.

When reading the manualThis manual includes information for all options available on this model.Therefore, you may find some information that does not apply to yourvehicle.

Throughout this manual, some illustrations may only show the layout forLeft-Hand Drive (LHD) models. For Right-Hand Drive (RHD) models, theillustrated shape and location of some components may differ.

All information, specifications and illustrations in thismanual are those ineffect at the time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right to change specifi-cations or designs without notice and without obligation.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regula-tions. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modi-fications may not be covered under INFINITI warranties.

Read first — then drive safelyBefore driving your vehicle, read this Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assistingyou in the safe operation of your vehicle.

Throughout this manual the following symbols and words are used:

WARNING

Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal in-jury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures described must be followed pre-cisely.

CAUTION

Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personalinjury, or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures de-scribed must be followed carefully.

NOTE

Indicates additional helpful information.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this hap-pen”.

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration, it means the arrowpoints to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement oraction.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an itemin the illustration.

[ ]:

Square brackets are used to indicate messages, keys, or items displayedon a screen.

< >:

Chevrons or angle brackets are used to indicate texts on controls like but-tons or switches inside or on the vehicle.

Air bag warning labels:

“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by anACTIVE AIR BAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD canoccur.”

Be sure to read the “Airbag warning labels” description in the Safety sec-tion of this manual; and the “Airbag label” description at the end of thismanual.

BATTERY DISPOSALCAUTION

An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm localregulations for battery disposal.

Examples of the batteries that the vehicle contains:

• Vehicle battery

• Remote controller battery (for Intelligent Key and/or Remote keyless entry sys-tem)

SIC0697Z

JVR0243XZ

• Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) sensor battery

• Remote controller battery (for Mobile Entertainment system)

If in doubt, contact your local authority, or an INFINITI Centre, or a quali-fied workshop for advice on disposal.

INFINITI Genuine Parts and Accessories might be branded either INFINITIor NISSAN.

Contents Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical information 9

Index 10

0 Illustrated table of contentsIllustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS).................................................... 0-2Exterior front .................................................... 0-3Exterior rear ..................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment.................................... 0-5Cockpit ............................................................ 0-6

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model ......................... 0-6Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model....................... 0-8

Instrument panel .............................................. 0-10Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model ......................... 0-10Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model....................... 0-11

Meters and gauges ........................................... 0-12Engine compartment......................................... 0-13

VR30DDTT engine model ............................... 0-132.0L Turbo petrol engine model ..................... 0-14

1. Child restraint anchorage (P. 1-22)

2. Head restraints (P. 1-8)

3. Seat belts (P. 1-10)

4. Pre-tensioner seat belt system (P. 1-38)

5. Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bags (for Russia and Ukraine)(P. 1-38)

6. Front seats (P. 1-2)

7. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P. 1-29)

8. ISOFIX child restraint system (P. 1-15)

9. Rear seats (P. 1-6)— Child restraints (P. 1-15)

10. Rear seat walk-in mechanism (P. 1-5)

11. Supplemental side-impact air bags (P. 1-29)

12. Front passenger air bag status light(P. 1-36)

13. Front passenger air bag switch (P. 1-37)

NIC2930

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Bonnet (P. 3-19)

2. Windscreen wipers and washers— Switch operation (P. 2-33)— Window washer fluid (P. 8-16)— Windscreen deicer* (P. 2-36)

3. Headlights— Switch operation (P. 2-28)— Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)*(P. 2-31)

4. Sunroof* (P. 2-40)

5. Power windows (P. 2-38)

6. Outside rearview mirrors (P. 3-25)— Side turn signal lights (P. 2-32)— Side view camera* (See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual)

7. Recovery hook (P. 6-16)

8. Front view camera* (See the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual)

9. Sonar (parking sensor) system* (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

10. Headlight cleaner* (P. 2-32)

11. Front fog lights (P. 2-33)

12. Tyres— Tyre Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P. 2-7, P. 5-3)— Tyres and wheels (P. 8-26, P. 9-10)— Flat tyre (P. 6-3)

13. Doors— Keys (P. 3-2)— Door locks (P. 3-3)— Intelligent Key system (P. 3-6)— Security system (P. 3-17)— Courtesy light (P. 2-46)

*: where fitted

JVC0949X

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Boot— Boot lid (P. 3-21)— Auxiliary battery (for 2.0L turbo petrolengine model) (P. 8-18)

2. High-mounted stop light (P. 8-23)

3. DAB radio antenna* (P. 4-3)

4. Rear window defogger (P. 2-35)/Antenna(P. 4-3)

5. Sonar (parking sensor) system (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

6. Rear view camera (See the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual)

7. Recovery hook (P. 6-16)

8. Rear combination light (P. 8-23)

9. Fuel-filler lid (P. 3-22)

*: where fitted

JVC0944X

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Coat hooks (P. 2-44)

2. Power window switch (P. 2-38)

3. Outside rearview mirror remote controlswitch (P. 3-25)

4. Automatic drive positioner switch* (P. 3-27)

5. Sun visors (P. 2-45)

6. Sunroof switch* (P. 2-40)

7. SOS call switch (for Russia and Ukraine)(See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

8. Map lights (P. 2-46)

9. Sunglasses holder (P. 2-43)

10. Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-24)

11. Rear cup holders (P. 2-44)

12. Console box (P. 2-43)— Power outlet (P. 2-42)— Media hub (See the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual)

13. Front cup holders (P. 2-44)

*: where fitted

JVC0941X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL1. Side vent (P. 4-2)

2. Headlight and turn signal switch (P. 2-28)/Fog light switch (P. 2-33)

3. Steering wheel— Power steering (P. 5-97)— Horn (P. 2-37)

— Driver’s supplemental front-impact airbag (P. 1-29)— Heated steering wheel* (P. 2-37)

4. Windscreen wiper and washer switch(P. 2-33)

5. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P. 6-2)

6. Shift lever (P. 5-12)

7. INFINITI controller (See the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual)

8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(for Russia and Ukraine) (P. 5-21) orElectronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFFswitch (for Europe) (P. 5-23)

9. Stop/Start System OFF switch (for Europe)or Idling Stop System OFF switch (for Rus-sia and Ukraine)* (P. 5-31)

10. Boot lid release switch (P. 3-21)

11. Instrument brightness control switch(P. 2-3)

12. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer(P. 2-2)

13. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheelswitch* (P. 3-23)

14. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheellever* (P. 3-23)

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)— Audio control steering switch (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)— Hands-free phone system switch (Seethe Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)— Voice recognition system switch (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

NIC2938

COCKPIT


16. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (rightside)— Trip computer switch (P. 2-22)— Speed limiter switches (P. 5-56)— Cruise control switches* (P. 5-58)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemswitches* (P. 5-60)— Dynamic driver assistance switch*(P. 5-32, P. 5-36, P. 5-41, P. 5-75)

17. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P. 5-18)

*: where fitted


RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL1. INFINITI controller (See the Infiniti InTouch

Owner’s Manual)

2. Shift lever (P. 5-12)

3. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P. 6-2)

4. Headlight and turn signal switch (P. 2-28)/Fog light switch (P. 2-33)

5. Steering wheel— Power steering (P. 5-97)— Horn (P. 2-37)— Driver’s supplemental front-impact airbag (P. 1-29)— Heated steering wheel* (P. 2-37)

6. Windscreen wiper and washer switch(P. 2-33)

7. Side vent (P. 4-2)

8. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P. 5-18)

9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)— Audio control steering switch (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)— Hands-free phone system switch (Seethe Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)— Voice recognition system switch (Seethe Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

10. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheelswitch* (P. 3-23)

11. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (rightside)— Trip computer switch (P. 2-22)— Speed limiter switches* (P. 5-56)— Cruise control switches* (P. 5-58)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemswitches* (P. 5-60)— Dynamic driver assistance switch*(P. 5-32, P. 5-36, P. 5-41, P. 5-75)

12. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheellever* (P. 3-23)

13. Instrument brightness control switch(P. 2-3)

14. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip odometer(P. 2-2)

15. Boot lid release switch (P. 3-21)

16. Stop/Start System OFF switch* (P. 5-31)

NIC2939


17. Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFFswitch (P. 5-23)

*: where fitted


LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL1. Paddle shifter* (P. 5-13)

2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-2)

3. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-7)

4. Centre vent (P. 4-2)

5. Heater and air conditioner control (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

6. Upper touch screen display (upper display)and Navigation system* (See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual)

7. Lower touch screen display (lower display)(See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

8. Defogger switch (P. 2-35)/Windscreendeicer switch* (P. 2-36)

9. Front passenger’s supplemental front-impact air bag (P. 1-29)

10. Bonnet release handle (P. 3-19)

11. Fuse box cover (P. 8-22)

12. Parking brake (P. 2-26)

13. Storage box (P. 2-43)/power outlet (P. 2-42)

14. Heated seat switches (P. 1-6)

15. Audio system (See the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual)

16. Glove box lid release handle (P. 2-42)

*: where fitted

NIC2940

INSTRUMENT PANEL


RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL1. Front passenger’s supplemental front-

impact air bag (P. 1-29)

2. Heater and air conditioner control (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

3. Defogger switch (P. 2-35)

4. Lower touch screen display (lower display)(See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual)

5. Upper touch screen display (upper display)and Navigation system* (See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual)

6. Centre vent (P. 4-2)

7. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-7)

8. Meters and gauges (P. 2-2)

9. Paddle shifter* (P. 5-13)

10. Glove box lid release handle (P. 2-42)

11. Audio system (See the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual)

12. Heated seat switches* (P. 1-6)

13. Storage box (P. 2-43)/power outlet (P. 2-42)

14. Parking brake (P. 2-26)

15. Fuse box cover (P. 8-22)

16. Bonnet release handle (P. 3-19)

*: where fitted

NIC2941


1. Tachometer (P. 2-2)

2. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-5)

3. Speedometer (P. 2-2)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P. 2-3)

5. Vehicle information display (P. 2-15)— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-2)— Automatic Transmission (AT) positionindicator (P. 2-20)

6. Fuel gauge (P. 2-3)

JVC0502X

METERS AND GAUGES


VR30DDTT ENGINE MODEL1. Battery*1 (P. 8-17)

2. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-8)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-8)

4. Brake fluid reservoir*1 (P. 8-14)

5. Fuse/fusible link holder*2 (P. 8-20)

6. Air cleaner (P. 8-15)

7. Engine drive belt location (P. 8-11)

8. Radiator filler cap (P. 8-6)

9. Intercooler coolant reservoir (P. 8-7)

10. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)

11. Window washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-16)

*1: The layout illustrated is for the Left-HandDrive (LHD) model. On the Right-Hand Drive(RHD) model, these components are located onthe opposite side.

*2: For the Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model, an-other fuse holder is located near the battery.

JVC0968X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT


2.0L TURBO PETROL ENGINE MODEL1. Fuse and fusible link holder* (P. 8-20)

2. Main battery* (P. 8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-8)

4. Brake fluid reservoir* (P. 8-14)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)

6. Fuse and fusible link holder (P. 8-20)

7. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-8)

8. Engine drive belt location (P. 8-11)

9. Power steering fluid reservoir (where fit-ted) (P. 8-15)

10. Window washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-16)

The auxiliary battery is located in the boot. (See“Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.)

*: The layout illustrated is for the Left-Hand Drive(LHD) model. On the Right-Hand Drive (RHD)model, these components are located on the op-posite side.

JVC0646X


1 Safety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint systemSafety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats ............................................................... 1-2Front seats................................................... 1-2Rear seats.................................................... 1-6

Head restraints................................................. 1-8Adjustable head restraint components .......... 1-8Non-adjustable head restraint components.... 1-8Remove ....................................................... 1-8Install.......................................................... 1-9Adjust ......................................................... 1-9

Seat belts......................................................... 1-10Precautions on seat belt usage...................... 1-10Child safety ................................................. 1-12Pregnant women .......................................... 1-13Injured persons............................................ 1-13Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function(front seats) (where fitted) ............................ 1-13Three-point type seat belts ........................... 1-14

Seat belt maintenance.................................. 1-15Child restraints................................................. 1-15

Precautions on child restraint usage.............. 1-15Universal child restraints for front seat andrear seats .................................................... 1-16ISOFIX child restraint system......................... 1-21Child restraint anchorage.............................. 1-22Child restraint installation using ISOFIX......... 1-23Child restraint installation usingthree-point type seat belt ............................. 1-25

Supplemental restraint system .......................... 1-29Precautions on Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ............................................... 1-29Supplemental air bag systems ...................... 1-35Pre-tensioner seat belt system ...................... 1-38Repair and replacement procedure ................ 1-38

Pop-up engine bonnet....................................... 1-39

WARNING

• Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle with theseatback reclined. This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be properly against the body.In an accident, you and your passengers could bethrown into the shoulder belt and receive neck orother serious injuries. You and your passengerscould also slide under the lap belt and receive se-rious injuries.

• For the most effective protection while the vehicleis in motion, the seatback should be upright. Al-ways sit well back and upright in the seat and ad-just the seat properly. (See “Seat belts” later inthis section.)

• Do not leave children unattended inside the ve-hicle. They could unknowingly activate switchesor controls or move the vehicle. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in serious accidents.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unin-tended operation of the vehicle and/or its sys-tems, do not leave children, people who requirethe assistance of others, or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the temperature insidea closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a significant risk ofinjury or death to people and pets.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to con-tact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damages.

FRONT SEATS

WARNING

Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so thatfull attention may be given to vehicle operation.

Power seat adjustmentOperating tips:

• The power seat motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops during the seatadjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate theswitch.

• To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operatethe power seats for a long period of time when theengine is not running.

For the automatic drive positioner (where fitted)operation, see “Automatic drive positioner (wherefitted)” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments”section.

SSS0133AZ

SEATS

1-2 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Forward and backward:

Move the adjusting switchj1 forward or back-ward to the desired position.

Reclining:

Move the adjusting switchj2 forward or back-ward to the desired position.

The reclining feature allows the adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of different sizes tohelp obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seatbelts” later in this section.)

The seatbackmay be reclined to allow occupantsto rest when the vehicle is parked.

WARNING

The seatback should not be reclined any more thanneeded for comfort. Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back and straight up in theseat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injured is increased.

Seat lifter:

1. Pull the adjusting switch up or push it downto adjust the seat height until the desired po-sition is achieved.

2. Tilt the adjusting switch up or down to adjustthe front angle of the seat until the desiredposition is achieved.

SSS1051Z

SSS1052Z

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Lumbar support (where fitted):

Manual adjustment type:

Move the adjusting leverj1 forward or back-ward to adjust the seat lumbar area until thedesired position is achieved.

Power adjustment type:

Push each side of the adjusting switch to adjustthe seat lumbar area until the desired positionis achieved.

Side support (where fitted):

The side support feature allows you to adjustthe torso supports. Push the switch insidej1 oroutsidej2 to adjust the torso area.

SSS0684Z

SSS1053Z

JVR0186XZ


Walk-in mechanism:

This feature makes it easier to get in and out ofthe rear seat. Use the following procedure whengetting in and out of the rear seat.

If the sun visor is used, close it to the originalposition before operating the walk-in feature.

1. Pull the seatback lever upwardj1 to fold thefront seatback down. Make sure that the frontseatback is completely folded down.

2. To slide the front seat forward, firmly pushthe seatback switchj2 . The front seat willmove forward.

3. Get in or out of the vehicle.

4. To return the front seat to its original posi-tion, raise the seatback and push the seat-back switchj2 again.

• To stop the seat sliding, push the seatback switchj2 again or push the seat sliding/lifter switches.

• The front passenger seat will stop returning 165.8mm (6.5 in) from its front-most position to retainspace for the rear passenger.

• Depending on the seat position, the head restraintmay contact the roof headlining during the walk-inoperation. To prevent possible interference, lowerthe seat using the seat lifter switch.

WARNING

When returning the seat to its original position, con-firm the seat and seatback are locked properly.

CAUTION

• Be careful not to pinch your hand or foot or bumpyour head when operating the walk-in seat.

• While operating the walk-in seat, do not operatethe seatback reclining switch. The reclining motormay be damaged.

• Do not place any objects near the seatback of thefront seats. They may be pinched and damaged.

The automatic forwarding and reversing will notwork or stop under the following conditions:

• When the vehicle is moving (driver’s seat only).

• When the seat belt is fastened.

• When the shift lever is not in the “P” (Park) posi-tion (driver’s seat only).

• When the door is closed (automatic forwardingonly).

• While the automatic drive positioner (where fitted)operates.

• When the automatic drive positioner switches(where fitted) are pushed.

• When the seatback switch is pushed.

• When the seat position is adjusted.

Note that the seat must be moved to the front-most position by operating the walk-in functionafter the battery is disconnected. Otherwise, theseat will not move backward during the walk-infunction.

JVR0497XZ


Heated seats

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater ifyou or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seattemperatures or have an inability to feel pain in thosebody parts in contact with the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

• The battery could be depleted if the seat heater isoperated while the engine is not running.

• Do not turn on the seat heater for extended peri-ods or when no one is using the seat.

• Do not put anything on the seat which insulatesheat, such as a blanket, cushion, or seat cover,etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.

• Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat orpierce it with a pin or similar object. This may re-sult in damage to the heater.

• Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never use petrol, thinner,or any similar materials.

• If any malfunctions are found or the heated seatdoes not operate properly, turn the switch off andhave the system checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

The front seats can be warmed by built-in heat-ers. The heating system can be operated inde-pendently for the driver’s seat and front passen-ger’s seat.

Operation using heated seat switches:

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the heated seat switch on the instru-ment panel.

• Each time the switch is pushed, the seat heat-ing mode will change in the following order.

AUTO → High → Mid → Low → OFF

• The indicator lightj1 on the switch will illumi-nate when the heater is on.

Operation using touch screen:

1. Push the <CLIMATE> button.

2. Touch [m ] or [m ] on the lower display andselect an item from [AUTO], [High], [Mid],[Low] or [OFF].

AUTO mode setting:

When in the AUTO mode, heater will turn on oroff automatically according to conditions suchas the temperature inside the vehicle compart-ment. Depending on the conditions, heater willnot turn on even if AUTO is selected. The settingfor AUTO mode can be changed. For details, seethe Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.

REAR SEATS

Folding

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or onthe rear seat when it is in the fold-down position.Use of these areas by passengers without properrestraints could result in serious injury or death inan accident or sudden stop.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps tohelp prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seatback. In a suddenstop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

JVR0505XZ


• When returning the seatback to the upright posi-tion, be certain it is completely secured in thelatched position. If it is not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an accident or sud-den stop.

• Closely supervise children when they are aroundcars to prevent them from playing and becominglocked in the boot where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with the rear seatbackand boot lid securely latched when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car keys.

The rear seatback can be folded according to thefollowing procedure.

Before folding the seatback:

Remove drink containers from the rear cupholder.

To fold the seatback:

1. Open the boot lid.

2. Pull the strap located on the left side of theboot. The rear seatback will be unlatched.

3. Fold the rear seatback down.

To return the seatback:

1. Fold up the rear seatback.

2. Securely lock the seatback in position.

JVR0498X


WARNING

Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safetysystems. They may provide additional protectionagainst injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust-able head restraints must be adjusted properly, asspecified in this section. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything tothe head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint.Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been re-moved. If the head restraint was removed, reinstalland properly adjust the head restraint before an occu-pant uses the seating position. Failure to follow theseinstructions can reduce the effectiveness of the headrestraints. This may increase the risk of serious injuryor death in a collision.

• Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint thatmay be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

• Adjustable head restraints have multiple notchesalong the stalk to lock them in a desired adjust-ment position.

• The non-adjustable head restraints have a singlelocking notch to secure them to the seat frame.

• Proper adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align the head re-straint so the centre of your ear is approxi-mately level with the centre of the headrestraint.

– If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint at the highest position.

• If the head restraint has been removed, ensure thatit is reinstalled and locked in place before riding inthat designated seating position.

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVESSS0992Z

JVR0203XZ

SSS1037Z

HEAD RESTRAINTS


Use the following procedure to remove the headrestraint.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest posi-tion.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head re-straint before an occupant uses the seatingposition.

INSTALL

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holesin the seat. Make sure that the head restraintis facing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notchj1 must be installed inthe hole with the lock knobj2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.

ADJUST

For adjustable head restraint

Adjust the head restraint so the centre is levelwith the centre of your ears. If your ear positionis still higher than the recommended alignment,place the head restraint at the highest position.

For non-adjustable head restraint

Make sure the head restraint is positioned fromthe stored position or any non-latch position sothe lock knob is engaged in the notch beforeriding in that designated seating position.

Raise

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

SSS1038Z

SSS0997Z

JVR0259XZ

SSS1035Z


Make sure the head restraint is positioned fromthe stored position or any non-latch position sothe lock knob is engaged in the notch beforeriding in that designated seating position.

Lower

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down.

Make sure the head restraint is positioned sothe lock knob is engaged in the notch beforeriding in that designated seating position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGEIf you are wearing the seat belt properly adjustedand sitting upright and well back in the seat,chances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatly re-duced. INFINITI strongly encourages you and allof your passengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position includes thesupplemental air bag systems.

SSS1036Z

SEAT BELTS


WARNING

• Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bonystructure of the body, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or the pelvis, chestand shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap sec-tion of the belt across the abdominal area must beavoided. Serious injury may occur if a seat belt isnot worn properly.

SSS0134AZ

SSS0136AZ

SSS0014Z

SSS0016Z


• Position the lap belt as low and snug as possiblearound the hips, not the waist. A lap belt worn toohigh could increase the risk of internal injuries inan accident.

• Do not allow more than one person to use the sameseat belt. Each belt assembly must only be used byone occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt arounda child being carried on the occupant’s lap.

• Never carry more people in the vehicle than thereare seat belts.

• Never wear seat belts inside out. Belts should notbe worn with straps twisted. Doing so may reducetheir effectiveness.

• Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as pos-sible, consistent with comfort, to provide the pro-tection for which they have been designed. A slackbelt will greatly reduce the protection afforded tothe wearer.

• Every person who drives or rides in this vehicleshould use a seat belt at all times. Children shouldbe in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint.

• Do not put the belt behind your back or under yourarm. Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but not falling offyour shoulder. Serious injury may occur if a seatbelt is not worn properly.

• No modifications or additions should be made bythe user which will either prevent the seat belt ad-

justing devices from operating to remove slack, orprevent the seat belt assembly from beingadjusted to remove slack.

• Care should be taken to avoid contamination ofthe webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, andparticularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely becarried out using mild soap and water. The beltshould be replaced if webbing becomes frayed,contaminated or damaged.

• It is essential to replace the entire assembly afterit has been worn in a severe impact even if damageto the assembly is not obvious.

• All seat belt assemblies including retractors andattaching hardware should be inspected after anycollision by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop. INFINITI recommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision be replaced un-less the collision was minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operate properly. Seatbelt assemblies not in use during a collisionshould also be inspected and, when necessary, re-placed if either damage or improper operation isnoted.

• Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has activated, itcannot be reused. It must be replaced togetherwith the retractor. Contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

• Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seatbelt system components should be done by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

CHILD SAFETY

WARNING

• Infants and children need special protection. Thevehicle’s seat belts may not fit them properly. Theshoulder belt may come too close to the face orneck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip-bones. In an accident, an improperly fitted seatbelt could cause serious or fatal injury.

• Always use an appropriate child restraint system.

Children need adults to help protect them. Theyneed to be properly restrained. The proper re-straint depends on the child’s size.

Infants and small childrenINFINITI recommends that infants and small chil-dren be seated in a child restraint system. Youshould choose a child restraint system that fits

SSS0099Z


your vehicle and the child, and always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.

Large children

WARNING

• Never allow children to stand or kneel on any seats.

• Never allow children in the luggage areas whilethe vehicle is moving. A child could be seriouslyinjured in an accident or sudden stop.

Children who are too large for a child restraintsystem should be seated and restrained by theseat belts that are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulder beltthat fits close to the face or neck, the use of abooster seat (commercially available) may helpovercome this. The booster seat should raise thechild so that the shoulder belt is properly posi-tioned across the top, middle portion of theshoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. Thebooster seat should also fit the vehicle seat.Once the child has grown so that the shoulderbelt is no longer on or near the face or neck ofthe child, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat. In addition, there are many typesof child restraint systems available for largerchildren that should be used for maximum pro-tection.

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low as pos-sible around the hips, not the waist. Place theshoulder belt over your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt overyour abdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSINFINITI recommends that injured persons useseat belts. Contact your doctor for specific rec-ommendations.

PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITHCOMFORT FUNCTION (front seats)(where fitted)

The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seat beltwith a motor to help restrain front seat occu-pants. This helps reduce the risk of injury in acollision.

The motor retracts the seat belt under the fol-lowing emergency conditions:

• During emergency braking.

• During sudden steering manoeuvres.

• Activation of the forward emergency braking sys-tem. (See “Forward emergency braking system(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion.)

The pre-crash seat belt will not be active when:

• The seat belt is not fastened

• The vehicle speed is under 15 km/h (10 MPH) dur-ing emergency braking

• The vehicle speed is under 30 km/h (19 MPH) dur-ing sudden steering manoeuvres.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be active whenthe brake pedal is not depressed except whensudden steering manoeuvres occur or the for-ward emergency braking system activates.

The motor also retracts the seat belt when theseat belt is fastened or unfastened. When theseat belt is fastened, the motor tightens the seatbelt for a snug fit. When the seat belt is unfas-tened, the motor retracts the seat belt. If theseat belt is not fully retracted, the motor retractsthe seat belt when the door is opened.

Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit up-right and well back.

If the motor cannot retract the seat belt whenthe seat belt is fastened or unfastened, it mayindicate the pre-crash seat belt system has amalfunction. Have your INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop check and repair the system.

When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in ashort period of time, the motor may not be ableto retract the seat belt. After a few minutes, themotor normally reactivates and retracts the seatbelt. If the seat belt still cannot be retracted by


the motor, the pre-crash seat belt system has amalfunction. Have your INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop check and repair the system.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS

Fastening seat belts

WARNING

The seatback should not be in a reclined position anymore than needed for comfort. Seat belts are mosteffective when the passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat.

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this sec-tion.)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

• The retractor is designed to lock during a sud-den stop or on impact. A slow pulling motionpermits the seat belt to move, and allows yousome freedom of movement in the seat.

• If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fullyretracted position, firmly pull the belt and re-lease it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of theretractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug onthe hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the re-tractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand is snug across your chest.

Shoulder belt arm (for front seats)

Before fastening the seat belt, pull the shoulderbelt arm forward until it clicks at the lock posi-tion. Pulling the arm forward will allow an easyaccess to the belt.

Unfastening seat beltsPush the button on the buckle. The seat belt au-tomatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement:

• When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the re-tractor.

• When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation by grasping the shoulderbelt and pulling forward quickly. The retractorshould lock and restrict further belt movement.

SSS0292Z

SSS0467Z

SSS0588Z


If the retractor does not lock during this check,contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopimmediately.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCEPeriodically check that the seat belt and all themetal components, such as buckles, tongues,retractors, flexible wires and anchors, workproperly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts orother damage on the seat belt webbing is found,the entire seat belt assembly should bereplaced.

If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of theseat belt anchors, the seat belts may retractslowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with aclean, dry cloth.

To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soapsolution or any solution recommended for clean-ing upholstery or carpet. Then wipe with a clothand allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Donot allow the seat belts to retract until they arecompletely dry.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTUSAGE

WARNING

• Infants and small children should always be placedin an appropriate child restraint while riding in thevehicle. Failure to use a child restraint can result inserious injury or death.

• Infants and small children should never be carriedon your lap. It is not possible for even the stron-gest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident.The child could be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the same seatbelt around both your child and yourself.

• INFINITI recommends that the child restraints beinstalled in the rear seat. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

• Improper use or improper installation of a childrestraint can increase the risk or severity of injuryfor both the child and other occupants of the ve-hicle and can lead to serious injury or death in anaccident.

• Follow all of the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for installation and use. When purchas-ing a child restraint, be sure to select one whichwill fit your child and vehicle. It may not be pos-sible to properly install some types of child re-straint in your vehicle.

• The direction of the child restraint, either front-facing or rear-facing, depends on the type of thechild restraint and the size of the child. Refer tothe child restraint manufacturer’s instructions fordetails.

• Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to en-sure full contact between child restraint and seat-back.

• After attaching a child restraint, test it before youplace the child in it. Push it from side to side andtug it forward to make sure that it is held securelyin place. The child restraint should not move morethan 25 mm (1 in). If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, or install therestraint in another seat and test it again.

• When the child restraint is not in use, keep it se-cured with the ISOFIX child restraint system or aseat belt to prevent it from being thrown around incase of a sudden stop or accident.

SSS0099Z

CHILD RESTRAINTS


• Never install a rear-facing child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat when the front passenger’sair bag is available. Supplemental front-impact airbags inflate with great force. A rear-facing childrestraint could be struck by the supplementalfront-impact air bags in an accident and could se-riously injure or kill your child.

• If the seat belt in the position where a child re-straint is installed requires a locking device and ifit is not used, injuries could result from a childrestraint tipping over during normal vehicle brak-ing or cornering.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in a closed ve-hicle can become very hot. Check the seating surfaceand buckles before placing your child in a child re-straint.

INFINITI recommends that infants and small chil-dren be seated in a child restraint. You shouldchoose a child restraint that fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instructionsfor installation and use. In addition, there aremany types of child restraints available forlarger children that should be used for maximumprotection.

UNIVERSAL CHILD RESTRAINTS FORFRONT SEAT AND REAR SEATS

WARNING

In vehicles equipped with a side air bag system, donot let any infants or small children sit in the frontpassenger’s seat as the air bag may cause serious in-jury in case of deployment during a collision.

NOTE

Universal child restraints approved to UN RegulationNO.44 (UN R44) or UN Regulation NO.129 (UN R129)are clearly marked “Universal”.

When selecting any child restraint, keep the fol-lowing points in mind:

• Choose a child restraint that complies with the UNR44 or UN R129.

• Place your child in the child restraint and check thevarious adjustments to be sure the child restraintis compatible with your child. Always follow all ofthe recommended procedures.

• Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sureit is compatible with vehicle’s seat belt system.

• Refer to the tables later in this section for a list ofthe recommended fitment positions and the ap-proved child restraints for your vehicle.

Mass group of child seat (UN R44)Mass group Child’s weight

Group 0 up to 10 kgGroup 0+ up to 13 kgGroup I 9 to 18 kgGroup II 15 to 25 kgGroup III 22 to 36 kg

Examples of child restraint types:

JVR0371XZ

Child safety seat categories 0 and 0+

JVR0372XZ

Child safety seat categories 0+ and I


Child seat installation using the vehicle’s seat beltThe following restriction is applied when using child restraints varying by infants weight andinstallation position.

JVR0373XZ

Child safety seat categories II and III

Group

Seating positionFront passenger

with passenger air bagON

Front passengerwith passenger air bag

OFF

Rearoutboard seat

0 X U*1 U0+ X U*1 UI X U*1 UII X UF*1 UFIII X UF*1 UF

U: Suitable for all universal category child restraint systems approved for this weight group.UF: Suitable for forward-facing universal category child restraint systems approved for this weight group.X: Not suitable for child restraint system.*1: If you install a child restraint in the front seat, move the front seat to the highest position (lifter), remove the front

seat head restraint.


List of Universal recommended child restraints

Group Front passenger seat(with passenger air bag OFF) Rear outboard seat

0 ( < 10 kg) - -

0+ ( < 13 kg)Maxi Cosi Cabriofix Belted Rearward facing Maxi Cosi Cabriofix Belted Rearward facing

Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Easybase2

Belted & Support leg Rearwardfacing

Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Easybase2

Belted & Support leg Rearwardfacing

I (9 to 18 kg) Römer King II LS Belted Forward facing Römer King II LS Belted Forward facingII (15 to 25 kg) Römer KidFix XP Belted Forward facing - -

III (22 to 36 kg) Römer KidFix XP Belted Forward facing Nania Dream Belted Forward facing


Permissible options for fitting an ISOFIX child restraint (UN R44, UN R129)

Weight class Size class FixtureSeating position

Front passenger Rear outboard

Carry-cotF ISO/L1 X XG ISO/L2 X X

Group 0 Up to 10 kg E ISO/R1 X IL*

Group 0+ Up to 13 kgE ISO/R1 X ILD ISO/R2 X IL*C ISO/R3 X IL*

Group I 9 to 18 kg

D ISO/R2 X IL*C ISO/R3 X IL*B ISO/F2 X IUFB1 ISO/F2X X IUFA ISO/F3 X IUF

Group II 15 to 25 kg X ILGroup III 22 to 36 kg X X

IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX category child restraint systems (CRS) specified in the following tables of recom-mended seats, or in the vehicle list of the child restraint system manufacturer.

IL*: Suitable for particular ISOFIX category child restraint systems (CRS) given in the vehicle list of child seat manufac-turer.

IUF: Suitable for universal category forward-facing child restraint systems approved for this weight group.X: Not suitable for child restraint system.

If you install a child restraint in the rear seat, move the front seat to the front-most position (slide).


List of recommended ISOFIX child restraints (UN R44, UN R129)

Permissible options for fitting an i-Size child restraint (UN R129)

Weight class

Front passengerseat

(with passenger airbag ON/OFF)

Rear outboard seat

Group 0 Up to 10 kg X - -

Group 0+ Up to 13 kg X MaxiCosi Cabriofix &Familyfix

ISOFIX & Support legRearward facing

Group I 9 to 18 kg X Römer Duo+ ISOFIX & Top tetherForward facing

Group II 15 to 25 kg X RECARO monza nova2 seatfix

Belted & ISOFIXForward facing

Group III 22 to 36 kg X - -

Front passenger seat(with passenger air bag ON/OFF) Rear outboard seat

i-Size child restraints X i-U

i-U: Suitable for all universal category i-Size child restraint system approved for seating position.i-UF: Suitable for forward-facing universal category i-Size child restraints system approved for seating position.X: Not suitable for i-Size child restraint system.


List of recommended i-Size child restraints (UN R129) ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with ISOFIX child restraintsystems.

Weight classFront passenger seat

(with passenger air bagON/OFF)

Rear outboard seat

67-105 cm≤18.5 kg X MaxiCosi 2way Pearl &

2wayFix Rear facing

>15 months-105 cm≤18.5 kg X MaxiCosi 2way Pearl &

2wayFix Front facing

61-105 cm X BeSafe iZi Kid X1 i-Size Rear facing

JVR0499XZ

Type A

JVR0509XZ

Type B


ISOFIX lower anchor point locationsThe ISOFIX anchor points are provided to installchild restraints in the rear outboard seating po-sitions only. Do not attempt to install a childrestraint in the centre position using the ISOFIXanchors.

The ISOFIX anchors are located, under the cov-ers labelled ISOFIX, at the bottom of the rearseat cushions.

To access an ISOFIX lower anchor, insert yourfinger into the cover and pull the cover off.

CAUTION

Store the loose ISOFIX lower anchor covers to avoidlosing them and where they will not get damaged.

ISOFIX child restraint anchorattachments

ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attach-ments that can be connected to two anchors lo-cated in the seat. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint. Check your child restraint for a labelstating that it is compatible with the ISOFIX childrestraints. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

ISOFIX child restraints generally require the useof a top tether strap or other anti-rotation de-vices such as support legs. When installing

ISOFIX child restraints, carefully read and followthe instructions in this manual and those sup-plied with the child restraints. (See “Child re-straint installation using ISOFIX” later in this section.)

CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGEYour vehicle is designed to accommodate a childrestraint on the rear seat. When installing a childrestraint, carefully read and follow the instruc-tions in this manual and those supplied with thechild restraint.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstandonly those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances are they to be usedfor adult seat belts, harnesses or for attaching otheritems or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed using the dam-aged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision.

JVR0252XZ

Type A

JVR0510XZ

Type B

SSS0644Z

Anchor attachment


Anchorage location

The anchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf for the right and left outboard seating po-sitions of the rear seat.

Position the top tether strap over the top of theseatback and secure it to the tether anchoragethat provides the straightest installation.Tighten the tether strap according to the manu-facturer’s instruction to remove any slack.

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING ISOFIX

WARNING

• Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the specifiedlocations. For the ISOFIX lower anchor locations,see “ISOFIX child restraint system” earlier in thissection. If a child restraint is not securedproperly, your child could be seriously in-jured or killed in an accident.

• Do not install child restraints that require the useof a top tether strap to seating positions that donot have a top tether anchor.

• Do not secure a child restraint in the rear centreposition using the ISOFIX lower anchors. The childrestraint will not be secured properly.

• Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fin-gers into the lower anchor area and feeling to makesure there are no obstructions over the ISOFIX an-chors, such as seat belt webbing or seat cushionmaterial. The child restraint will not be securedproperly if the ISOFIX anchors are obstructed.

• Child restraint anchorages are designed to with-stand only those loads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circumstance are they tobe used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for at-taching other items or equipment to the vehicle.Doing so could damage the child restraint anchor-ages. The child restraint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged anchorage, and a childcould be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

Installation on rear seatsFront-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the proper use of your child restraint.Follow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint on the rear seats using ISOFIX:

1. Position the child restraint on the seatj1 .

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the ISOFIX lower anchorsj2 .

3. The back of the child restraint should be se-cured against the vehicle seatback. If theseating position does not have an adjustablehead restraint and it is interfering with theproper child restraint fit, try another seatingposition or a different child restraint.

SSS0790Z

SSS0646AZ

Front-facing: Steps 1 and 2


4. Shorten the rigid attachment to have thechild restraint firmly tightened; press down-wardj3 and rearwardj4 firmly in the centreof the child restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback.

5. If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. (See “Child restraint anchorage” earlier inthis section.)

6. If the child restraint is equipped with otheranti-rotation devices such as support legs,use them instead of the top tether strap fol-lowing the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions.

7. Test the child restraint before you place thechild in itj5 . Push the child restraint fromside to side and tug it forward to make surethat it is held securely in place.

8. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 3through 7.

Rear-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the proper use of your child restraint.Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint on the rear seats using ISOFIX:


2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the ISOFIX lower anchorsj2 .

SSS0754AZ

Front-facing: Step 4SSS0755AZ

Front-facing: Step 7

SSS0649AZ

Rear-facing: Steps 1 and 2

SSS0756AZ

Rear-facing: Step 3


3. Shorten the rigid attachment to have thechild restraint firmly tightened; press down-wardj3 and rearwardj4 firmly in the centreof the child restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback.

4. If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. (See “Child restraint anchorage” earlier inthis section.)

5. If the child restraint is equipped with otheranti-rotation devices such as support legs,use them instead of the top tether strap fol-lowing the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions.


7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the childrestraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 6.

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

Installation on rear seats - withoutautomatic locking modeFront-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the proper use of your child restraint.Follow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint on the rear seats using three-point typeseat belt without automatic locking mode:


2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the bucklej2 untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it isnecessary to secure the seat belt in place withlocking devices attached to the childrestraint.

SSS0757AZ

Rear-facing: Step 6

SSS0758AZ


SSS0493AZ


SSS0647AZ



4. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downwardj3 and rearwardj4firmly in the centre of the child restraint withyour knee to compress the vehicle seat cush-ion and seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.



Rear-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the proper use of your child restraint.Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint on the rear seats using three-point typeseat belt without automatic locking mode:




4. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downwardj3 and rearwardj4firmly in the centre of the child restraint withyour hand to compress the vehicle seat cush-ion and seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

SSS0638AZ

Front-facing: Step 5SSS0759AZ

Rear-facing: Step 1

SSS0654AZ

Rear-facing: Step 2

SSS0639AZ

Rear-facing: Step 4




Installation on front passenger’s seat- without automatic locking mode

WARNING

• Never install a rear-facing child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat when the front passenger’sair bag is available. Supplemental front-impact airbags inflate with great force. A rear-facing childrestraint could be struck by the supplementalfront-impact air bags in an accident and could se-riously injure or kill your child.

• Never install a child restraint with a top tetherstrap on the front seat.

• INFINITI recommends that a child restraint be in-stalled on the rear seat. However, if you must in-stall a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat,move the passenger’s seat to the rearmost posi-tion.

• Child restraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and therefore must not beused on the front passenger’s seat when the frontpassenger’s air bag is available.

• Failure to use the seat belts will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. It could tipover or otherwise be unsecured and cause injuryto the child in a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0658AZ

Rear-facing: Step 5JVR0285XZ


Front-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the proper use of your child restraint.Follow these steps to install a front-facing childrestraint on the front passenger’s seat usingthree-point type seat belt without automaticlocking mode:

1. Turn off the front passenger’s air bag usingthe front passenger air bag switch (where fit-ted). (See “Supplemental air bag systems” laterin this section.) Place the ignition switch in the“ON” position and make sure that the frontpassenger air bag status lightm (OFF) illu-minates.

2. Move the seat to the rearmost positionj1 .

3. Remove the head restraintj2 .

4. Position the child restraint in the seat.



7. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downwardj4 and rearwardj5firmly in the centre of the child restraint withyour knee to compress the vehicle seat cush-ion and seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.


9. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the childrestraint is loose, repeat steps 6 through 8.SSS0627Z

Front-facing: Steps 2 and 3

SSS0360CZ


SSS0647BZ


JVR0286XZ



PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

Supplemental front-impact air bagsystemThis system can help cushion the impact forceto the head and chest area of the driver and/orfront passenger in certain frontal collisions. Thesupplemental front-impact air bag is designedto inflate on the front where the vehicle is im-pacted.

Supplemental side-impact air bagsystemThis system can help cushion the impact forceto the chest and pelvis area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side-impact colli-sions. The supplemental side-impact air bag isdesigned to inflate on the side where the ve-hicle is impacted.

Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bag system (for Russia andUkraine)This system can help cushion the impact forceto the head of the driver and passengers in frontand rear seating positions in certain side-impactor rollover collisions. In a side-impact, thesupplemental curtain side-impact and rolloverair bag is designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the supple-

mental curtain side-impact and rollover air bagson both sides are designed to inflate.

Supplemental curtain side-impact airbag system (except for Russia andUkraine)This system can help cushion the impact forceto the head of the driver and passengers in frontand rear seating positions in certain side-impactcollisions. The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted.

The SRS is designed to supplement the accidentprotection provided by the driver’s and passen-ger’s seat belts and is not designed to substi-tute for them. The SRS can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, inflating airbags may cause abrasions or other injuries. Airbags do not provide protection to the lowerbody. Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the occupants should always be seated asuitable distance away from the steering wheel,instrument panel and door finishers. (See “Seatbelts” earlier in this section.) The air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the occupants.The force of the air bags inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupants are too closeto, or are against, the air bag modules duringinflation.

The front-impact and side-impact air bags willdeflate quickly after deployment.

The curtain side-impact air bags will remain in-flated for a while.

The curtain side-impact and rollover air bags willremain inflated for a short period of time, underboth side-impact and rollover situations.

The SRS operates only when the ignition switchis in the “ON” position.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the SRS air bag warning light illuminatesfor about 7 seconds and then turns off. This in-dicates that the SRS is operational. (See “Warn-ing lights, indicator lights and audible reminders” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


WARNING

• The supplemental front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact,rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or se-verity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

• The seat belts and the supplemental front-impactair bags are most effective when you are sittingwell back and upright in the seat. The front-impactair bags inflate with great force. If you and yourpassengers are unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways, or out of position in any way, youand your passengers are at greater risk of injury ordeath in an accident. You and your passengers mayalso receive serious or fatal injuries from the

supplemental front-impact air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit back againstthe seatback and as far away as practical from thesteering wheel or instrument panel. Always usethe seat belts.

• Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel.Placing them inside the steering wheel rim couldincrease the risk of injury if the supplemental frontair bag inflates.

SSS0131AZ

SSS0132AZ


WARNING

• Never let children ride unrestrained or extend theirhands or face out of the window. Do not attempt tohold them in your lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shown in the illus-trations.

SSS0006Z

SSS0007Z

SSS0008Z

SSS0009Z

SSS0099Z

SSS0100Z


• Children may be severely injured or killed whenthe air bags inflate if they are not properly re-strained.

• Never install a rear-facing child restraint system inthe front seat. An inflating supplemental front-im-pact air bag could seriously injure or kill your child.(See “Child restraints” earlier in this section.)

WARNING

• The supplemental side-impact air bags ordinarilywill not inflate in the event of a front impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity side collision.Always wear the seat belts to help reduce the riskor severity of injury in accidents.

• The supplemental curtain side-impact air bags or-dinarily will not inflate in the event of a front im-

pact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity sidecollision. Always wear the seat belts to help re-duce the risk or severity of injury in accidents (ex-cept for Russia and Ukraine).

• The supplemental curtain side-impact and rolloverair bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of afront impact, rear impact, or lower severity sidecollision. Always wear the seat belts to help re-duce the risk or severity of injury in accidents (forRussia and Ukraine).

• The seat belts and the supplemental side-impactair bags and supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bags are most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in the seat. Thesupplemental side-impact air bags, supplementalcurtain side-impact air bags and supplemental cur-tain side-impact and rollover air bags inflate withgreat force. If you and your passengers are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting sideways, or outof position in any way, you and your passengersare at greater risk of injury or death in an accident.

• Do not allow anyone to place their hands, legs orface near the supplemental side-impact air bags,supplemental curtain side-impact air bags andsupplemental curtain side-impact and rollover airbags located on the sides of the seatback of thefront seats or near the side roof rails. Do not allowanyone sitting in the front seats or rear seats toextend their hands out of the windows or leanagainst the doors. Some examples of dangerousriding positions are shown in the illustrations.

SSS0059AZ

SSS0140Z

SSS0159Z

SSS0162Z


• When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold ontothe seatback of the front seats. If the supplemen-tal side-impact air bags, supplemental curtainside-impact air bags and supplemental curtainside-impact and rollover air bags inflate, you maybe seriously injured. Be especially careful withchildren, who should always be properlyrestrained.

• Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. Theymay interfere with the supplemental side-impactair bag inflations.

Pre-tensioner seat belt systemThe pre-tensioner seat belt system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions.

Working with the front and rear seat belt retrac-tors and front lap outer anchors, it helps tightenthe seat belt the instant the vehicle becomesinvolved in certain types of collisions, helpingto restrain front and rear seat occupants. (See“Pre-tensioner seat belt system” later in this section.)

Air bag warning labels

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicleas shown in the illustration.

The warning labelj1 is located on the surfaceof the driver’s and/or passenger’s sun visor.

The warning labelj2 is located on the side ofthe passenger’s side body panel.

The label(s) warn you not to fit a rear-facing childrestraint system on the front passenger seat assuch a restraint system used in this positioncould cause serious injury to the infant in caseof air bag deployment during a collision.

The labelj1 warns:

“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG in front ofit, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD canoccur.”

In vehicles equipped with a front-impact pas-senger air bag system, use a rear-facing childrestraint system only on the rear seats.

When installing a child restraint system in yourvehicle, always follow the child restraint systemmanufacturer’s instructions for installation. Foradditional information, see “Child restraints” ear-lier in this section.

SSS1023Z

Label location

JVR0243XZ

Air bag warning label


SRS air bag warning light

The SRS air bag warning light, displaying min the instrument panel, monitors the circuitsfor the air bag systems, pre-tensioner seat beltsystems and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the SRS air bag warning light illuminatesfor about 7 seconds and then turns off. This indi-cates that the SRS air bag systems are opera-tional.

If any of the following conditions occur, the airbag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systemsneed servicing:

• The SRS air bag warning light remains on after ap-proximately 7 seconds.

• The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit-tently.

• The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminateat all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked and repaired.Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopimmediately.

SPA1097Z


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front air bag modules

3. Front passenger air bag switch

4. Supplemental side air bag modules

5. Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bags (for Russia and Ukraine)

6. Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bag inflators (for Russia andUkraine)

7. Pressure sensors in door (for Russia andUkraine)

8. Satellite sensors

9. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractors

10. Diagnosis sensor unit

11. Lap outer pre-tensioners

WARNING

• Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad,on the instrument panel, and near the door finish-ers and the front seats. Do not place any objectsbetween any occupants and the steering wheelpad, on the instrument panel, and near the doorfinishers and the front seats. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if asupplemental air bag inflates.

• Immediately after inflation, several supplementalair bag system components will be hot. Do nottouch them: you may severely burn yourself.

• No unauthorised changes should be made to anycomponents or wiring of the supplemental air bagsystems. This is to prevent accidental inflation ofthe supplemental air bags or damage to thesupplemental air bag systems.

• Do not make unauthorised changes to your vehi-cle’s electrical system, suspension system, frontend structure, and side panels. This could affectproper operation of the supplemental air bag sys-tems.

NIC2942


• Tampering with the supplemental air bag systemsmay result in serious personal injury. Tamperingincludes changes to the steering wheel and theinstrument panel by placing materials over thesteering wheel pad and above, around or on theinstrument panel or by installing additional trimmaterials around the supplemental air bag sys-tems.

• Work on and around the supplemental air bag sys-tems should be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop. The SRS wiring should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthorised electrical testequipment and probing devices should not be usedon the supplemental air bag systems.

• The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellowand/or orange for easy identification.

When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise maybe heard, followed by the release of smoke. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Supplemental front-impact air bagsystemThe driver’s supplemental front-impact air bagis located at the centre of the steering wheel.The passenger’s supplemental front-impact airbag is located at the instrument panel above theglove box.

The supplemental front-impact air bag systemis designed to inflate in higher severity frontalcollisions, although it may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity frontal impact. It may not in-flate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle dam-age (or lack of it) is not always an indication ofproper supplemental front-impact air bag sys-tem operation.

Front passenger air bag status light:

The front passenger air bag status light is lo-cated on the instrument panel.

When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, the front passenger air bag status ONand OFF lights illuminate and then turn off orremain on depending on the front passenger airbag status.

• When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” po-sition and the front passenger air bag is active, thefront passenger air bag status OFF light (m ) willturn off after about 7 seconds.

The front passenger air bag status ON light(m ) will illuminate and then turn off after1 minute when the front passenger air bagswitch is in the “ON” position.

• When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” po-sition and the front passenger air bag is inactive,the front passenger air bag status ON light (m )will turn off after about 7 seconds.

SSS1099Z

OFF light

JVR0264XZ

ON light


The front passenger air bag status OFF light(m ) will illuminate and remain on as longas the front passenger air bag switch is in the“OFF” position.

If the front passenger air bag status light oper-ates in a way other than described above, thefront passenger air bag may not function prop-erly. Have the system checked, and if necessaryrepaired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop promptly.

Front passenger air bag switch:

The front passenger air bag can be turned offwith the front passenger air bag switchjA lo-cated in the glove box.

To turn off the front passenger air bag:

1. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” posi-tion.

2. Open the glove box and insert the mechani-cal key into the front passenger air bagswitch. For the mechanical key usage, see“Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.

3. Push and turn the key to the “OFF” position.

4. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-tion. The front passenger air bag status OFFlight (m ) will illuminate and remain on.

To turn on the front passenger air bag:


2. Open the glove box and insert the mechani-cal key into the front passenger air bagswitch.

3. Push and turn the key to the “ON” position.

4. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-tion. The front passenger air bag status ONlight (m ) will illuminate.

5. After 1 minute, the front passenger air bagstatus ON light (m ) will turn off.

Supplemental side-impact air bagsystem

The supplemental side-impact air bag is locatedat the outside of the front seats’ seatbacks.

The supplemental side-impact air bag system isdesigned to inflate in higher severity side colli-sions, although it may inflate if the forces in an-other type of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity side impact. It may not inflate incertain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or lackof it) is not always an indication of propersupplemental side-impact air bag system opera-tion.

JVR0375XZ

SSS0521Z


Supplemental curtain side-impact androllover air bag system (for Russia andUkraine)The supplemental curtain side-impact and roll-over air bag is located at the roof rails.

The supplemental curtain side-impact and roll-over air bag system is designed to inflate inhigher severity side collisions or rollover colli-sions, although it may inflate if the forces in an-other type of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity side impact or near rollover. Itmay not inflate in certain side collisions or incertain rollover collisions. Vehicle damage (orlack of it) is not always an indication of propersupplemental curtain side-impact and rolloverair bag system operation.

Supplemental curtain side-impact airbag system (except for Russia andUkraine)The supplemental curtain side-impact air bag islocated at the roof rails.

The supplemental curtain side-impact air bagsystem is designed to inflate in higher severityside collisions, although it may inflate if theforces in another type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity side impact. It maynot inflate in certain side collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always an indicationof proper supplemental curtain side-impact airbag system operation.

PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM

WARNING

• The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be reused afteractivation. It must be replaced together with theretractor and buckle as a unit.

• If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision butthe pre-tensioner is not activated, be sure to havethe pre-tensioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

• No unauthorised changes should be made to anycomponents or wiring of the pre-tensioner seatbelt system. This is to prevent accidental activa-tion of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage tothe pre-tensioner seat belt system.

• Work around or on the pre-tensioner seat belt sys-tem should be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop. The SRS wiring should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthorised electrical testequipment and probing devices should not be usedon the pre-tensioner seat belt system.

• If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner seatbelt system, or scrap the vehicle, contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause personal injury.

The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions.

Working with the seat belt retractor, it helpstighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomesinvolved in certain types of collisions, helpingto restrain front and rear seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the front andrear seat belt’s retractor and anchor. These seatbelts are used the same as conventional seatbelts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed by therelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathing con-dition should get fresh air promptly.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

WARNING

• Once the supplemental front-impact air bags,supplemental side-impact air bags, supplementalcurtain side-impact air bags or supplemental cur-tain side-impact and rollover air bags have beeninflated, the air bag modules will not function andmust be replaced. The air bag modules must be


replaced by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop. The inflated air bag modules cannot be re-paired.

• The air bag systems should be inspected by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if there isany damage to the front end or side portion of thevehicle.

• If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap the ve-hicle, contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop. Correct disposal procedures are set forth inthe appropriate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause personal injury.

The supplemental front-impact air bags, supple-mental side-impact air bags, supplemental cur-tain side-impact air bags, supplemental curtainside-impact and rollover air bags and pre-ten-sioner seat belts are designed to activate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless theSRS air bag warning light is damaged, the SRSair bag warning light remains illuminated afterinflation has occurred. The repair and replace-ment of the SRS should be done only by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

When maintenance work is required on the ve-hicle, information about the air bags, pre-ten-sioner seat belts and related parts should bepointed out to the person performing the main-tenance. The ignition switch should always bein the “LOCK” position when working under thebonnet or inside the vehicle.

In certain frontal collisions with a pedestrian,the pop-up engine bonnet system can help re-duce impact to the head of a pedestrian. Thissystem is designed to pop up the rear end of thebonnet in certain frontal collisions to providespecified clearance between the bonnet and theengine compartment to reduce impact to a pe-destrian.

The pop-up engine bonnet system activates incertain frontal collisions with pedestrians or ob-jects when the vehicle is driven at a certainspeed. The speed of pop-up engine bonnet acti-vation depends on each model. While driving,the pop-up engine bonnet may activate in theevent of an impact collision involving the bot-tom of the vehicle or bumper. The system acti-vates when the collision impact reaches a cer-tain level even though the collision does notcause damage to the bumper.

The pop-up engine bonnet operates only whenthe ignition switch is in the “ON” position.When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the pop-up engine bonnet warning lightilluminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This indicates that the pop-up engine bon-net is operational. (See “Warning lights, indicatorlights and audible reminders” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

WARNING

• The pop-up engine bonnet will not activate in theevent of a side impact, rear impact or rollover col-lision.

• The pop-up engine bonnet may not activate in theevent of a corner impact collision of the frontbumper.

• No unauthorised changes should be made to anycomponents including bonnet and front bumper,or wiring of the pop-up engine bonnet system. Thisis to prevent accidental or improper activation, ordamage to the pop-up engine bonnet system.

• Work around or on the pop-up engine bonnet sys-tem should be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop. The wiring of the pop-up enginebonnet system should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorised electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not be used on thepop-up engine bonnet system. This could affectproper operation of the pop-up engine bonnet andcause accidental and improper activation.

• Do not pull the bonnet lock release handle or pushthe bonnet down after the pop-up engine bonnetsystem activates. Doing so could cause injury ordamage to the bonnet because the bonnet cannotbe closed manually after the system is activated.When the pop-up engine bonnet activates, contactan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

POP-UP ENGINE BONNET


• If you need to dispose of the pop-up engine bon-net system, or scrap the vehicle, contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Correct pop-up engine bonnet system disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriate INFINITI ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal procedures could causepersonal injury.

• The pop-up engine bonnet cannot be reused afteractivation. Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for replacement. If the vehicle becomesinvolved in a frontal collision but the pop-up en-gine bonnet system is not activated, be sure tohave the pop-up engine bonnet system checkedand, if necessary, replaced by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.


2 Instruments and controlsInstruments and controls

Meters and gauges ........................................... 2-2Speedometer and odometer.......................... 2-2Tachometer.................................................. 2-2Engine coolant temperature gauge ................ 2-3Fuel gauge ................................................... 2-3Instrument brightness control ....................... 2-3Automatic Transmission (AT) positionindicator...................................................... 2-4

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders ........................................................ 2-5

Checking lights ............................................ 2-6Warning lights ............................................. 2-6Indicator lights ............................................ 2-11Audible reminders........................................ 2-14

Vehicle information display ............................... 2-15Indicators for operation ................................ 2-16Indicators for maintenance ........................... 2-21Trip computer............................................... 2-22Traffic Sign Recognition (where fitted) ........... 2-25Clock and outside air temperature ................. 2-28

Headlight and turn signal switch........................ 2-28Headlight switch .......................................... 2-28Automatic aiming control.............................. 2-31Battery saver system .................................... 2-31Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)(where fitted) ............................................... 2-31Headlight cleaner (where fitted) .................... 2-32Turn signal switch ........................................ 2-32

Fog light switch ................................................ 2-33Front fog lights............................................. 2-33Rear fog lights.............................................. 2-33

Wiper and washer switch................................... 2-33Windscreen wiper and washer switch ............ 2-33Rain-sensing auto wiper system .................... 2-34

Defogger switch................................................ 2-35Windscreen de-icer switch (where fitted) ............ 2-36Heated steering wheel (where fitted).................. 2-37Horn ................................................................ 2-37Windows .......................................................... 2-38

Power windows ............................................ 2-38Sunroof (where fitted) ....................................... 2-40

Automatic sunroof........................................ 2-40Power outlets ................................................... 2-42Storage ............................................................ 2-42

Glove box .................................................... 2-42Console box ................................................. 2-43Storage box ................................................. 2-43Sunglasses holder........................................ 2-43Card holder.................................................. 2-43Cup holders ................................................. 2-43Soft bottle holder ......................................... 2-44Coat hooks .................................................. 2-44Boot hooks .................................................. 2-45

Sun visors ........................................................ 2-45Courtesy light ................................................... 2-46Interior lights ................................................... 2-46

Map lights ................................................... 2-46Console light................................................ 2-46Interior light control switch ........................... 2-46Vanity mirror lights....................................... 2-47Boot light .................................................... 2-47Battery saver system .................................... 2-47

NOTE

For an overview see “Instrument panel” in the “0. Il-lustrated table of contents” section and “Meters andgauges” in the “0. Illustrated table of contents” sec-tion.

The needle indicators may move slightly afterthe ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” posi-tion. This is not a malfunction.

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed(km/h or MPH).

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayedin the vehicle information display when the igni-tion switch is in the “ON” position.

The odometerj1 displays the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometerj2 displays the distanceof individual trips.

Changing twin trip odometer display:

Push the <TRIP RESET> switchj3 on the right orleft side of the combination meter panel tochange the display as follows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting twin trip odometer:

Push the <TRIP RESET> switchj3 for more than 1second to reset the trip odometer to zero.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates the engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev the en-gine into the red zonej1 .

The red zone varies with models.

JVI0732XZ

JVI0771XZ JVI0768XZ

METERS AND GAUGES

2-2 Instruments and controls

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The engine coolant temperature gauge indicatesthe engine coolant temperature.

The engine coolant temperature is normal whenthe gauge needle points within the zone j1shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature will vary withthe outside air temperature and driving condi-tions.

CAUTION

• If the gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-ture is near the hot (H) end of the normal range,reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature.

• If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the ve-hicle as soon as safely possible and let the engineidle.

• If the engine is overheated, continued operation ofthe vehicle may seriously damage the engine. (See“If your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section for immediate action re-quired.)

FUEL GAUGE

The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank when the ignition switch is inthe “ON” position.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, accelerating, or going up and down hillsdue to movement of fuel in the tank.

The low fuel warning light m illuminates onthe meter when the fuel level in the tank is get-ting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, pref-erably before the gauge reads the empty (0) po-sition.

The arrow, m , indicates the fuel-filler lid islocated on the right side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

Refuel before the gauge reads the empty (0) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge reads the empty (0) position.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL

JVI0767XZ

JVI0640XZ JVI0644XZ

JVI0937XZ

Instruments and controls 2-3

The instrument brightness control switch can beoperated when the ignition switch is in the “ON”position. When the switch is operated, the ve-hicle information display switches to the bright-ness adjustment mode.

Push the + side of the switchjA to brighten themeter panel lights and instrument panel lights.The barj1 moves to the + side.

Push the - side of the switchjB to dim the lights.The barj1 moves to the − side.

When the brightness level reaches the maximumor minimum, a beep will sound.

The vehicle information display returns to thenormal display when the instrument brightnesscontrol switch is not operated for more than 5seconds.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (AT)POSITION INDICATORThe Automatic Transmission (AT) position indi-cator indicates the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the “ON” position. (See “33.Automatic Transmission (AT) position indicator” laterin this section and “Driving with Automatic Transmis-sion (AT)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)


Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light

Brake warning light Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MI)

Charge warning light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight (for Russia and Ukraine)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP)warning light (for Europe)

Rear fog light indicator light

Forward emergency braking systemwarning light* Dipped beam indicator light Security indicator light

Low fuel warning light Door lock indicator light Small light indicator light

Low tyre pressure warning light ECO drive indicator light*Stop/Start System (for Europe) indica-tor light/Idling Stop System (for Russiaand Ukraine) indicator light*

Master warning light Front fog light indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Pop-up engine bonnet warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light (for Russia andUkraine)/Electronic StabilityProgramme (ESP) off indicator light (forEurope)

Power steering warning light High beam assist indicator light* *: where fitted

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parking brake,fasten the seat belts and place the ignitionswitch in the “ON” position without starting theengine. The following lights (where fitted) willilluminate: m , m , m , m , m

The following lights (where fitted) will illuminatebriefly and then turn off: m , m , m , m ,m , m , m

If any light does not come on or operates in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction.Have the system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop promptly.

Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed in the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer. (See“Vehicle information display” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

WARNING LIGHTS

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light illuminates and then turns off. This in-dicates the ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it may indi-

cate the ABS is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func-tion is turned off. The brake system then oper-ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.(See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.)

Brake warning light

WARNING

• If the brake fluid level is below the minimum markon the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive the ve-hicle until the brake system has been checked byan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• Even if you judge it to be safe, have your vehicletowed because driving it could be dangerous.

• Depressing the brake pedal without the enginerunning and/or with a low brake fluid level couldincrease the stopping distance and require greaterpedal travel distance and effort.

The brake warning light indicates the parkingbrake system operation, low brake fluid level ofthe brake system and Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) malfunction.

Parking brake warning indicator:

When the ignition switch is pushed to the “ON”position with the parking brake applied, thebrake warning light illuminates. When the park-ing brake is released, the brake warning lightturns off.

If the parking brake is not fully released, thebrake warning light remains on. Be sure that thebrake warning light has turned off before driv-ing. (See “Parking brake” in the “3. Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section.)

Low brake fluid warning indicator:

If the brake warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, and the park-ing brake is released, it may indicate that thebrake fluid level is low.

When the brake warning light illuminates whiledriving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as pos-sible. Stop the engine and check the brake fluidlevel. If the brake fluid level is at the minimummark, add brake fluid as necessary. (See “Brakefluid” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.)

If the brake fluid level is sufficient, have thebrake system checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop promptly.


Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicatethat the ABS is not functioning properly. Havethe brake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop promptly. (See “ Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light” earlier in this section.)

Charge warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the charge warning light illuminates. Afterstarting the engine, the charge warning lightturns off. This indicates that the charging sys-tem is operational.

If the charge warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it may indi-cate that the charging system is not functioningproperly and may need servicing.

When the charge warning light illuminates whiledriving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as pos-sible. Stop the engine and check the alternatorbelt. If the alternator belt is loose, broken ormissing, the charging system needs repair. (See“Drive belts” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.)

If the alternator belt appears to be functioningcorrectly but the charge warning light remainsilluminated, have the charging system checkedby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshoppromptly.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose,broken or missing.

Forward emergency brakingsystem warning light(where fitted)

When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, the forward emergency braking systemwarning light illuminates. After starting the en-gine, the forward emergency braking systemwarning light turns off.

This light illuminates when the forward emer-gency braking system is set to OFF on the lowerdisplay.

If the light illuminates when the forward emer-gency braking system is ON, it may indicate thatthe system is unavailable. See “Forward emer-gency braking system (where fitted)” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section for more details.

Low fuel warning lightThis light illuminates when the fuel in the tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0(empty) position.

There will be a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the 0position.

Low tyre pressure warninglight

When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, the low tyre pressure warning light il-luminates and then turns off. This indicates thatthe low tyre pressure warning system is opera-tional.

This light illuminates if there is low tyre pres-sure, flat tyre or a tyre pressure warning systemmalfunction.

The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)monitors the tyre pressure of all tyres.

Low tyre pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tyre pres-sure, the warning light will illuminate. The [Lowtyre pressure] warning also appears in the ve-hicle information display.

When the low tyre pressure warning light illumi-nates, you should stop and adjust the tyre pres-sure to the recommended COLD tyre pressureshown on the tyre placard. Use a tyre pressuregauge to check the tyre pressure.

The low tyre pressure warning light may not au-tomatically turn off when the tyre pressure isadjusted. After the tyre is inflated to the recom-mended pressure, reset the tyre pressures reg-


istered in your vehicle and then drive the ve-hicle at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH).

These operations are required to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tyre pressure warninglight.

TPMS resetting must be also performed after atyre or a wheel is replaced, or the tyres are ro-tated.

Depending on a change in the outside tempera-ture, the low tyre pressure warning light mayilluminate even if the tyre pressure has been ad-justed properly. Adjust the tyre pressure to therecommended COLD tyre pressure again whenthe tyres are cold, and reset the TPMS.

If the low tyre pressure warning light still contin-ues to illuminate after the resetting operation, itmay indicate that the TPMS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

For additional information, see “Tyre PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section and “Vehicle information display”later in this section.

Flat tyre warning:

The flat tyre warning warns of a flat tyre.

If the vehicle is being driven with one or moreflat tyres, the low tyre pressure warning lightwill illuminate continuously and a chime will

sound for 10 seconds. A [Flat Tyre] warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

The chime will only sound at the first indicationof a flat tyre and the warning light will illuminatecontinuously. When the flat tyre warning is acti-vated, have the system reset and the tyrechecked, and replaced if necessary, by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Even if thetyre is inflated to the specified COLD tyre pres-sure, the warning light will continue to illumi-nate until the system is reset by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

For models with run-flat tyres, you can drive thevehicle for a limited time on a flat tyre. See “Run-flat tyres” in the “6. In case of emergency” sectionand “Run-flat tyres” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section for more details.

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtyre pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch isplaced in the “ON” position. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have the system checkedby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. The[Low Tyre Pressure] warning or [Flat Tyre] warn-ing does not appear if the low tyre pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS mal-function.

For additional information, see “Tyre PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affect electric medi-cal equipment. Those who use a pacemaker shouldcontact the electric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences before use.

• If the light does not illuminate with the ignitionswitch placed in the “ON” position, have the ve-hicle checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop as soon as possible.

• If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminateswhile driving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvresor abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tyresmay permanently damage the tyres and increasethe likelihood of tyre failure. Serious vehicle dam-age could occur and may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury. Check thetyre pressure for all four tyres. Adjust the tyrepressure to the recommended COLD tyre pressureshown on the tyre placard to turn the low tyre pres-sure warning light off. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tyre pressure, atyre may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunction-ing. If no tyre is flat and all tyres are properly in-flated, have the vehicle checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.


• For models with run-flat tyres, although you cancontinue driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, re-member that vehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and personal in-jury. Also, driving a long distance at high speedsmay damage the tyres.

• After adjusting the tyre pressure, be sure to resetthe TPMS. Unless the resetting is performed, theTPMS will not warn of the low tyre pressure.

– Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50MPH) and do not drive more than approxi-mately 150 km (93 miles) with a punc-tured run-flat tyre. The actual distancethe vehicle can be driven on a flat tyredepends on outside temperature, vehicleload, road conditions and other factors.

– If you detect any unusual sounds or vibra-tions while driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, pull off the road to a safe loca-tion and stop the vehicle as soon as pos-sible. The tyre may be seriously damagedand need to be replaced.

• Since the spare tyre is not equipped with theTPMS, when a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, the TPMS will not function and the lowtyre pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Contact your INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop as soon as possible for tyre replacementand/or system resetting.

• Replacing tyres with those not originally specifiedby INFINITI could affect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

• The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tyrepressure check. Be sure to check the tyre pressureregularly.

• If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than25 km/h (16 MPH), the TPMS may not operate cor-rectly.

• Be sure to install the specified size of tyres to allfour wheels correctly.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the master warning light illuminates if anyof the following are displayed in the vehicle in-formation display.

• NO KEY warning

• SHIFT “P” warning

• PUSH warning

• Key ID Incorrect warning

• Parking brake release warning

• Low washer fluid warning

• Door/boot open warning

• Intelligent Key system warning

• Low tyre pressure warning

• Flat tyre warning

• Low oil pressure warning (where fitted)

• Low oil level warning (where fitted)

• Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) warning (where fitted)

• Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) warning(where fitted)

• Chassis control warning

(See “Vehicle information display” later in this sec-tion.)

If the driver assist system warnings (where fit-ted) appear in the vehicle information display,the master warning light also illuminates. See“Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/Lane Depar-ture Prevention (LDP) system (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section, “Blind Spot Warn-ing/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-up Collision Inter-vention systems (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section, “Distance Control Assist (DCA) sys-tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion, “Forward emergency braking system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section and“Predictive forward collision warning system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.


Pop-up engine bonnet warninglight

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the pop-up engine bonnet warning light il-luminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This indicates that the pop-up engine bon-net system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the pop-up engine bonnet system need servicing. Havethe system checked, and if necessary repaired,by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshoppromptly.

• The pop-up engine bonnet warning light remainsilluminated after about 7 seconds.

• The pop-up engine bonnet warning light flashesintermittently.

• The pop-up engine bonnet warning light does notcome on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the pop-up enginebonnet system may not function properly. (See“Pop-up engine bonnet” in the “1. Safety — seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” section.)

Power steering warning lightModels with electric power steering:

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the power steer-

ing warning light turns off. This indicates theelectric power steering is operational.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate theelectric power steering is not functioning prop-erly and may need servicing. Have the electricpower steering checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

When the power steering warning light illumi-nates with the engine running, the power assistto the steering will cease operation but you willstill have control of the vehicle. At this time,greater steering efforts are required to operatethe steering wheel, especially in sharp turns andat low speeds.

See “Electric power steering type” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

Models with hydraulic pump electric powersteering:

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the power steer-ing warning light turns off. This indicates thathydraulic pump electric power steering is op-erational.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate hy-draulic pump electric power steering is not func-tioning properly and may need servicing. Havehydraulic pump electric power steering checked

by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. (See“Hydraulic pump electric power steering type” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.)

Models with Direct Adaptive Steering:

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the power steer-ing warning light stays on for a few seconds andturns off. This indicates that Direct AdaptiveSteering is operational. Drive the vehicle afterthe power steering warning light turns off.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile driving, pull off the road to a safe locationand stop the vehicle. If the power steering warn-ing light turns off, you can drive again. If thepower steering warning light continues to illu-minate, have Direct Adaptive Steering checkedby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. (See“Direct Adaptive Steering type” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Seat belt warning lightThe light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the front seat belt warning light in themeter illuminates. The light will continue to illu-minate until the front seat belts are fastened.

When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10MPH), the light will blink and the chime will


sound unless the front seat belts are securelyfastened. The chime will continue to sound forabout 95 seconds until the seat belts are fas-tened.

The rear seat belt warning lights are located onthe centre of the instrument panel. When thevehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6 MPH), the cor-responding warning light illuminates in red ifany of the rear passenger’s seat belts is not fas-tened. When the rear passenger’s seat belt hasbeen securely fastened, the warning light willturn off. The warning lights will automaticallyturn off after approximately 35 seconds.

When the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (10MPH), if a rear passenger unfastens the seatbelt, a chime will sound briefly and the corre-sponding rear seat belt warning light will illumi-nate. The warning light will automatically turnoff after approximately 35 seconds.

For precautions on seat belt usage, see “Seatbelts” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section.

Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) air bag warninglight

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 sec-onds and then turns off. This indicates that theSRS air bag system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the SRSair bag system and pre-tensioner seat belt needservicing. Have the system checked, and if nec-essary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop promptly.

• The SRS air bag warning light remains illuminatedafter about 7 seconds.

• The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit-tently.

• The SRS air bag warning light does not come on atall.

Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bagsystem and pre-tensioner seat belt may not func-tion properly. (See “Supplemental restraint system”in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section.)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light (for Russia andUkraine)/Electronic StabilityProgramme (ESP) warninglight (for Europe)

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Elec-tronic Stability Programme (ESP) warning lightilluminates and then turns off.

The warning light blinks when the VDC/ESP sys-tem is operating.

When the warning light blinks while driving, thedriving condition is slippery and the vehicle’straction limit is about to be exceeded.

If the warning light illuminates when the igni-tion switch is placed in the “ON” position, it mayindicate that the VDC/ESP, active trace control,brake force distribution or hill start assist sys-tem is not functioning properly and may needservicing. Have the system checked, and if nec-essary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop promptly.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC/ESP system function will be cancelled but thevehicle is still driveable.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (for Rus-sia and Ukraine)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion or “Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system(for Europe)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Dipped beam indicator lightThe dipped beam indicator light illuminateswhen the headlight low beam is on. The indica-tor turns off when the high beam is selected.(See “Headlight and turn signal switch” in the “2. In-struments and controls” section.)


Door lock indicator lightThe door lock indicator light, located on the in-strument panel, illuminates when all the doorsare locked.

• With the ignition switch in the “ON” position, thedoor lock indicator light will illuminate and stay onwhen the doors are locked using the power doorlock switch.

• With the ignition switch in the “ACC”, “OFF” or“LOCK” position, the door lock indicator light willoperate as follows:

– When the doors are locked with the powerdoor lock switch, the door lock indicatorlight will illuminate for 30 minutes.

– When the doors are locked by pushing the“LOCK” button on the Intelligent Key orany request switch, the door lock indica-tor light will illuminate for 1 minute.

The door lock indicator light turns off when anydoor is unlocked.

For locking or unlocking doors, see “Doors” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.

ECO drive indicator light(where fitted)

When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, the light will illuminate and then turnoff.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turnedto the ECO mode, the ECO drive indicator lightwill illuminate, blink or remain off depending onthe accelerator pedal operation to help assistthe driver to drive economically. For more de-tails, see “ECO mode (where fitted)” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.

Front fog light indicator lightThe front fog light indicator light illuminateswhen the front fog lights are on. (See “Fog lightswitch” later in this section.)

/ Front passenger airbag status light

The front passenger air bag status light (m )located on the instrument panel will illuminatewhen the front passenger air bag is turned offwith the front passenger air bag switch. Whenthe front passenger air bag is turned on, thefront passenger air bag status light (m ) willilluminate.

For more details, see “Supplemental restraintsystem” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section.

High beam assist indicatorlight (where fitted)

The indicator light illuminates when the head-lights come on while the headlight switch is inthe “AUTO” position with the high beamselected. This indicates that the high beam as-

sist system is operational. (See “High beam assist(where fitted)” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.)

High beam indicator lightThe high beam indicator light illuminates whenthe headlight high beam is on. The indicatorturns off when the low beam is selected. (See“Headlight and turn signal switch” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

Malfunction Indicator Light(MI)

CAUTION

• Continuing vehicle operation without proper ser-vicing of the engine control system could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and dam-age to the engine control system, which may af-fect the vehicle’s warranty coverage.

• Incorrect setting of the engine control system maylead to non-compliance of local and national emis-sion laws and regulations.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) illu-minates. After starting the engine, the MIL turnsoff. This indicates that the engine control sys-tem is operational.


If the MIL illuminates while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate that the engine control sys-tem is not functioning properly and may needservicing. Have the vehicle checked, and if nec-essary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop promptly.

If the MIL blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential malfunction in theemission control system. In this case, the emis-sion control system may not function properlyand may need servicing. Have the systemchecked, and if necessary repaired, by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop promptly.

Precautions:

To reduce or avoid possible damage to the en-gine control system when the MIL blinks:

• Avoid driving at speeds above 70 km/h (43 MPH).

• Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration.

• Avoid going up steep uphill grades.

• Avoid carrying or towing unnecessary loads.

Rear fog light indicator lightThe rear fog light indicator light illuminateswhen the rear fog light turns on. (See “Fog lightswitch” later in this section.)

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light blinks when the igni-tion switch is in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” po-sition. This function indicates that the securitysystem equipped on the vehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, thislight will remain on while the ignition switch isin the “ON” position. (See “Security systems” inthe “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

Small light indicator lightThe small light indicator light illuminates whenthe front clearance lights, instrument panellights, tail lights and number plate lights are on.The indicator light turns off when the m isturned off.

Stop/Start System (forEurope) indicator light/IdlingStop System (for Russia andUkraine) indicator light

The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System in-dicator light illuminates in the meter when theStop/Start System or Idling Stop System is acti-vated.

The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System in-dicator light blinks at a high speed, when theengine bonnet is open while the engine isstopped by the system.

The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System in-dicator light blinks at a low speed, when theStop/Start System or Idling Stop System is mal-functioning.

NOTE

• When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Sys-tem indicator light blinks at a high speed (twiceapproximately every 1 second), be sure to closethe engine bonnet. When the engine bonnet isopen, the engine will be in the normal stoppedstate. In this case, restart the engine using theignition switch.

• When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Sys-tem indicator light blinks at a low speed (once ap-proximately every 1 second), have the systemchecked, and if necessary repaired, by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop promptly.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The turn signal/hazard indicator lights blinkwhen the turn signal switch lever or hazard indi-cator flasher switch is on. (See “Turn signal switch”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section or “Haz-ard indicator flasher switch” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.)


Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light (for Russiaand Ukraine)/ElectronicStability Programme (ESP) offindicator light (for Europe)

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Elec-tronic Stability Programme (ESP) off indicatorlight illuminates and then turns off.

The VDC/ESP off indicator light illuminates whenthe VDC/ESP OFF switch is pushed to the “OFF”position.

When the VDC/ESP OFF switch is pushed to the“OFF” position, the VDC/ESP system is turnedoff.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (for Rus-sia and Ukraine)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion or “Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system(for Europe)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed.

Have the system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop promptly. (See “Brakes” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.)

Key reminder chimeThe key reminder chime will sound if any of thefollowing operations are detected:

• The driver’s door is opened while the ignitionswitch is in the “ACC” or “OFF” position.

• The power door lock switch is pushed to the lockposition while the driver’s door is open and theignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

• The power door lock switch is pushed to the lockposition while any door is open except for the driv-er’s door.

Be sure that the ignition switch is switched tothe “LOCK” position when the door is opened,and carry the Intelligent Key with you when leav-ing the vehicle.

For the Intelligent Key system, an inside or out-side chime will sound under some conditions.When a chime sounds, be sure to check both thevehicle and the Intelligent Key. (See “IntelligentKey system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.)

Light reminder chimeThe light reminder chime will sound if the driv-er’s side door is opened and the following op-erations are detected:

• The headlight switch is in either the m or mposition, and the ignition switch is in the “ACC”,“OFF” or “LOCK” position.

Be sure to turn the headlight switch to the“AUTO” position when you leave the vehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe parking brake reminder chime will sound ifthe vehicle is driven at more than 7 km/h (4 MPH)with the parking brake applied. Stop the vehicleand release the parking brake.

Stop/Start System (for Europe)reminder buzzer or Idling StopSystem (for Russia and Ukraine)reminder buzzerThe Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System re-minder buzzer will sound if the engine bonnet isopened while the Stop/Start System or IdlingStop System is activated.

NOTE

Be sure to close the engine bonnet. When the enginebonnet is open, the engine will be in the normalstopped state. In this case, restart the engine with theignition switch.


The vehicle information displayj1 is locatedbetween the tachometer and the speedometer,and it displays the warnings and information.The following items are also displayed if the ve-hicle is equipped with them:

• Automatic Transmission (AT)

– “Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT)” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section

• Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

– “Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section

• Speed limiter

– “Speed limiter” in the “5. Starting and driving”section

• Cruise control

– “Cruise control (where fitted)” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section

• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

– “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section

• Active Lane Control

– “Active Lane Control (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section

• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) system

– “Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Interven-tion/Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) systems

– “Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-up Collision Intervention systems (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section

• Distance Control Assist (DCA) system

– “Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section

• Forward emergency braking system

– “Forward emergency braking system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section

• Predictive forward collision warning system

– “Predictive forward collision warning system(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section

• Active trace control

– “Active trace control” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section

• Intelligent Key system

– “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section

• Stop/Start System (for Europe) or Idling Stop Sys-tem (for Russia and Ukraine)

– “Stop/Start System (for Europe) or Idling StopSystem (for Russia and Ukraine)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section

JVI0641XZ

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

JVI1498X


1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the shift lever is inthe “P” (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine will startby pushing the ignition switch with the brakepedal depressed. You can start the engine di-rectly in any position of the ignition switch.

2. Steering lock release malfunctionindicator (where fitted)This indicator appears when the steering lockcannot be released.

If this indicator appears, push the ignitionswitch while lightly turning the steering wheelright and left.

See “Steering lock” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

3. NO KEY warningThis warning appears when the door is closedwith the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicleand the ignition switch in the “ACC” or “ON” po-sition. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is in-side the vehicle.

See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section for more details.

4. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignition switchis pushed to stop the engine with the shift leverin any position except the “P” (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shift lever tothe “P” (Park) position or place the ignitionswitch in the “ON” position.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See“Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section.)

5. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the shift lever ismoved to the “P” (Park) position with the igni-tion switch in the “ACC” position after the SHIFT“P” warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-tion, perform the following procedure:

• SHIFT “P” warning → (Move the shift lever to“P”) → PUSH warning → (Push the ignitionswitch → ignition switch position is turnedto “ON”) → PUSH warning → (Push the igni-tion switch → ignition switch position isturned to “OFF”)

6. Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicatorThis indicator appears when the Intelligent Keybattery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery witha new one. (See “Intelligent Key battery” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

7. Engine start operation forIntelligent Key system indicatorThis indicator appears when the Intelligent Keybattery is running out of power and when theIntelligent Key system and vehicle are not com-municating normally.

If this indicator appears, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key while depressingthe brake pedal. (See “Intelligent Key batterydischarge” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

8. Key ID Incorrect warningThis warning appears when the ignition switchis pushed from the “LOCK” position and the In-telligent Key cannot be recognised by the sys-tem. You cannot start the engine with an unreg-istered key. Use the registered Intelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section.

9. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehicle speed isabove 7 km/h (4 MPH) and the parking brake isapplied. Stop the vehicle and release the park-ing brake.


10. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is conve-nient, preferably before the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (0) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in thetank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0)position.

11. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid as neces-sary. (See “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.)

12. Door/boot open warningThis warning appears if any of the doors and/orthe boot lid are open or not closed securely. Thevehicle icon indicates which door or the boot lidis open on the display.

13. Intelligent Key system warningThis warning appears if there is a malfunction inthe Intelligent Key system.

If this warning appears while the engine isstopped, the engine cannot be started. If thiswarning appears while the engine is running,the vehicle can be driven. However, contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for repairas soon as possible.

14. Low tyre pressure warningThis warning [Low tyre pressure] appears whenthe low tyre pressure warning light in the meterilluminates and low tyre pressure is detected.The warning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the “ON” position as long asthe low tyre pressure warning light remains illu-minated. If this warning appears, stop the ve-hicle and adjust the pressure to therecommended COLD tyre pressure shown on thetyre placard. (See “Low tyre pressure warning light”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section and “TyrePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.)

15. Flat tyre warningThis warning [Flat Tyre] appears when the lowtyre pressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and one or more flat tyres are detectedwhile driving. A chime also sounds for approxi-mately 10 seconds. See “Low tyre pressure warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section and“Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

16. Low oil pressure warning (forVR30DDTT engine models)This warning appears if low engine oil pressureis detected. If the warning appears during nor-mal driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop

the engine immediately and call an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop or other autho-rised repair shop.

The low oil pressure warning is not designed toindicate a low oil level. Use the dipstick to checkthe oil level. (See “Engine oil” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warn-ing light illuminated could cause serious damage tothe engine.

17. Low oil level warning (for 2.0Lturbo petrol engine model)This warning appears if low engine oil level isdetected. If this warning appears, check the oillevel using the dipstick. (See “Engine oil” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

CAUTION

The oil level should be checked regularly using theengine oil dipstick. Operating with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine and such dam-age is not covered by the warranty.

18. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) warning(where fitted)This warning appears when the Intelligent Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system is not functioningproperly while the engine is running. The dis-played message will vary depending on the con-


dition of the 4WD system malfunction. (See“Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.)

19. Extended storage fuse warningThis warning may appear if the extended stor-age fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on).When this warning appears, push in (switch on)the extended storage fuse switch to turn off thewarning. For more information, see “Extendedstorage fuse switch” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

20. Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) warning (where fitted)This warning appears when the Adaptive Frontlighting System (AFS) is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

(See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) (wherefitted)” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

21. Power will turn off to save thebattery warningThis warning appears after a period of time ifthe shift lever has not moved from the P (Park)position.

22. Power turned off to save thebatteryThis warning appears after the ignition switch isautomatically turned OFF to save the battery.

23. Light reminder warningThis warning appears when the driver side dooris opened with the headlight switch is left ONand the ignition switch is placed in the “ACC”,“OFF” or “LOCK” position. Place the headlightswitch in the “AUTO” position. For additional in-formation, see “Headlight and turn signal switch” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.

24. “TIMER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the set “TIMER” in-dicator activates. You can set the time for up to6 hours. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.)

25. Low outside temperature warningThis warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 3°C (37°F). The warning can be set notto be displayed. (See the Infiniti InTouch Own-er’s Manual.)

26. Chassis control warningThis warning appears if chassis control is notfunctioning properly. Chassis control consists ofActive Lane Control (where fitted), Active TraceControl and/or Emergency Stop Signal (wherefitted). Have the system checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop. (See “Chassiscontrol” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

27. Speed limiter indicatorThis indicator shows the speed limiter systemstatus. The status is shown by the colour.

For more details, see “Speed limiter” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

28. Cruise indicatorModels without Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system:

This indicator shows the cruise control systemstatus. The status is shown by the colour.

See “Cruise control (where fitted)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section for details.

Models with Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system:

This indicator shows the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode status. The status isshown by the colour.

See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode”in the “5. Starting and driving” section for details.

29. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system ON indicator (where fitted)This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC) system status. The status is shown bythe colour.

See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.


30. Driver assist system indicator(where fitted)This indicator shows the status of the followingsystems.

• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

• Blind Spot Intervention

• Distance Control Assist (DCA)

• Forward emergency braking

• Predictive forward collision warning

For more details, see “Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section,“Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-upCollision Intervention systems (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section, “Distance ControlAssist (DCA) system (where fitted)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section, “Forward emergency brakingsystem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section and “Predictive forward collision warning sys-tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion.

The figure and colour of this indicator willchange depending on the conditions of theabove systems. (In each section, the name ofthis indicator is referred to as, “driver assist sys-tem lane indicator”, “driver assist system blind

spot indicator” or “driver assist system forwardindicator” depending on the systems.)

31. INFINITI Drive Mode SelectorindicatorWhen a driving mode is selected using theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the selected modeindicator is displayed.

• PERSONAL

• SPORT+ (where fitted)

• SPORT

• STANDARD

• ECO (where fitted)

• SNOW

(See “INFINITI drive mode selector” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.)

32. Stop/Start System (for Europe)indicator or Idling Stop System (forRussia and Ukraine) indicatorThis indicator shows the Stop/Start System orIdling Stop System status. See “Stop/Start Sys-tem (for Europe) or Idling Stop System (for Russia andUkraine)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

33. Automatic Transmission (AT)position indicatorThis indicator shows the automatic shift posi-tion.

Models with VR30DDTT engine: In the manualshift mode, when the transmission does notshift to the selected gear due to a transmissionprotection mode, the AT position indicator willblink and a chime will sound.

See “Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section for further details.


INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE

For setting of the indicators for maintenance,see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.

1. Engine oil and filter replacementindicatorThis indicator appears when the customer settime comes for changing the engine oil and fil-ter. You can set or reset the distance for chang-ing the engine oil and filter.

2. Tyre replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for replacing tyres. You can setor reset the distance for replacing tyres.

WARNING

The tyre replacement indicator is not a substitute forregular tyre checks, including tyre pressure checks.See “Changing tyres and wheels” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section. Many factors in-cluding tyre inflation, alignment, driving habits androad conditions affect tyre wear and when tyres shouldbe replaced. Setting the tyre replacement indicatorfor a certain driving distance does not mean your tyreswill last that long. Use the tyre replacement indicatoras a guide only and always perform regular tyrechecks. Failure to perform regular tyre checks, includ-ing tyre pressure checks could result in tyre failure.Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to acollision, which could result in serious personal injuryor death.

3. Other indicatorThis indicator appears when the customer settime comes for replacing items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tyres. You can set or re-set the distance for replacing the items.

JVI0722XZ


TRIP COMPUTER

JVI1524X


Switches for the trip computer are located onthe right side of the steering wheel. To operatethe trip computer, push the switches.

Each time the m switch is pushed, the dis-play will change.

The display item for trip computer is changed onthe lower display. For details, see the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.

1. Distance to empty (dte — km ormile)The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refuelling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated, based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warning fea-ture. If the fuel level is low, the warning is dis-played on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to “——”.

• If the amount of fuel added is small, the displayjust before the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF”position may continue to be displayed.

• When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel inthe tank shifts, which may momentarily change thedisplay.

2. Average speed (km/h or MPH)The average speed mode shows the average ve-hicle speed since the last reset. Resetting isdone by pushing the m switch for longer than1 second.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Thefirst 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows“——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer (kmor mile)Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pushing them switch for longer than 1 sec-ond. (The trip odometer is also reset at the sametime.)

Trip odometer:

The trip odometer mode shows the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pushing the mswitch for longer than 1 second. (The elapsedtime is also reset at the same time.)

4. Trip CO2/fuel saved and enginestop time (where fitted)The Stop/Start System (for Europe) mode orIdling Stop System (for Russia and Ukraine)mode shows the CO2 or fuel saved and the en-gine stop time. (See “Stop/Start System (for Eu-rope) or Idling Stop System (for Russia and Ukraine)”in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

The CO2 or fuel saved and engine stop timemode shows:

• The estimated CO2 exhaust emissions prevented(for Europe)

• The estimated quantity of saved fuel (except for Eu-rope)

• The time that the engine has been stopped for bythe Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System

Trip CO2 saved and engine stop time (forEurope):

The trip CO2 saved and engine stop time modeshows amount of CO2 saved and the engine stoptime since the last reset.

JVI1499XZ


The CO2 saved and engine stop time can be re-set by pushing the m switch for longer than 1second.

Trip fuel saved and engine stop time (exceptfor Europe):

The trip fuel saved and engine stop time modeshows amount of fuel saved and the engine stoptime since the time the ignition switch wasplaced in the “ON” position.

The fuel saved and engine stop time can be re-set by pushing the m switch for longer than 1second.

5. Total CO2/fuel saved and enginestop time (where fitted)The Stop/Start System (for Europe) mode orIdling Stop System (for Russia and Ukraine)mode shows the CO2 or fuel saved and the en-gine stop time. (See “Stop/Start System (for Eu-rope) or Idling Stop System (for Russia and Ukraine)”in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

The CO2 or fuel saved and engine stop timemode shows:

• The estimated CO2 exhaust emissions prevented(for Europe)

• The estimated quantity of saved fuel (except for Eu-rope)

• The time that the engine has been stopped for bythe Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System

Total CO2 saved and engine stop time (forEurope):

The total CO2 saved and engine stop time modeshows accumulated Stop/Start System or IdlingStop System information since the vehicle wasbuilt. The values cannot be reset.

The CO2 saved and engine stop time can be re-set by pushing the m switch for longer than 1second.

Total fuel saved and engine stop time (exceptfor Europe):

The total fuel saved and engine stop time modeshows amount of fuel saved and the engine stoptime since the last reset.

The fuel saved and engine stop time can be re-set by pushing the m switch for longer than 1second.

6. Current fuel consumption andaverage fuel consumption (l (litre)/100 km, km/l(litre) or MPG)Current fuel consumption:

The current fuel consumption mode shows thecurrent fuel consumption.

Average fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing them switch forlonger than 1 second.

The average fuel consumption is also reset onthe lower display. See the Infiniti InTouch Own-er’s Manual.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 500 m (1/3 mile) after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

7. Navigation (where fitted)When the route guidance is set in the navigationsystem, this item shows the navigation route in-formation.

For more details, see the Infiniti InTouch Own-er’s Manual.

8. AudioThe audio mode shows the status of audio infor-mation.

For more details, see the Infiniti InTouch Own-er’s Manual.

9. Driving aids (where fitted)The driving aids mode shows the operating con-dition for the following systems.

• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

• Blind Spot Intervention

• Distance Control Assist (DCA)

• Forward emergency braking


• Predictive forward collision warning

For more details, see “Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section,“Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-upCollision Intervention systems (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section, “Distance ControlAssist (DCA) system (where fitted)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section, “Forward emergency brakingsystem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section and “Predictive forward collision warning sys-tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion.

10. Tyre pressure (where fitted)The tyre pressure mode shows the pressure ofall four tyres while the vehicle is driven.

When the [Low tyre pressure] warning or [FlatTyre] warning appears, the display can beswitched to the tyre pressure mode by pushingthe m switch.

The tyre pressure unit can be changed in the[TPMS setting] under the [Settings] menu on thelower display. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.)

NOTE

After the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” posi-tion, it may take a period of time for the tyre pressure

to be displayed while the vehicle is driven. Dependingon the radio wave circumstance, tyre pressure maynot correctly be displayed.

11. Chassis controlWhen Active Lane Control (where fitted) or theactive trace control system is operated, it showsthe operating condition. See “Active Lane Control(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionand “Active trace control” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section for more details.

12. Oil control system (for VR30DDTTengine model)Engine oil information informs the distance tooil change.

Distance to oil change:

The distance to oil change is displayed if the dis-tance to oil change comes to be less than 1,500km (940 miles).

Oil replacement indicator:

When the set mileage approaches, the engineoil replacement indicator will appear on the dis-play. After the oil is changed, reset the oil con-trol system by pushing the m switch forlonger than 1 second.

The oil change interval cannot be adjustedmanually. The distance to oil change interval iscalculated depending on the driving conditionsand set automatically by the oil control system.

CAUTION

If the oil replacement indicator is displayed, changethe engine oil as soon as possible. Operating your ve-hicle with deteriorated oil can damage the engine.

13. Traffic Sign Recognition(where fitted)The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system pro-vides the driver with information about the mostrecently detected speed limit. For more details,see “Traffic Sign Recognition (where fitted)” later inthis section.

Warning checkThe present warnings are displayed. If no warn-ing is present, [No Warnings] is displayed.

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (wherefitted)

The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system pro-vides the driver with information about the most

NSD663


recently detected speed limit. The system cap-tures the road sign information with the multi-sensing front camera unit j1 located on thewindscreen in front of the inside rearview mirrorand displays the detected signs in the vehicleinformation display. For vehicles equipped withnavigation system, the speed limit displayed isbased on a combination of navigation systemdata and live camera recognition. TSR informa-tion is always displayed at the top of the vehicleinformation display, and optionally in the maincentral area of the display screen.

WARNING

The TSR system is only intended to be a support de-vice to provide the driver with information. It is not areplacement for the driver’s attention to traffic condi-tions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot pre-vent accidents due to carelessness. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert and drive safely at all times.

System operationThe Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system dis-plays the following types of road sign:

jA Latest detected speed limit.

jB National speed limit

jC No speed limit information.

jD No-overtaking zone.

jE End of no-overtaking zone.

JVI1527XZ

JVI0973X


jF Conditional speed limit, with the followingavailable conditions:

jG Snow

jH Slip (rain 1)

jI Rain (rain 2)

jJ Towing

jK Generic

CAUTION

• The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system is in-tended as an aid to careful driving. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and ob-serve all road regulations that currently apply, in-cluding looking out for road signs.

• The TSR system may not function properly underthe following conditions:

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindscreen in front of the multi-sensingcamera unit.

– When the headlights are not bright dueto dirt on the lens or if the aiming is notadjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the camera unit.(For example, the light directly shines onthe front of the vehicle at sunrise or sun-set.)

– When a sudden change in brightness oc-curs. (For example, when the vehicle en-ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)

– In areas not covered by the navigationsystem.

– If there are deviations in relation to thenavigation, for example due to changesin the road routing.

– When overtaking buses or trucks withspeed stickers.

Turning the TSR system on and off

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe TSR system:

1. Push the <MENU>j1 button and touch [DriverAssistance] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Speed Assist].

3. Touch [Traffic Sign Recognition] to turn thesystem ON/OFF.

System temporarily unavailableIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 40°C (104°F) and then started, the TSRsystem may be deactivated automatically. The[Not available high cabin temperature] warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced, theTSR system will resume operating automatically.

System malfunctionIf the TSR system malfunctions, it will be turnedoff automatically and the system [Malfunction]/[System error] warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the TSR [Malfunction]/[System error] messageappears, pull off the road at a safe location andstop the vehicle. Turn the engine off and restartthe engine. If the TSR [Malfunction]/[System er-ror] message continues to appear, have the sys-tem checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

System maintenanceThe TSR system uses the same multi-sensingfront camera unit that is used by the Lane De-parture Warning (LDW) system, located in front

JVS0246XZ


of the interior rearview mirror. For maintenanceof the camera, see “System maintenance” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIRTEMPERATURE

The clockj1 and outside air temperaturej2are displayed on the upper side of the vehicleinformation display.

ClockThe clock can be adjusted on the lower display.See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.

Outside air temperature (°C or °F)The outside air temperature is displayed in °C or°F in the range of −40 to 60°C (−40 to 140°F).

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may be affectedby road or engine heat, wind directions andother driving conditions. The display may differ

from the actual outside temperature or the tem-perature displayed on various signs orbillboards.

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

INFINITI recommends that you consult the localregulations concerning the use of lights.

AUTO positionWhen the ignition switch is in the “ON” positionand the headlight switch is in the “AUTO” posi-tion, the headlights, front clearance lights, in-strument panel lights, tail lights and numberplate lights turn on automatically depending onthe brightness of the surroundings.

The headlights will turn on automatically at twi-light or in rainy weather (when the windscreenwiper is operated continuously).

When the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF”position, the lights will turn off automatically.

JVI0724XZ

NIC2931

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH


CAUTION

Do not place any objects on top of the sensorjA . Thesensor senses the brightness level and controls theautolight function. If the sensor is covered, it reactsas if it is dark, and the headlights will illuminate.

m positionThe m position turns on the front clearance,instrument panel, tail and number plate lights.

m positionThe m position turns on the headlights in ad-dition to the other lights.

Headlight beam

To turn on the high beam, push the lever towardsthe front positionj1 .

To turn off the high beam, return the lever to theneutral positionj2 .

To flash the headlights, pull the lever towardsthe rearmost positionj3 . The headlights canbe flashed even when the headlights are not on.

When the lever is pulled towards the rearmostpositionj3 after the ignition switch is placed inthe “OFF” or “LOCK” position, the headlight willturn on and stay on for 30 seconds. The levercan be pulled 4 times for up to 2 minutes.

High beam assist (where fitted)The high beam assist system will operate whenthe vehicle is driven at the following speeds andabove.

• For Russia and Ukraine: approximately 40 km/h (25MPH) or 35 km/h (22 MPH)

• For Europe: approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH)

If an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-pears in front of your vehicle when the headlighthigh beam is on, the headlight will be switchedto the low beam automatically.

Precautions on high beam assist:

WARNING

• The high beam assist system is a convenience butit is not a substitute for safe driving operation. Thedriver should remain alert at all times, ensure safedriving practices and switch the high beam andlow beam manually when necessary.

• The high beam or low beam may not switch auto-matically under the following conditions. Switchthe high beam and low beam manually.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,wind, etc.).

– When a light source similar to a headlightor tail light is in the vicinity of the vehicle.

– When the headlights of the oncoming ve-hicle or the leading vehicle are turned off,when the colour of the light is affecteddue to foreign materials on the lights, orwhen the light beam is out of position.

SIC3784AZ

NIC2932


– When there is a sudden, continuouschange in brightness.

– When driving on a road that passes overrolling hills, or a road that has level dif-ferences.

– When driving on a road with many curves.

– When a sign or mirror-like surface is re-flecting intense light towards the front ofthe vehicle.

– When the container, etc. being towed bya leading vehicle is reflecting intenselight.

– When a headlight on your vehicle is dam-aged or dirty.

– When the vehicle is leaning at an angledue to a punctured tyre, being towed, etc.

• The timing of switching the low beam and highbeam may change under the following situations.

– The brightness of the headlights of theoncoming vehicle or leading vehicle.

– The movement and direction of the on-coming vehicle and the leading vehicle.

– When only one light on the oncoming ve-hicle or the leading vehicle is illuminated.

– When the oncoming vehicle or the lead-ing vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle.

– Road conditions (incline, curve, the roadsurface, etc.).

– The number of passengers and theamount of luggage.

High beam assist operations:

To activate the high beam assist system, turnthe headlight switch to the “AUTO” positionj1and push the lever forwardj2 (high beam posi-tion). The high beam assist indicator light in themeter will illuminate while the headlights areturned on.

If the high beam assist indicator light does notilluminate in the above condition, it may indi-cate that the system is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less than thefollowing speeds, the headlight remains the lowbeam.

• For Russia and Ukraine: approximately 25 km/h (16MPH) or 27 km/h (17 MPH)

• For Europe: 25 km/h (16 MPH)

To turn off the high beam assist system, turn theheadlight switch to the m position or selectthe low beam position by placing the lever in theneutral position.

Ambient image sensor maintenance:

The ambient image sensorj1 for the high beamassist system is located in front of the insiderearview mirror. To keep the proper operation ofthe high beam assist system and prevent a sys-tem malfunction, be sure to observe the follow-ing:

• Always keep the windscreen clean.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent ma-terial) or install an accessory near the ambient im-age sensor.

NIC2933

NSD663


• Do not strike or damage the areas around the am-bient image sensor. Do not touch the sensor lensthat is located on the ambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damaged due toan accident, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

Daytime running light systemThe daytime running lights will come on afterstarting the engine.

When the light switch is turned to the m posi-tion, the daytime running lights will turn off.

AUTOMATIC AIMING CONTROLThe headlights are equipped with the automaticlevelling system. Headlight axis is controlled au-tomatically.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMThe light reminder chime will sound if the driv-er’s door is opened while the following improperoperations are found:

• The headlight switch is in either the m or mposition, and the ignition switch in the “ACC”,“OFF” or “LOCK” position.

Be sure to turn the headlight switch to the“AUTO” position and the fog light switch to the“OFF” position when you leave the vehicle.

When the headlight switch is in the m or mposition while the engine is running, the lightswill automatically turn off after placing the igni-tion switch in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position andopening the driver’s side door.

When the headlight switch remains in either them or m position after the lights automati-cally turn off, the lights will turn on when theengine is started.

CAUTION

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is not run-ning for extended periods of time to prevent the bat-tery from being discharged.

ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM(AFS) (where fitted)

The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) will au-tomatically adjust the headlights (low beam) to-ward the turning direction to improve the driv-er’s view. When the headlight switch is ON andthe driver operates the steering wheel in a turn,the AFS system will be activated.

The AFS will operate:

• when the headlight switch is ON.

• when the shift lever is in any position other than“P” (Park) or “R” (Reverse).

• when the vehicle is driven at above 5 km/h (3 MPH)for the driver’s side headlight. Note that the frontpassenger’s side low beam headlight will swivel

but the driver’s side headlight will not swivel whenthe vehicle is below 5 km/h (3 MPH) and the steer-ing wheel is turned.

AFS is equipped with the automatic headlightslevelling system. The headlights will be adjustedto proper axis automatically, depending on thenumber of occupants in the vehicle, the load thevehicle is carrying and the road conditions.

If the AFS warning in the vehicle information dis-play appears after the ignition switch has beenplaced in the “ON” position, this may indicatethat the AFS is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

When the engine is started, the headlights willvibrate to check the system condition. This isnot a malfunction.


HEADLIGHT CLEANER (where fitted)

The headlight cleaner operates when the head-light is on and the ignition switch is in the “ON”position.

To operate the headlight cleaner:

• Push the windscreen washer switch forward (forRussia and Ukraine).

• Pull the windscreen washer switch toward you (ex-cept for Russia and Ukraine).

– The headlight cleaner operates with thewindscreen washer operation. This opera-tion activates once each time either theignition switch or the headlight switch isturned off and on.

– After the first operation, the headlightcleaner operates once for every few op-erations of the windscreen washer switch.

See “Wiper and washer switch” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer if the window washerfluid reservoir is empty.

• Do not operate the washer continuously for longerthan 30 seconds.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

CAUTION

The turn signal switch will not be cancelled automati-cally if the steering wheel turning angle does not ex-ceed the preset amount. After the turn or lane change,make sure that the turn signal switch is returned to itsoriginal position.

Turn signalTo turn on the turn signals, move the lever upj1 or down j2 to the point where the leverlatches. When the turn is completed, the turnsignal cancels automatically.

Lane change signalTo turn on the lane change signals, move thelever upj1 or downj2 to the point where theindicator light begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch.

To cancel the flashing, move the lever to the op-posite direction.

If the lever is moved back right after moving upj1 or downj2 , the light will flash 3 times.

JVI0778XZ

For Russia and Ukraine

NIC2934


FRONT FOG LIGHTS

To turn on the front fog lights, turn the fog lightswitch to the m positionj1 with the head-light switch in the m or m position.

To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light switchto the “OFF” position.

When the headlight switch is in the “AUTO” po-sition, turning the fog light switch to the mposition will turn on the headlights, fog lightsand the other lights while the ignition switch isin the “ON” position or the engine is running.

REAR FOG LIGHTSThe rear fog lights should be used only whenvisibility is seriously reduced. [Generally, to lessthan 100 m (328 ft)]

To turn on the rear fog lights, turn the fog lightswitch to the m positionj2 with the head-light switch in the m position. The switch re-turns to them position automatically, and the

rear fog lights will illuminate with the front foglights. Make sure the m indicator light on theinstrument panel illuminates.

To turn off the rear fog lights, turn the fog lightswitch to the m position again. Make surethe m indicator light on the instrument panelturns off.

To turn off both the front and rear fog lights, turnthe fog light switch to the “OFF” position.

When the headlight switch is in the “AUTO” po-sition, turning the fog light switch to the mposition will turn on the headlights, rear foglights and the other lights while the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position or the engine isrunning.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures, the washer fluid may freezeon the windscreen and obscure your vision. Warm thewindscreen with the defogger before you wash thewindscreen.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continuously for longerthan 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if the window washerfluid reservoir is empty.

• If the wiper operation is interrupted by snow orice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its mo-tor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the“OFF” position and remove the snow or ice on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute,turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.

WINDSCREEN WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

NIC2935

JVI0769XZ

FOG LIGHT SWITCH WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


The windscreen wiper and washer operate whenthe ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

Wiper operationThe lever position “AUTO”j1 operates the rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See “Rain-sensingauto wiper system” later in this section.)

The lever position “m ”j2 operates the wiperat low speed.

The lever position “m ”j3 operates the wiperat high speed.

To stop the wiper operation, move the lever upto the “OFF” position.

The lever position or “m ” j4 operates thewiper one sweep. The lever automatically re-turns to its original position.

Pulling up the wiper arm:

The wiper arm should be in the up position whenreplacing the wiper.

To pull the wiper arm up, push upj4 twice whenthe ignition switch is in the “OFF” position within1 minute. The wiper operation stops in mid-op-eration and the wiper arm can be pulled up.

The shift lever should be in the “P” (Park) posi-tion.

To return the wiper arm, place the wiper arm inthe down position and operate the wiper switchonce.

CAUTION

Do not operate the windscreen wiper while the wiperarm is pulled up. The wiper arm may be damaged.

Washer operationTo operate the washer, pull the lever toward theback of the vehiclej5 until the desired amountof washer fluid is spread on the windscreen. Thewiper will automatically operate several times.

The headlight cleaner (where fitted) will also op-erate with operation of the windscreen washer.(See “Headlight cleaner (where fitted)” later in thissection.)

Wiper drip wipe system:

The wiper will also operate once about 3 sec-onds after the washer and wiper are operated.This operation is to wipe washer fluid that hasdripped on the windscreen.

Headlight cleaner (where fitted)Except for Russia and Ukraine:

Pull the lever toward the rear of the vehicle. Theheadlight cleaner will operate with operation ofthe windscreen washer. The headlight cleaneroperates with the windscreen washer operation.This operation activates once each time eitherthe ignition switch or the headlight switch isturned off and on. After the first operation, theheadlight cleaner operates once for every fewoperations of the windscreen washer switch.

For Russia and Ukraine:

Pull the lever toward the front of the vehicle tooperate the headlight cleaner. See “Headlightcleaner (where fitted)” earlier in this section.

CAUTION

Do not operate the headlight cleaner if the windowwasher fluid reservoir is empty.

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM

The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiperspeed depending on the rainfall and the vehiclespeed by using the rain sensor located on theupper part of the windscreen.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, pushthe lever down to the “AUTO” positionj1 . Thewiper will sweep once while the ignition switchis in the “ON” position.

JVI0770XZ


The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjustedby turning the knob towardj2 (High) or towardj3 (Low).

• High — High sensitive operation

• Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off,push up the lever to the “OFF” position, or pulldown the lever to the “m ” or “m ” position.

CAUTION

• Do not touch the rain sensor and around it whenthe wiper switch is in the “AUTO” position and theignition switch is in the “ON” position. The wipersmay operate unexpectedly and cause an injury ormay damage a wiper.

• The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended for useduring rain. If the switch is left in the “AUTO” posi-tion, the wipers may operate unexpectedly whendirt, fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck on oraround the sensor. The wipers may also operatewhen exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sen-sor.

• When the windscreen glass is coated with waterrepellent, the speed of the rain-sensing auto wip-ers may be higher even though the amount of therainfall is small.

• Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto wiper sys-tem when you use a car wash.

• The rain-sensing auto wipers may not operate ifrain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is rain-ing.

• Using genuine wiper blades is recommended forproper operation of the rain-sensing auto wipersystem. (See “Wiper blades” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section for wiper bladereplacement.)

The rear window and outside door mirror defog-ger switch operates when the ignition switch isin the “ON” position.

The defogger is used to reduce the moisture, fogor frost on the rear window surface to improvethe rear views and on the outside rearview mir-ror surface to improve the side views.

When the defogger switchj1 is pushed, the in-dicator lightj2 illuminates and the defoggeroperates for approximately 15 minutes. After thepreset time has passed, the defogger will turnoff automatically. To turn off the defogger manu-ally, push the defogger switch again, and theindicator light turns off.

CAUTION

• When operating the defogger continuously, besure to start the engine. Otherwise, it may causethe battery to discharge.

JVI1441XZ

DEFOGGER SWITCH


• When cleaning the inner side of the window, becareful not to scratch or damage the electrical con-ductors on the surface of the window.

The windscreen deicer switch (defogger switch)operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON”position.

The deicer is used to remove ice from the wind-screen when a wiper is frozen to the windscreen.

When the switch j1 is pushed, the indicatorlightj2 illuminates and the deicer operates forapproximately 15 minutes. The rear window de-fogger will activate at the same time. After thepreset time has passed, the deicer will turn offautomatically. To turn off the deicer manually,push the deicer switch again, and the indicatorlight turns off.

CAUTION

• When operating the deicer continuously, be sureto start the engine. Otherwise, it may cause thebattery to discharge.

• When cleaning the inner side of the window, becareful not to scratch or damage the electrical con-ductors on the surface of the window.

JVI1441XZ

WINDSCREEN DE-ICER SWITCH (where fitted)


WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to come into contactwith the heated steering wheel if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated steering wheel temperaturesor have an inability to feel pain in those body parts incontact. Use of the heated steering wheel by suchpeople could result in serious injuries.

CAUTION

• The battery could run down if the steering wheelheater is operated while the engine is not running.

• Do not use the steering wheel heater for extendedperiods of time as it may cause burns and over-heating.

• Any liquid spilled on the steering wheel should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth.

• When cleaning the steering wheel, never usepetrol, thinner, or any similar materials.

• If any malfunctions are found or the steering wheelheater does not operate properly, turn the switchoff and have the system checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

Push the <CLIMATE> button and touch [SteeringHeater] on the lower display to turn the steeringwheel heater on or off manually. The steeringwheel heater will turn off automatically 30 min-utes after it has been turned on. When the steer-ing wheel heater is turned on, the indicatorabove [Steering Heater] will turn on.

If the surface temperature of the steering wheelis above the temperature at which the system isdesigned to operate, the system will not heatthe steering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

The automatic steering heating mode can beturned on or off from the climate control settingsscreen. For details, see the Infiniti InTouch Own-er’s Manual.

The horn switch operates regardless of the igni-tion switch position except when the battery isdischarged.

When the horn switch is pushed and held, thehorn will sound. Releasing the horn switch willcease the horn sound.

JVI1491XZ

HEATED STEERING WHEEL (where fitted) HORN


POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

• Make sure that all passengers have their hands,etc. inside the vehicle before operating the powerwindows.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unin-tended operation of the vehicle and or its systems,including entrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave children, peoplewho require the assistance of others, or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough to cause a significantrisk of injury or death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

To open a window, push down the power win-dow switch.

To close a window, pull up the power windowswitch.

Driver’s window switch

The driver’s switch, the main switch, can controlall windows.

Locking passenger’s window:

When the lock buttonjA is pushed in, the frontpassenger’s window cannot be operated.

To cancel the window lock, push the lock buttonjA again.

Front passenger’s window switch

The passenger’s switch can control its corre-sponding window.

If the windows lock button on the driver’s sideswitch is pushed in, the passenger’s switch can-not be operated.

Automatic function

JVI1526XZ SIC4353Z

JVI1495XZ

WINDOWS


The automatic function is available for theswitch that has an m mark on its surface.

The automatic function enables a window to fullyopen or close without holding the switch downor up.

To fully open the window, push the power win-dow switch down to the second detent and re-lease the switch. To fully close the window, pullthe power window switch up to the second de-tent and release the switch. The switch does nothave to be held during window operation.

To stop the window open/close operation dur-ing the automatic function, push down or pullup the switch in opposite directions.

Window timer:

The window timer allows the window switch tobe operated for approximately 45 seconds evenif the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” posi-tion. The window timer will be cancelled whenthe driver’s or front passenger’s door is openedor the preset time has expired.

Auto-reverse function:

WARNING

There is a small distance just before the closed posi-tion which cannot be detected. Make sure that all pas-sengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be-fore closing the windows.

The auto-reverse function enables a window toautomatically reverse when something is caughtin the window as it is closing. When the controlunit detects an obstacle, the window will be low-ered immediately.

Depending on the environment or driving condi-tions, the auto-reverse function may activate ifan impact or load similar to something beingcaught in the window occurs.

Automatic adjusting functionCAUTION

When the battery cable is removed from the batteryterminal, do not close either of the front doors. Theautomatic window adjusting function will not work,and the side roof panel may be damaged.

The power window has an automatic adjustingfunction. When the door is being opened, thewindow is automatically lowered slightly toavoid contact between the window and the sideroof panel. When the door is closed, the windowis automatically raised slightly.

While the automatic adjusting function does notwork, the window will be controlled as follows:

• When the door is opened, the window lowers forapproximately 2 seconds.

• While the door is open, the window cannot beraised.

Operating windows with IntelligentKeyThe windows can be opened or closed by push-ing the “UNLOCK” m or “LOCK” m buttonon the Intelligent Key. This function will not op-erate while the window timer is activated orwhen the windows need to be initialised. For de-tails about the Intelligent Key button usage, see“Using remote keyless entry system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.

Opening:

To open the windows, push the “UNLOCK” mbutton on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-onds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” mbutton.

If the window open operation is stopped on theway while pushing the “UNLOCK” m button,release and push the button again until the win-dows open completely.

Closing:

To close the windows, push the “LOCK” mbutton on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-onds after the door is locked.

To stop closing, release the “LOCK” m but-ton.


If the window close operation is stopped on theway while pushing the “LOCK” m button, re-lease and push the button again until the win-dows close completely.

If the windows do not closeautomaticallyIf the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform the fol-lowing procedure to initialise the power windowsystem.

1. Push the ignition switch to the “ON” position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchmore than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function to con-firm the initialisation is complete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for otherwindows.

If the power window automatic function does notoperate properly after performing the procedureabove, have your vehicle checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

WARNING

• In an accident you could be thrown from the ve-hicle through an open sunroof. Adults should al-ways use seat belts and children should alwaysuse seat belts or child restraint systems.

• Never allow anyone to stand up or extend any por-tion of their body out of the opening while the ve-hicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing.

CAUTION

• Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from thesunroof before opening.

• Do not place any heavy objects on the sunroof orsurrounding area.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof operates when the ignition switchis in the “ON” position.

SunshadeTo open or close the sunshade, slide the sun-shade manually.

The sunshade will open automatically when thesunroof is opened. The sunshade needs to beclosed manually by sliding it. When the sunroofis opened, the sunshade can be closed manu-ally to the position where the sunroof is opened.

SunroofTilting:

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then push theswitch to the tilt up positionj1 and release it; itneed not be held. To tilt down the sunroof, pushthe switch to the tilt down positionj2 .

Sliding:

To fully open or close the sunroof, push theswitch to the openj2 or closej1 position andrelease it; it need not be held. The sunroof willautomatically open or close all the way. To stopthe sunroof, push the switch once more while itis opening or closing.

Sunroof timer:

The sunroof timer allows the sunroof switch tobe operated for approximately 45 seconds evenif the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” posi-tion. The sunroof timer will be cancelled whenthe driver’s or front passenger’s door is openedor the preset time has expired.

JVI0756XZ

SUNROOF (where fitted)


Auto-reverse function

WARNING

There is a small distance just before the closed posi-tion which cannot be detected. Make sure that all pas-sengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be-fore closing the sunroof.

The auto-reverse function enables the sunroofto automatically reverse when something iscaught in the sunroof as it is closing. When thecontrol unit detects an obstacle, the sunroof willopen immediately.

If the sunroof cannot be closed automaticallywhen the auto reverse function activates due toa malfunction, push and hold the sunroof switchto the close positionj1 .

Depending on the environment or driving condi-tions, the auto-reverse function may activate ifan impact or load similar to something beingcaught in the sunroof occurs.

Operating sunroof with Intelligent KeyThe sunroof can be opened or closed by pushingthe “UNLOCK” m or “LOCK” m button onthe Intelligent Key. This function will not operatewhile the sunroof timer is activated or when thesunroof needs to be initialised. For details aboutthe Intelligent Key button usage, see “Using re-mote keyless entry system” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section.

Opening:

To open the sunroof, push the “UNLOCK” mbutton on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-onds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” mbutton.

Closing:

To close the sunroof, push the “LOCK” m but-ton on the Intelligent Key for about 3 secondsafter the door is locked.

To stop closing, release the “LOCK” m but-ton.

If sunroof does not operateIf the sunroof does not operate properly, per-form the following procedure to initialise thesunroof operation system.

1. If the sunroof is open, close it fully by repeat-edly pushing the sunroof switch to the closepositionj1 to tilt the sunroof up.

2. Push and hold the switch to the close posi-tionj1 .

3. Release the sunroof switch after the sunroofmoves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch to the open posi-tionj2 to fully tilt the sunroof down.

5. Check if the sunroof switch operatesnormally.

If the sunroof does not operate properly afterperforming the procedure above, have your ve-hicle checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.


Power outlets are located in the storage box andin the console box for powering electrical acces-sories such as a mobile telephone.

CAUTION

• The outlet and plug may be hot during or immedi-ately after use.

• This power outlet is not designed for use with acigarette lighter unit.

• Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt,120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapt-ers or more than one electrical accessory.

• Use this power outlet with the engine running toavoid discharging the vehicle battery.

• Avoid using when the air conditioner, headlightsor rear window defogger is on.

• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contactis not made, the plug may overheat or the internaltemperature fuse may blow.

• Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be surethat the electrical accessory being used is turnedOFF.

• When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do notallow water to contact the outlet.

WARNING

• The storages should not be used while driving sothat the full attention may be given to vehicle op-eration.

• Keep the storage lids closed while driving to helpprevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.

GLOVE BOX

To open the glove box, pull the handlej1 .

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lockj2 /unlockj3 the glove box, use the me-chanical key. For mechanical key usage, see“Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments”section.

SIC4316Z

In the storage box

JVI1298XZ

In the console box

JVI0763XZ

POWER OUTLETS STORAGE


CONSOLE BOX

To open the console box, push the knob upjAand pull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.

The console box light illuminates when theheadlight switch is in the m position.

STORAGE BOX

To open, push the storage box lid.

Do not place valuable items in the storage box.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving toavoid obstructing the driver’s view and to help pre-vent an accident.

CAUTION

• Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

• Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holderwhile parking in direct sunlight. The heat may dam-age the sunglasses.

To open the sunglasses holder, push the holder.To close, push the holder up until the locklatches.

CARD HOLDER

The card holder is located on the driver’s sunvisor.

To use the card holder, slide the card in the cardholder.

CUP HOLDERSCAUTION

Avoid abrupt starting and braking especially when youuse the cup holders. Doing so may cause the bever-ages to spill over, and if they are hot, they may scaldyou or your passengers.

JVI0653XZ

SIC4316Z

JVI0757XZ

SIC4348Z


Front

Rear

SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER

CAUTION

• Do not use bottle holder for any other objects thatcould be thrown about in the vehicle and possiblyinjure people during sudden braking or an acci-dent.

• Do not use bottle holder for open liquid contain-ers.

COAT HOOKS

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 1 kg (2 lb) to thehook.

To use the coat hook, push the hookj1 to re-leasej2 .

JVI0649XZ

JVI1492XZ

JVI1500XZ JVI1511XZ


BOOT HOOKS

WARNING

• Always make sure that the cargo is properly se-cured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks.

• Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an ac-cident or sudden stop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 10 kg (22 lb) toa single hook.

1. To block glare from the front, swing down thesun visorj1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sunvisor from the centre mount and swing it tothe sidej2 .

3. Slide the sun visorj3 in or out as needed(for driver’s side only).

JVI1493XZ

SIC3739

SUN VISORS


When the doors are unlocked by pushing the“UNLOCK” m button on the Intelligent Key ortouching the one touch unlock sensor with theignition switch in the “LOCK” position, the cour-tesy lightjA will illuminate.

To activate or deactivate the courtesy light, set[Lamp ON when Door Unlocks]. See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.

CAUTION

• Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle.

• Do not use the lights for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could result in a dis-charged battery.

MAP LIGHTS

Push the button as illustrated to turn the lighton or off.

CONSOLE LIGHT

The console light will turn on whenever the clear-ance lights or headlights are illuminated.

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

JVI1496XZ

JVI0758XZ

JVI0759XZ

JVI0760XZ

COURTESY LIGHT INTERIOR LIGHTS


j1 ON switchWhen the ON switchj1 is pushed on, the maplights will illuminate. When the switch is turnedoff, the lights will not illuminate, regardless ofthe condition.

j2 DOOR OFF switchWhen the DOOR OFF switchj2 is not pushedon, the map lights will illuminate under the fol-lowing conditions:

• ignition switch is switched to the “OFF” position

– remain on for about 30 seconds.

• doors are unlocked by pushing the “UNLOCK” but-ton on the Intelligent Key or one touch unlock sen-sor with the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position


• any door is opened and then closed with the igni-tion switch in the “LOCK” position


• any door is opened

– remain on while the door is opened. Whenthe door is closed, the lights go off.

When the DOOR OFF switchj2 is pushed on,the map lights will not illuminate under theabove condition. The map lights can be turnedon only with the ON switchj1 .

When [Lamp ON when Door Unlocks] is set to

the OFF position (see the Infiniti InTouch Own-er’s Manual), the lights will illuminate under thefollowing condition:

• any door is opened with the ignition switch in anyposition

– remain on while the door is opened. Whenthe door is closed, the lights go off.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover.

The vanity mirror light illuminates when the van-ity mirror cover is opened. When the cover isclosed, the light will turn off.

BOOT LIGHTThe boot light illuminates when the boot lid isopened. When the boot is closed, the light willturn off.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen the interior light stays on, it will automati-cally turn off after a period of time when the ig-nition switch has been pushed to the “OFF” po-sition. To turn on the light again, push the igni-tion switch to the “ON” position.

SIC3869Z


NOTE


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsPre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys................................................................. 3-2Intelligent Key.............................................. 3-2

Doors............................................................... 3-3Super lock system (Right-Hand Drive (RHD)models) ....................................................... 3-3Locking with key........................................... 3-4Locking with inside lock knob........................ 3-4Locking with power door lock switch.............. 3-5Vehicle speed sensing door lock mecha-nism (where fitted) ....................................... 3-5Auto door lock releasing mechanism ............. 3-5

Intelligent Key system ....................................... 3-6Intelligent Key operating range ..................... 3-7Using Intelligent Key system ......................... 3-8Battery saver system .................................... 3-11Warning signals ........................................... 3-11Troubleshooting guide.................................. 3-12Log-in function............................................. 3-14Using remote keyless entry system................ 3-14Hazard indicator and horn operation ............. 3-16

Security systems .............................................. 3-17

Theft warning system ................................... 3-17INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system............... 3-19

Bonnet............................................................. 3-19Opening bonnet ........................................... 3-20Closing bonnet............................................. 3-20

Boot lid ............................................................ 3-21Boot lid release............................................ 3-21

Fuel-filler lid ..................................................... 3-22Opening fuel-filler lid ................................... 3-22Fuel-filler cap ............................................... 3-22

Steering wheel ................................................. 3-23Manual steering wheel adjustment................ 3-23Electric steering wheel adjustment ................ 3-23

Mirrors............................................................. 3-24Inside rearview mirror .................................. 3-24Outside rearview mirrors .............................. 3-25Vanity mirror................................................ 3-26

Parking brake ................................................... 3-26Automatic drive positioner (where fitted)............ 3-27

Memory storage ........................................... 3-27System operation ......................................... 3-28

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number on the key number plateand keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet),NOT IN THE VEHICLE. If you lose your keys, seean INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop to getduplicates using the key number. INFINITI doesnot record key numbers so it is very important tokeep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can be du-plicated by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

1. Intelligent Key (2)

2. Mechanical key (2)

3. Key number plate (1)

WARNING

• The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves that canadversely affect medical electric equipment.

• If you have a pacemaker, you should contact themedical equipment manufacturer to ask if it will beaffected by the Intelligent Key signal.

INTELLIGENT KEYYour vehicle can only be driven with the Intelli-gent Keys, which are registered to your vehicle’sIntelligent Key system components and theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be reg-istered and used with one vehicle. The new keysmust be registered by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop prior to use with the IntelligentKey system and INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem of your vehicle. Since the registrationprocess requires erasing all memory in the In-telligent Key system components when register-ing new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keysthat you have to an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key functionsbecome cancelled. Contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

CAUTION

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you. Donot leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key in-side.

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you whendriving. The Intelligent Key is a precision devicewith a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it,please note the following.

– The Intelligent Key is water resistant;however, wetting may damage the Intelli-gent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is completelydry.

– Do not bend, drop or strike it against an-other object.

– If the outside temperature is below -10°C(14°F), the battery of the Intelligent Keymay not function properly.

– Do not place the Intelligent Key for an ex-tended period in a place where tempera-tures exceed 60°C (140°F).

– Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

– Do not use a magnet key holder.

– Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magnetic fieldsuch as a TV, audio equipment, personalcomputers or mobile phones.

SPA2504Z

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

– Do not allow the Intelligent Key to comeinto contact with water or salt water, anddo not wash it in a washing machine. Thiscould affect the system function.

• If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI rec-ommends erasing the ID code of that IntelligentKey. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from un-authorised use to unlock the vehicle. For informa-tion regarding the erasing procedure, please con-tact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Mechanical key

To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors and glove box. (See “Doors” later in this sec-tion and “Storage” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.)

WARNING

• Always look before opening any doors, to avoid anaccident with oncoming traffic.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unin-tended operation of the vehicle and or its systems,including entrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave children, peoplewho require the assistance of others, or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough to cause a significantrisk of injury or death to people and pets.

SUPER LOCK SYSTEM (Right-Hand Drive(RHD) models)

WARNING

For Super Lock System equipped models, failure tofollow the precautions below may lead to hazardoussituations. Make sure the Super Lock System activa-tion is always safely conducted.

• When the vehicle is occupied, never lock the doorswith the Intelligent Key system. Doing so will trapthe occupants, since the Super Lock System pre-vents the doors from being opened from the insideof the vehicle.

• Only operate the Intelligent Key lock button whenthere is a clear view of the vehicle. This is to pre-vent anybody from being trapped inside the ve-hicle through the Super Lock System activation.

SPA2033Z

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key“LOCK” button m or the request switch willlock all doors and activate the Super Lock Sys-tem.

This means that none of the doors can be openedfrom the inside in order to prevent theft.

The system will be released when the door isunlocked with the Intelligent Key “UNLOCK” but-ton m or the one touch unlock sensor.

The Super Lock System will not activate whenthe doors are locked with the power door lockswitch or mechanical key.

Emergency situationsIf the Super Lock System is activated due to atraffic accident or other unexpected circum-stances while you are in the vehicle:

• Place the ignition switch in the “ON” position. TheSuper Lock System will be released and all thedoors can be unlocked with the power door lockswitch and you can open the doors.

• Unlock the doors using the Intelligent Key. The Su-per Lock System will be released and you can openthe doors.

LOCKING WITH KEY

The door key cylinder is located on the driver’sside door.

To lock the driver’s door, insert the mechanicalkey to the door key cylinder and turn the key tothe front of the vehiclej1 .

To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to therear of the vehiclej2 . The driver’s side door willunlock.

To lock or unlock the other doors, boot lid andthe fuel-filler lid, use the power door lock switch,the “LOCK” m /“UNLOCK” m button on theIntelligent Key or any one touch unlock sensor/request switch.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBCAUTION

When locking the doors using the inside lock knob, besure not to leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle.

Type A

To lock the door, push the inside lock knob tothe lock positionj1 then close the driver’s sidedoor with the outside door handle pulled.

To unlock the door, pull the inside lock knob tothe unlock positionj2 .

Type B

SPA2457Z SPA2726Z

SPA2791Z


To unlock and open the door, pull the inside doorhandle as illustrated.

For Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model:

The doors cannot be opened by using the insidedoor handle when the Super Lock System is ac-tivated.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors and boot lid.

To lock the doors and boot lid, push the powerdoor lock switch (located on the driver’s andfront passenger’s doors) to the lock positionj1with the driver’s or front passenger’s door open,then close the door.

To unlock the doors and boot lid, push the powerdoor lock switch to the unlock positionj2 .

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the power door lockswitch, be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle.

With the ignition switch in the “ON” position,the door lock indicator light m (located onthe instrument panel) will illuminate and stayon. With the ignition switch in the “ACC”, “OFF”or “LOCK” position, the door lock indicator lightm will illuminate for 30 minutes.

VEHICLE SPEED SENSING DOOR LOCKMECHANISM (where fitted)

All doors and boot lid will be locked automati-cally when the vehicle speed reaches 24 km/h(15 MPH). All doors and boot lid will be alsolocked automatically when the shift lever ismoved out of the “P” (Park) position, if selected.Once the lock has been unlocked, while driving,the vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanismwill not lock the door again unless one of the fol-lowing is performed.

• Opening any doors.

• Placing the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position.

To activate or deactivate vehiclespeed sensing door lock mechanismTo activate or deactivate the vehicle speed sens-ing door lock mechanism, perform the followingprocedures.

1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-tion.

2. Within 20 seconds, push and hold the powerdoor lock switch to the “LOCK” position for 5seconds.

3. The hazard indicator light will flash as fol-lows if the switching operation is successful:

• Twice — activated

• Once — deactivated

AUTO DOOR LOCK RELEASINGMECHANISMAll doors and boot lid will be unlocked automati-cally when the ignition switch is placed from“ON” in “OFF” position or when the shift lever ismoved to the “P” (Park) position, if selected.

To activate or deactivate auto doorlock releasing mechanismTo activate or deactivate the auto door lock re-leasing mechanism, perform the following pro-cedures.

1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-tion.

2. Within 20 seconds, push and hold the powerdoor lock switch to the “UNLOCK” positionfor 5 seconds.

JVP0319XZ


3. The hazard indicator light will flash as fol-lows if the switching operation is successful:

• Twice — activated

• Once — deactivated

The auto door lock releasing function can bechanged on the lower display. (See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.)

WARNING


• The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when thebuttons are pushed. The radio waves may affectnavigation and communication systems. Do notoperate the Intelligent Key while on an aeroplane.Make sure the buttons are not operated uninten-tionally when the unit stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor and the boot using the integrated key fobfunction, pushing the request switch or touch-ing one touch unlock sensor on the vehicle with-out taking the key out from a pocket or purse.The operating environment and/or conditionsmay affect the Intelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you whenoperating the vehicle.

• Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle whenyou leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicatingwith the vehicle as it receives radio waves. TheIntelligent Key system transmits weak radio

waves. Environmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the Intelligent Key systemunder the following operating conditions.

• When operating near a location where strong radiowaves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, powerstation and broadcasting station.

• When in possession of wireless equipment, suchas a mobile telephone, transceiver, and CB radio.

• When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or cov-ered by metallic materials.

• When any type of radio wave remote control is usednearby.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electricappliance such as a personal computer.

• When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies depend-ing on the operating conditions, the battery’slife is approximately 2 years. If the battery isdischarged, replace it with a new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-charged, see “Intelligent Key battery discharge” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section to start the en-gine.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM


Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such as sig-nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-tery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of a bat-tery, see “Intelligent Key battery” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

For models with a steering wheel lock mecha-nism: Because the steering wheel is locked elec-trically, unlocking the steering wheel with theignition switch in the “LOCK” position is impos-sible when the vehicle battery is completely dis-charged. Pay special attention that the vehiclebattery is not completely discharged.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For informationabout the purchase and use of additional Intel-ligent Keys, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

CAUTION

• Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which containselectrical components, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affect the systemfunction.

• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

• Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply againstanother object.

• Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

• Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the In-telligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it iscompletely dry.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extendedperiod in an area where temperatures exceed 60°C(140°F).

• If the outside temperature is below −10°C (14°F),the battery of the Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.

• Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holderthat contains a magnet.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipmentthat produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computers or mobile phones.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITI rec-ommends erasing the ID code of that IntelligentKey from the vehicle. This may prevent the unau-thorised use of the Intelligent Key to operate thevehicle. For information regarding the erasingprocedure, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

The Intelligent Key function (opening/closingdoor with the one touch unlocksensor or requestswitch) can be disabled. For information aboutdisabling the Intelligent Key function, contactan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from one touch unlock sensor/door request switchj1 and boot open requestswitchj2 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dischargedor strong radio waves are present near the oper-ating location, the Intelligent Key system’s op-erating range becomes narrower, and the Intel-ligent Key may not function properly.

The operating range is within 80 cm (31.50 in)from each one touch unlock sensor/doorrequest switchj1 and boot open request switchj2 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, door handle or rear bumper, the requestswitches may not function.

JVP0453XZ


When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to usethe one touch unlock sensor or request switchesto lock or unlock the doors and open the bootlid.

USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

The request switch and one touch unlock sensorwill not function under the following conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle

• When the Intelligent Key is not within the opera-tional range

• When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged

• When any door is open or not closed securely(where fitted)

• When the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON”position (where fitted)

• Do not push the door handle request switch withthe Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated.The close distance to the door handle will causethe Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recog-nising that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.

• Within 2 seconds after the door are locked usingthe door handle request switch, make sure that thedoors have been securely locked by operating thedoor handles. If you keep holding the door handlefor more than 2 seconds after locking the doorsusing the door handle request switch, the door willbe unlocked.

• To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left insidethe vehicle or the boot, make sure you carry thekey with you and then lock the doors or the boot.

• When locking the doors using the door handle re-quest switch, make sure to have the Intelligent Keyin your possession before operating the doorhandle request switch to prevent the Intelligent Keyfrom being left in the vehicle.

• The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doorswith the door handle request switch or one touchunlock sensor) can be set to remain inactive. (Seethe Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)

• The door cannot be unlocked using one touch un-lock operation after locking the door within 2 sec-onds. To unlock the door, release the door handleonce and hold it again.

• If a large amount of water runs down on the doorhandle (for example, when washing the vehicle orin a heavy rain), the door may unlock if the Intelli-gent Key is within the range of operation. To pre-vent the door from being unlocked, the IntelligentKey should be away from the vehicle more than 2 m(7 ft).

• If you pull the door handle with your gloved hand,the one touch unlock operation may not function.

JVP0456XZ

SPA2407Z

NIC2936


When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock all doors and boot lid by pushing thedoor handle request switchjA within the rangeof operation.

You can unlock the all door and boot lid by touch-ing the one touch unlock sensorjB within therange of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash as a confirmation. For details,see “Hazard indicator and horn operation” later in thissection.

Welcome light and farewell lightfunctionWhen you lock or unlock the doors, the clear-ance lights, tail lights and the number platelights will illuminate for a period of time.

Locking doors and fuel-filler lid

1. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-tion.

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3. Close all doors.

4. Push the door handle request switch jAwhile carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

5. All doors, boot lid and the fuel-filler lid willbe locked.

The door lock indicator light m (locatedon the instrument panel) will illuminate for 1minute.

6. Operate door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked. (Performthis confirmation within 2 seconds after thedoors are locked.)

Lockout protection:

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-dentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protec-tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.

• When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle andyou try to lock the door using the power door lockswitch or the driver’s inside lock knob (where fit-ted) after getting out of the vehicle, all the doorswill unlock automatically and a chime will soundafter the door is closed.

• When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle whilethe driver’s door is opened and you try to lock thedoor using the power door lock switch after gettingout of the vehicle, all the doors will unlock auto-matically after the power door lock switch is oper-ated.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not function under the fol-lowing conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of theinstrument panel.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed on the top ofthe rear parcel shelf.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of theglove box.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of thedoor pockets.

JVP0449XZ

JVP0448XZ


• When the Intelligent Key is placed on the outerside of the boot area.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or nearmetallic materials.

The lockout protection may function when the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle but is too close to thevehicle.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler lid

To change the door unlock mode from one toanother, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.

Selective door unlock mode:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Touch the one touch unlock sensorjB (driv-er’s door) while carrying the Intelligent Keywith you.

3. The corresponding door will be unlocked.

4. Push the door handle request switchjA onthe same door again within 1 minute.

5. All doors and boot lid will be unlocked.

6. Operate the door handles to open the doors.

All door unlock mode:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Touch the one touch unlock sensorjB whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

3. All doors, boot lid and the fuel-filler lid willbe unlocked.


CAUTION

If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors,that door may not be unlocked. Returning the doorhandle to its original position will unlock the door. Ifthe door does not unlock, after returning the doorhandle, touch the one touch unlock sensor to unlockthe door.

Automatic relock:

All doors and boot lid will be locked automati-cally unless one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute after pushing the re-quest switch while the doors are locked.


• Pushing the ignition switch.

If during the preset time period the “UNLOCK”m button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, alldoors will be locked automatically after the nextpreset time.

Opening boot lid

1. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

2. Push the boot open request switchjA .

3. The boot will be unlatched.

JVP0449XZ

NIC2937

JVP0451XZ


4. Raise the boot lid to open the boot.

CAUTION

When closing the boot, make sure to have the Intelli-gent Key in your possession before closing the boot toprevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the boot.

Lockout protection:

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-dentally locked in the boot, lockout protectionis equipped with the Intelligent Key system.

When the boot lid is closed with the IntelligentKey inside the boot, a chime will sound and theboot lid will unlock.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not function under the fol-lowing conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is placed at the outer sideof the boot area.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the metalbox.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are met for aperiod of time, the battery saver system will cutoff the power supply to prevent batterydischarge.

• The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position

• All doors are closed

• The shift lever is in the “P” (Park) position

WARNING SIGNALSThe Intelligent Key system is equipped with afunction that is designed to minimise improperoperations of the Intelligent Key and to help pre-vent the vehicle from being stolen. The warningbuzzer sounds and the warning display appearsin the vehicle information display whenimproper operations are detected.

See the troubleshooting guide on the next page.For warning and indicators in the vehicle infor-mation display, see “Vehicle information display”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

CAUTION

When the buzzer sounds and the warning display ap-pears, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intel-ligent Key.


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switch tostop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously or for a fewseconds.

The shift lever is not in the “P” (Park)position.

Shift the shift lever to the “P” (Park)position.

When shifting the shift lever to the“P” (Park) position

The inside warning chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or“ON” position.

Push the ignition switch to the “OFF”position.

When opening the driver’s door toget out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC”position.


When closing the door after gettingout of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay, the outside chime sounds 3times and the inside warning chimesounds for a few seconds.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or“ON” position.


The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the outside chimesounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the “ACC” or“OFF” position and the shift lever isnot in the “P” (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)position and push the ignition switchto the “OFF” position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to “LOCK”

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or boot. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switch orthe “LOCK” m button on the Intel-ligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or boot. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When closing the boot lidThe outside chime sounds forapproximately 10 seconds and theboot lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside the boot. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.


Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The Intelligent Key battery indicatorappears on the display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.(See “Intelligent Key battery” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.)

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in thevehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The Intelligent Key system warningindicator appears on the display.

It warns of a malfunction with theelectrical steering lock system (wherefitted) or the Intelligent Key system.

Contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.


LOG-IN FUNCTIONAfter setting up the user information, the sys-tem will automatically recognize the user uponturning on the vehicle.

There will be a personalized welcome greetingand screen prompt to log-in.

This feature allows 4 drivers to use their ownregistration, drive mode, driving position, airconditioner, and auto settings and memorizesthese custom settings.

The log-in user can be changed on the welcomegreeting screen or the User List screen. For moredetails, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.

The log-in function is linked to the followingitems:

• Meter

• Audio

• Navigation system display (where fitted)

• Navigation settings (where fitted)

• Air conditioner

• Automatic drive positioner (where fitted)

• Engine/Transmission

• Steering

• Active trace control

• Active Lane Control (where fitted)

• Body Control Module (BCM)

• Suspension (where fitted)

• Driver assistance* (where fitted)

*: except for the forward emergency braking

USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM

Operating rangeThe remote keyless entry system allows you tolock/unlock all doors, the fuel-filler lid and theboot lid and to open the windows. The operatingdistance depends upon the conditions aroundthe vehicle. To securely operate the lock and un-lock buttons, approach the vehicle to about 1 m(3.3 ft) from the door.

The remote keyless entry system will not func-tion under the following conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is not within the opera-tional range.

• When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

Locking doors and fuel-filler lidWhen you lock or unlock the doors and boot lid,the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation.For details, see “Hazard indicator and hornoperation” later in this section.

1. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-tion and carry the Intelligent Key with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push the “LOCK” m buttonj1 on the Intel-ligent Key.

4. All doors, boot lid and the fuel-filler lid willbe locked.

The door lock indicator light m (locatedon the instrument panel) will illuminate for 1minute.

5. Operate the door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked. (Performthis confirmation within 2 seconds after thedoors are locked.)

CAUTION

• After locking the doors using the Intelligent Key,be sure that the doors have been securely lockedby operating the door handles.

• When locking the doors using the Intelligent Key,be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.

SPA2130Z


Unlocking doors and fuel-filler lidTo change the door unlock mode from one toanother, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.

Selective door unlock mode:

1. Push the “UNLOCK” m buttonj2 on theIntelligent Key.

2. The driver’s door and fuel-filler lid will be un-locked.

3. Push the “UNLOCK” m button j2 againwithin 1 minute.

4. All doors, boot lid and fuel-filler lid will beunlocked.


All door unlock mode:

1. Push the “UNLOCK” m buttonj2 on theIntelligent Key.

2. All doors, boot lid and the fuel-filler lid willbe unlocked.

3. Operate the door handle to open the door.

Switching door unlock mode:

To switch the door unlock mode from one to an-other, push the “LOCK” m and “UNLOCK”m buttons on the Intelligent Key simulta-neously for more than 5 seconds.

Automatic relock:

All doors and boot lid including the fuel-filler lidwill be locked automatically unless one of thefollowing operations is performed within 1minute or 30 seconds after pushing the “UN-LOCK” m button j2 on the Intelligent Keywhile the doors are locked.


• Pushing the ignition switch.

If during the preset time period the “UNLOCK”m buttonj2 on the Intelligent Key is pushed,all doors will be locked automatically after thenext preset time.

Opening or closing windowsThe windows can be opened or closed with theIntelligent Key. This function will not operatewhile the window timer is activated or the win-dows need to be initialised.

See “Power windows” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

Opening:

To open the windows, push the “UNLOCK” mbuttonj2 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-onds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” mbuttonj2 .

If the window open operation is stopped on theway while pushing the “UNLOCK” m buttonj2 , release and push the button again until thewindow opens completely.

Closing:

To close the windows, push the “LOCK” mbuttonj1 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-onds after the door is locked.

To stop closing, release the “LOCK” m buttonj1 .

If the window close operation is stopped on theway while pushing the “LOCK” m buttonj1 ,release and push the button again until the win-dow closes completely.

Opening or closing sunroofThe sunroof can be opened or closed with theIntelligent Key. This function will not operatewhile the sunroof timer is activated or when thewindows need to be initialised.

Opening:

To open the sunroof, push the “UNLOCK” mbuttonj2 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-onds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the “UNLOCK” mbuttonj2 .


Closing:

To close the sunroof, push the door “LOCK” mbuttonj1 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 sec-onds after the door is locked.

To stop closing, release the “LOCK”m buttonj1 .

Opening boot1. Push the “BOOT” m /m buttonj3 on

the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The boot will be unlatched.

3. Raise the boot lid to open the boot.

HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN OPERATIONWhen you lock or unlock the doors or the boot lid with the request switch or the remote keylessentry function, the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation.

The following descriptions show how the hazard indicator and horn/chime will activate whenlocking or unlocking the doors or boot.

Hazard indicator mode

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK BOOT UNLOCKIntelligent Key system

(using request switch andone touch unlock sensor)

HAZARD - once HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Remote keyless entrysystem

(using m or m button) HAZARD - once HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none


Your vehicle is equipped with the following se-curity systems:

• Theft warning system

• INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by the se-curity indicator light.

THEFT WARNING SYSTEMThe theft warning system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle aredisturbed.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light is located in themeter panel.

This light operates whenever the ignition switchis in the “ACC”, “OFF” or “LOCK” position. Thisis normal.

For models with ultrasonic and tiltsensorsHow to activate system:

1. Close all windows and sunroof (where fitted).


3. Carry the Intelligent Key with you and get outof the vehicle.

4. Make sure the bonnet and the boot areclosed. Close and lock all doors with the In-telligent Key.

If a door or the bonnet is open, the buzzerwill sound. The buzzer will stop when thedoor is correctly closed.

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator light blinksrapidly for approximately 20 seconds andthen blinks slowly. The system is now acti-vated. If, during this 20-second time period,the door is unlocked by the Intelligent Keysystem, or the ignition switch is placed in the“ON” position, the system will not activate.

Even when the driver and/or passengers are inthe vehicle, the system will activate with alldoors locked and the ignition switch off. Placethe ignition switch in the “ON” position to turnthe system off.

If the system malfunctions, the short beep

sounds 5 times when the system is activated.Have the system checked by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop.

Theft warning system operation:

The warning system will give the followingalarm:

• The hazard indicator blinks and the alarm soundsintermittently for approximately 30 seconds. (Thealarm will repeat 8 times.)

• The alarm automatically turns off after approxi-mately 30 seconds. However, the alarm reactivatesif the vehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated when:

• Operating the door or the boot without using theIntelligent Key.

• Operating the bonnet.

• The volumetric sensing system (ultrasonic sensors)is triggered (when it is activated).

• The vehicle inclination is detected by the tilt sen-sors (when they are activated).

• The power supply is disconnected.

How to stop alarm:

• The alarm will stop by unlocking a door with theone touch unlock sensor or the “UNLOCK” mbutton on the Intelligent Key.

• The alarm will stop if the ignition switch is placedin the “ACC” or “ON” position.

SIC2045Z

SECURITY SYSTEMS


Cancel switch for ultrasonic and tilt sensors:

The ultrasonic sensors (volumetric sensing), lo-cated on the ceiling, detect movement in thepassenger’s compartment. The tilt sensors de-tect the vehicle inclination. When the theft warn-ing system is set to the armed position, it willautomatically switch on the ultrasonic and tiltsensors.

CAUTION

Do not touch the ultrasonic sensorsjA . This coulddamage the sensors.

It is possible to exclude the ultrasonic and tiltsensors (for example, when leaving pets insidethe car or transporting the vehicle on a ferry).

To exclude the ultrasonic and tilt sensors:

1. Close all the windows.


3. Push the cancel switch jB located on theceiling. The security indicator light will startflashing rapidly (three times a second).

4. Close the doors, bonnet and boot. Lock themusing the Intelligent Key system. The secu-rity indicator light will start flashing fasterand a buzzer will sound once.

The ultrasonic and tilt sensors are now excludedfrom the theft warning system. All other func-tions of the system remain activated until thetheft warning system is disarmed again.

For models without ultrasonic and tiltsensorsHow to activate the system:

1. Close all windows and sunroof (where fitted).

The system can be activated even if the win-dows are open.


3. Carry the Intelligent Key with you and get outof the vehicle.

4. Make sure the bonnet and the boot areclosed. Close and lock all doors with the doorhandle request switch, “LOCK” m buttonon the Intelligent Key or power door lockswitch. (If the door is locked using the insidelock knob, the system will not be activated.)

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator light stayson for approximately 30 seconds. The vehiclesecurity system is now pre-armed. After ap-proximately 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flash onceevery approximately 3 seconds.

If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked with the one touch un-lock sensor, the “UNLOCK” m button onthe Intelligent Key, the power door lockswitch, or the ignition switch is placed in the“ACC” or “ON” position, the system will notarm.

Even when the driver and/or passengers are inthe vehicle, the system will activate with alldoors locked and ignition switch in the “LOCK”position. Place the ignition switch in the “ACC”or “ON” position to turn the system off.

Theft warning system operation:

The warning system will give the followingalarm:

• The hazard indicators or headlights blink and thehorn sounds intermittently for approximately 30seconds.

• The alarm automatically turns off after approxi-mately 30 seconds. However, the alarm reactivatesif the vehicle is tampered with again.

JVP0256XZ


The alarm is activated by:

• Operating the door or the boot without using theIntelligent Key.

• Opening the bonnet.

How to stop alarm:

• The alarm will stop by unlocking a door with theone touch unlock sensor or “UNLOCK”m buttonon the Intelligent Key.

• The alarm will stop when the ignition switch isplaced in the “ON” position.

If the system does not operate as describedabove, have it checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered Intelligent Key.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light is located in themeter panel. It indicates the status of INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System.

The light operates whenever the ignition switchis in the “LOCK”, “ACC” or “OFF” position. Thesecurity indicator light indicates that the secu-rity systems on the vehicle are operational.

If INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the “ON” position.

If the light remains on and/or the engine doesnot start, contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem service as soon as possible. Be sure to bringall Intelligent Keys that you have when visitingan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for ser-vice.

WARNING

• The bonnet must be closed and latched securelybefore driving. Failure to do so could cause thebonnet to fly open and result in an accident.

• Never open the bonnet if steam or smoke is com-ing from the engine compartment to avoid injury.

• Do not pull the bonnet lock release handle or pushthe bonnet down after the pop-up engine bonnetsystem activates. Doing so could cause injury ordamage to the bonnet because the bonnet cannotbe closed manually after the system is activated.When the pop-up engine bonnet activates, contactan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

SIC2045Z

BONNET


OPENING BONNET

1. Pull the bonnet lock release handle j1 lo-cated below the instrument panel until thebonnet springs up.

2. Locate the leverj2 in between the bonnetand grille and push the lever up with your fin-gertip.

3. Raise the bonnet.

CLOSING BONNETSlowly move the bonnet down to latch both theright and left locks. Push the bonnet down tolock the bonnet securely into place.

JVP0452XZ


WARNING

• The boot lid must be closed securely before driv-ing. An open boot lid could allow dangerous ex-haust gases to be drawn inside the vehicle.

• Closely supervise children when they are aroundyour vehicle to prevent them from playing and be-coming locked in the boot where they could be se-riously injured. Keep the vehicle locked, with theboot closed, when not in use, and prevent chil-dren’s access to vehicle keys.

The boot lid can be opened by performing one ofthe following operations.

• Using the boot lid release switch

• Using the boot open request switch and one touchunlock sensor while carrying the Intelligent Key(See “Using Intelligent Key system” earlier in thissection.)

• Using the “BOOT” m button on the IntelligentKey (See “Using remote keyless entry system” ear-lier in this section.)

BOOT LID RELEASE

Release switch operation

To open the boot lid, push the release switchjA .

To close the boot lid, push the boot lid downuntil it securely locks.

Boot open request switch operation

The boot lid can be opened by pushing the bootopen request switchjA when the Intelligent Keyis within the operating range of the boot lock/unlock function.

The boot lid can be opened by pushing the bootopen request switchjA even if the IntelligentKey is not within the operating range of the bootlock/unlock function, when all doors areunlocked by the power door lock system, andthe automatic unlock function. (for Europe)

Remote controller operationTo open the boot lid, push and hold the “BOOT”m button on the Intelligent Key for longerthan 1 second. (See “Using remote keyless entrysystem” earlier in this section.)

Interior boot lid release (where fitted)

JVP0202XZ

Left-Hand Drive model

JVP0451XZ

JVP0460XZ

BOOT LID


WARNING

Closely supervise children when they are around carsto prevent them from playing and becoming locked inthe boot where they could be seriously injured. Keepthe car locked, with the boot lid securely latched,when not in use, and prevent children’s access to In-telligent Keys.

The interior boot lid release mechanism allowsopening of the boot lid in the event that peoplebecome locked inside the boot.

To open the boot lid from the inside, pull therelease handlej1 until the lock releases andpush up on the boot lid. The release handle ismade of a material that glows in the dark after abrief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located on the back of the boot lidas illustrated.

WARNING

• Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explosiveunder certain conditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allowopen flames or sparks near the vehicle when refu-elling.

• Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a half ofa turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound to stop toprevent fuel from spraying out and possibly caus-ing personal injury. Then remove the cap.

• Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler capas a replacement. It has a built-in safety valveneeded for proper operation of the fuel system andemission control system. An incorrect cap can re-sult in a serious malfunction and possible injury.

OPENING FUEL-FILLER LID

To open the fuel-filler lid, unlock it using one ofthe following operations, then push the upperleft side of the lidjA .

• Touch the one touch unlock sensor and then pushthe door handle request switch while carrying theIntelligent Key.

• Push the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key.

• Push the power door lock switch to the “UNLOCK”position.

To lock the fuel-filler lid, close the lid until it se-curely locks.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn thecap anticlockwise to remove. Tighten the fuel-filler cap clockwise until ratchet clicks, morethan twice, after refuelling.

Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holderj1 whilerefuelling.

JVP0461XZ

JVP0454XZ

FUEL-FILLER LID


CAUTION

If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away withwater to avoid paint damage.

WARNING

Never adjust the steering wheel while driving so thatfull attention may be given to vehicle operation.

MANUAL STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENT

Tilt or telescopic operation

Pull the lock leverj1 down and adjust the steer-ing wheel up, down, forward or rearward to thedesired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steer-ing wheel in place.

ELECTRIC STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENT

Tilt or telescopic operation

Move the switch to adjust the steering wheel upor down, forward or rearward until the desiredposition is achieved.

SPA2328Z

JVP0205XZ

STEERING WHEEL


WARNING

Adjust the position of all mirrors before driving. Donot adjust the mirror positions while driving so thatfull attention may be given to vehicle operation.

INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR

While holding the inside rearview mirror, adjustthe mirror angles until the desired position isachieved.

Manual anti-glare type

The night positionj1 will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day positionj2 when driving in day-light hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary, becauseit reduces rear view clarity.

Automatic anti-glare type

The inside rearview mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the vehicle fol-lowing you.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when you push the ignition switch tothe “ON” position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, the in-dicator light jA will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehicle behindyou will be reduced.

Push the m switchjB for 3 seconds to makethe inside rearview mirror operate normally andthe indicator light will turn off. Push the mswitch again for 3 seconds to turn the systemon.

SPA2447Z

SPA2143Z JVP0066XZ

MIRRORS


Do not hang any objects on the mirror or applyglass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv-ity of the sensorjC , resulting in improper op-eration.

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS

WARNING

• Never touch the outside rearview mirrors whilethey are in motion. Doing so may pinch your fin-gers or damage the mirror.

• Never drive the vehicle with the outside rearviewmirrors folded. This reduces rear view visibility andmay lead to an accident.

• Objects viewed in the outside mirror are closerthan they appear (where fitted).

• The picture dimensions and distance in the out-side mirrors are not real.

Adjusting

The outside rearview mirror remote control op-erates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC”or “ON” position.

1. Move the switch to select the left (L) or right(R) mirrorj1 .

2. Adjust each mirror by pushing the switch un-til the desired position is achievedj2 .

DefoggingThe outside rearview mirrors will be heatedwhen the rear window defogger switch is oper-ated.

FoldingRemote control type:

The outside rearview mirror remote control op-erates when the ignition switch is in the “ACC”or “ON” position.

The outside rearview mirrors automatically foldwhen the outside rearview mirror folding switchis pushed to the “CLOSE” positionj1 . To un-fold, push to the “OPEN” positionj2 .

If mirrors are manually operated or bumped, themirror body can become loose at the pivot point.To correct electronic mirror operation, cycle mir-rors by pushing “CLOSE” until completelyclosed, then push “OPEN” until the mirror is inthe open position.

CAUTION

• Continuously performing the fold/unfold opera-tion of the outside rearview mirror may cause theswitch to stop the operation.

• Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving.Your hand may be pinched, and the mirror maymalfunction.

• Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You will beunable to see behind the vehicle.

• If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand,there is a chance that the mirror will move forwardor backward during driving. If the mirrors werefolded or unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust themagain electrically before driving.

JVP0246XZ

SPA2738Z


Manual type:

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.

Reverse tilt-down feature(where fitted)When reversing the vehicle, the right and leftoutside mirrors will turn downward automati-cally to provide better rear visibility.

1. Push the ignition switch to the “ON” position.

2. Move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) po-sition.

3. Select the right or left outside mirror by oper-ating the outside mirror control switch.

4. The outside mirror surfaces move downward.

When one of the following conditions has oc-curred, the outside mirror surfaces will return totheir original positions.

• The shift lever is moved to any position other than“R” (Reverse).

• The outside mirror control switch is set to the centreposition.

• The ignition switch is pushed to the “OFF” posi-tion.

VANITY MIRROR

To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sun visorand pull up the cover.

WARNING

• Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake ap-plied. The brake will overheat and fail to operateand will lead to an accident.

• Never release the parking brake from outside thevehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossibleto push the brake pedal and will lead to an acci-dent.

• Never use the shift lever in place of the parkingbrake. When parking, be sure the parking brake isfully applied.

• Never leave children or adults who would normallyrequire the support of others alone in your vehicle.They could unknowingly release the parking brakeand inadvertently become involved in a serious ac-cident.

To apply the parking brake, firmly depress theparking brake pedalj1 .

SPA1829Z

SIC3869Z

NPA1516

PARKING BRAKE


To release the parking brake, depress and holdthe footbrake j2 and then fully depress theparking brake pedalj1 and release it.

Before driving, be sure that the brake warninglight has turned off.

The automatic drive positioner system has amemory storage function.

MEMORY STORAGE

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering col-umn and outside rearview mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory. Fol-low these procedures to use the memory sys-tem.

1. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column andoutside rearview mirrors to the desired posi-tions by manually operating each adjustingswitch. For additional information, see “Powerseat adjustment” in the “1. Safety — seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” section,“Electric steering wheel adjustment” earlier in thissection and “Outside rearview mirrors” earlier inthis section.

2. Push the <SET> switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for atleast 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will stay on for approximately 5 sec-onds after pushing the switch.

When the memory is stored in the memoryswitch (1 or 2), a buzzer will sound.

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be deleted.

Confirming memory storagePush the <SET> switch. If the main memory hasnot been stored, the indicator light will come onfor approximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored in position, the indicatorlight will stay on for approximately 5 seconds.

Selecting memorised position1. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) posi-

tion.

2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for atleast 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column and out-side rearview mirrors will move to the memo-rised position with the indicator light flash-ing, and then the light will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

JVP0462XZ

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (where fitted)


Linking log-in function to a storedmemory positionThe log-in function can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following procedure.

1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” positionwhile carrying an Intelligent Key that was reg-istered to the vehicle with the log-in function.For more details, see “Log-in function” earlier inthis section.

2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat, steer-ing column and outside rearview mirrorsmanually. See “Power seat adjustment” in the“1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section, “Electric steering wheeladjustment” earlier in this section and “Outsiderearview mirrors” earlier in this section.


The next time you log in (selecting the user onthe display) after placing the ignition switch inthe “ON” position while carrying the IntelligentKey, the system will automatically adjust to thememorised driving position.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

• When the vehicle is moving

• When the adjusting switch for the driver’s seat orsteering column is operated while the automaticdrive positioner is operating

• When the memory switch 1 or 2 is pushed for lessthan 1 second

• When the seat, steering column and outside rear-view mirrors have already been moved to thememorised position

• When no position is stored in the memory switch

• When the seatback is folded.

• While the walk-in function operates.


4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner,and audio systemDisplay screen, heater and air conditioner,and audio system

INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual ....................... 4-2Vents ............................................................... 4-2

Front vents................................................... 4-2

Antenna ........................................................... 4-3Window antenna .......................................... 4-3DAB radio antenna (where fitted)................... 4-3

Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual thatincludes the following information.

• Infiniti InTouch

• Meter settings

• Audio system

• Navigation display (where fitted)

• Navigation settings (where fitted)

• Heater and air conditioner

• Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

• Viewing information

• Other settings

• Voice recognition

• Monitor system

• General system information

• ERA-GLONASS (where fitted)

FRONT VENTS

Open/close the vents by moving the control toeither direction.

m :This symbol indicates that the ventsare closed. Moving the side control tothis direction will close the vents.

m :This symbol indicates that the ventsare open. Moving the side control tothis direction will open the vents.

Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by mov-ing the centre knob (up/down, left/right) untilthe desired position is achieved.

JVH0510XZ

Centre vents

JVH0511XZ

Side vents

INFINITI INTOUCH OWNER’S MANUAL VENTS

4-2 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

• Do not place metallic film near the rear window. Donot attach any metal items to the rear window. Thismay cause poor reception and/or noise.

• When cleaning the inside of the rear window, becareful not to scratch or damage the rear windowantenna. Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

Diversity antennaThe electronic tuning radio has a diversity re-ception system. The FM signal can reflect off ofobstacles such as buildings or mountains. Thiscauses offensive noises. The diversity systememploys two antennas and automaticallyswitches to the antenna with the better recep-tion. Thus the radio transmits less noise.

DAB RADIO ANTENNA (where fitted)

There is a DAB radio antenna on the rear part ofthe vehicle roof.

A buildup of ice on the DAB radio antenna canaffect radio performance. Remove the ice to re-store radio reception.

See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual for theinformation about the DAB radio operation.

JVH0641XZ

ANTENNA

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-3

NOTE

4-4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

5 Starting and drivingStarting and driving

Running-in schedule ......................................... 5-2Precautions when starting and driving ............... 5-2

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)..................... 5-2Three-way catalyst ....................................... 5-3Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....... 5-3

Before starting engine....................................... 5-6Care when driving ............................................. 5-7

Engine cold start period................................ 5-7Loading luggage .......................................... 5-7Driving in wet conditions .............................. 5-7Driving in winter conditions .......................... 5-7

Push-button ignition switch............................... 5-7Precautions on push-button ignition switchoperation..................................................... 5-7Intelligent Key system .................................. 5-7Steering lock................................................ 5-8Ignition switch positions............................... 5-9Intelligent Key battery discharge ................... 5-9

Starting the engine ........................................... 5-10Driving the vehicle ............................................ 5-11

Driving with Automatic Transmission (AT) ....... 5-11Gear Shift Indicator (where fitted) ................. 5-16

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) (where fitted) ................ 5-164WD warning ............................................... 5-17

INFINITI drive mode selector .............................. 5-18STANDARD mode .......................................... 5-18SPORT+ mode (where fitted) ......................... 5-18SPORT mode ................................................ 5-18SNOW mode................................................. 5-18ECO mode (where fitted) ............................... 5-18PERSONAL mode .......................................... 5-20

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (forRussia and Ukraine) .......................................... 5-21

Brake force distribution ................................ 5-23Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch...... 5-23

Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system(for Europe) ...................................................... 5-23

Brake force distribution ................................ 5-25Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFFswitch ......................................................... 5-25

Active trace control ........................................... 5-25Hill Start Assist system...................................... 5-26Chassis control ................................................. 5-27Stop/Start System (for Europe) or Idling StopSystem (for Russia and Ukraine) ........................ 5-27

Retrograde movement control function .......... 5-29Stop/Start System display (for Europe) orIdling Stop System display (for Russia andUkraine) ...................................................... 5-29Stop/Start System (for Europe) OFF switchor Idling Stop System (for Russia andUkraine) OFF switch ...................................... 5-31

Active Lane Control (where fitted)....................... 5-32Active Lane Control operation ....................... 5-33How to enable/disable Active Lane Control .... 5-33Active Lane Control limitations ...................... 5-34System temporarily unavailable .................... 5-35System malfunction...................................... 5-35System maintenance .................................... 5-35

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system (wherefitted) .............................................................. 5-36

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system........... 5-36

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system........ 5-38Lane camera unit maintenance...................... 5-41

Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot Intervention/Back-up Collision Intervention systems (wherefitted) .............................................................. 5-41

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/BlindSpot Intervention system.............................. 5-41BSW system operation.................................. 5-43Blind Spot Intervention system operation ...... 5-44BSW/Blind Spot Intervention systemprecautions ................................................. 5-46BSW/Blind Spot Intervention drivingsituations .................................................... 5-47Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system(where fitted) ............................................... 5-50BCI system description (where fitted) ............ 5-50BCI system precautions (where fitted)............ 5-52BCI system operation (where fitted)............... 5-53Radar maintenance ...................................... 5-55

Speed limiter.................................................... 5-56Speed limiter operations .............................. 5-56

Cruise control (where fitted) .............................. 5-58Precautions on cruise control ........................ 5-59Cruise control operations.............................. 5-59

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (wherefitted) .............................................................. 5-60

Selecting vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode ............................................... 5-61Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ....... 5-61Precautions on vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode ............................................... 5-62Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeoperation..................................................... 5-63Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode........................................................... 5-72

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (wherefitted) .............................................................. 5-75

Precautions on DCA system........................... 5-76DCA system operation .................................. 5-76

Forward emergency braking system (wherefitted) .............................................................. 5-83

Forward emergency braking systemoperation..................................................... 5-85Turning the forward emergency brakingsystem ON/OFF ............................................ 5-86Forward emergency braking systemlimitations ................................................... 5-86System temporarily unavailable .................... 5-88System malfunction...................................... 5-88Sensor maintenance..................................... 5-89

Predictive forward collision warning system(where fitted).................................................... 5-90

System operation ......................................... 5-90Fuel Efficiency and Carbon Dioxide Reductiondriving tips....................................................... 5-94Increasing fuel economy and reducing CarbonDioxide emissions............................................. 5-95Parking ............................................................ 5-95Trailer towing ................................................... 5-97Power steering ................................................. 5-97

Electric power steering type .......................... 5-97Hydraulic pump electric power steeringtype ............................................................ 5-97Direct Adaptive Steering type........................ 5-98

Brake system....................................................5-100Brake precautions ........................................5-100Brake assist .................................................5-100Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .....................5-100

Vehicle security ................................................5-102Cold weather driving .........................................5-102

Battery ........................................................5-102

Engine coolant .............................................5-102Tyre equipment ............................................5-102Special winter equipment .............................5-103Parking brake ..............................................5-103Corrosion protection.....................................5-103

Active noise cancellation/Active soundenhancement ...................................................5-104

Active noise cancellation ..............................5-104Active sound enhancement ...........................5-104

During the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles), followthese recommendations to obtain maximum en-gine performance and ensure the future reliabil-ity and economy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations may result inshortened engine life and reduced engine per-formance.

• Do not drive at a constant speed, either fast or slow,for long periods of time.

• Do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm (forVR30DDTT engine).

• Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

• Do not start quickly.

• Do not brake hard as much as possible.

WARNING

• Never leave children or adults who would normallyrequire the support of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should not be left alone either. They couldunknowingly activate switches or controls and in-advertently become involved in a serious accidentand injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, tem-peratures in a closed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or possibly fatal ill-ness to people or animals.

• Closely supervise children when they are aroundyour vehicle to prevent them from playing and be-coming locked in the boot where they could be se-riously injured. Keep the vehicle locked with theboot closed when not in use, and prevent chil-dren’s access to vehicle keys.

NOTE

During the first few months after purchasing a newvehicle, if you smell strong odours of Volatile OrganicCompounds (VOCs) inside the vehicle, ventilate thepassenger compartment thoroughly. Open all the win-dows before entering or while in the vehicle. In addi-tion, when the temperature in the passenger compart-ment rises, or when the vehicle is parked in directsunlight for a period of time, turn off the air recircula-tion mode of the air conditioner and/or open the win-dows to allow sufficient fresh air into the passengercompartment.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

• Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains colourlessand odourless carbon monoxide. Carbon monox-ide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness ordeath.

• If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering thevehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and havethe vehicle inspected immediately.

• Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as agarage.

• Do not park the vehicle with the engine running foran extended period of time.

• Keep the boot lid closed while driving, otherwiseexhaust gas could be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive with the boot lidopen, follow these precautions:

– Open all the windows.

– Turn the air recirculation switch off andset the fan control to the highest level tocirculate the air.

• If a special body or other equipment is added forrecreational or other usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to prevent carbon monox-ide entry into the vehicle. (Some recreational ve-hicle appliances such as stoves, refrigerators,heaters, etc. may also generate carbon monoxide.)

RUNNING-IN SCHEDULE PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

• The exhaust system and body should be inspectedby a qualified mechanic whenever:

– Your vehicle is raised while beingserviced.

– You suspect that exhaust fumes are en-tering into the passenger compartment.

– You notice a change in the sound of theexhaust system.

– You have had an accident involving dam-age to the exhaust system, underbody, orrear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

WARNING

• The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are veryhot. Keep people, animals and flammable materi-als away from the exhaust system components.

• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable ma-terials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

The three-way catalyst is an emission control de-vice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gasin the three-way catalyst is burned at high tem-peratures to help reduce pollutants.

CAUTION

• Do not use leaded petrol. (See “Recommended flu-ids/lubricants and capacities” in the “9. Technicalinformation” section.) Deposits from leaded

petrol seriously reduce the ability of thethree-way catalyst to help reduce exhaustpollutants and/or damage the three-waycatalyst.

• Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in theignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems maycause overrich fuel to flow into the three-way cata-lyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly byan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Run-ning out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire,damaging the three-way catalyst.

• Do not race the engine while warming it up.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the en-gine.

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM(TPMS)Each tyre, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold and in-flated to the inflation pressure recommended bythe vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placardor tyre inflation pressure label. (If your vehiclehas tyres of a different size than the size indi-cated on the vehicle placard or tyre inflationpressure label, you should determine the propertyre inflation pressure for those tyres.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tyre pres-sure telltale when one or more of your tyres issignificantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tyre pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and checkyour tyres as soon as pos-sible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.Driving on a significantly under-inflated tyrecauses the tyre to overheat and can lead to tyrefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tyre tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

For models with run-flat tyres, if the vehicle isbeing driven with one or more flat tyres, the lowtyre pressure warning light will illuminate con-tinuously and a chime will sound for 10 seconds.The [Flat Tyre] warning will also appear in thevehicle information display. The chime will onlysound at the first indication of a flat tyre, andthe warning light will illuminate continuously.When the flat tyre warning is activated, have thesystem reset and the tyre checked and replacedif necessary by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop. Even if the tyre is inflated to thespecified COLD tyre pressure, the warning lightwill continue to illuminate until the system isreset by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

Starting and driving 5-3

For models with run-flat tyres, you can drive thevehicle for a limited time on a flat tyre. See “Run-flat tyres” in the “6. In case of emergency” sectionand “Run-flat tyres” in the “8. In case of emergency”section.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tyre maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tyre pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tyre pres-sure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined with the low tyrepressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continu-ously illuminated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tyre pressure as in-tended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a vari-ety of reasons, including the installation of re-placement or alternate tyres or wheels on thevehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioningproperly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tyres orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that the re-placement or alternate tyres and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Additional information

• The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH). Also,this system may not detect a sudden drop in tyrepressure (for example a flat tyre while driving).

• The low tyre pressure warning light may not auto-matically turn off when the tyre pressure is ad-justed. After the tyre is inflated to therecommended pressure, reset the tyre pressuresregistered in your vehicle and then drive the ve-hicle at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH) to activatethe TPMS and turn off the low tyre pressure warn-ing light. Use a tyre pressure gauge to check thetyre pressure.

• The [Low tyre pressure] warning appears in the ve-hicle information display when the low tyre pres-sure warning light is illuminated and low tyre pres-sure is detected. The [Low tyre pressure] warningturns off when the low tyre pressure warning lightturns off.

The [Low tyre pressure] warning appearseach time the ignition switch is placed in the“ON” position as long as the low tyre pres-sure warning light remains illuminated.

The [Low tyre pressure] warning does not ap-pear if the low tyre pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

• The [Flat Tyre] warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display when the low tyre pressure warninglight is illuminated and one or more flat tyres aredetected.

• Tyre pressure rises and falls depending on the heatcaused by the vehicle’s operation and the outsidetemperature. Do not reduce the tyre pressure afterdriving because the tyre pressure rises after driv-ing. Low outside temperature can lower the tem-perature of the air inside the tyre which can causea lower tyre inflation pressure. This may cause thelow tyre pressure warning light to illuminate. If thewarning light illuminates in low ambient tempera-ture, check the tyre pressure for all four tyres.

• For models with the tyre pressure mode in the ve-hicle information display, you can check the pres-sure of all tyres. (See “Trip computer” in the “2. In-struments and controls” section.)

• Depending on a change in the outside tempera-ture, the low tyre pressure warning light may illu-minate even if the tyre pressure has been adjustedproperly. Adjust the tyre pressure to the recom-mended COLD tyre pressure again when the tyresare cold, and reset the TPMS.

• After the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” posi-tion, it may take a period of time for the tyre pres-sure to be displayed while the vehicle is driven.Depending on the radio wave circumstance, tyrepressure may not correctly be displayed.


For additional information, see “Low tyre pressurewarning light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section and “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

WARNING


• If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminateswhile driving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvresor abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accident and could resultin serious personal injury. Check the tyre pressurefor all four tyres. Adjust the tyre pressure to therecommended COLD tyre pressure shown on thetyre placard to turn the low tyre pressure warninglight off. If the light still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tyre pressure, a tyre may beflat. (See “Flat tyre” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section for changing a flat tyre.)

• For models with run-flat tyres, although you cancontinue driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, re-member that vehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and personal in-jury. Also, driving a long distance at high speedsmay damage the tyres.

– Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50MPH) and do not drive more than approxi-mately 150 km (93 miles) with a punc-tured run-flat tyre. The actual distancethe vehicle can be driven on a flat tyredepends on outside temperature, vehicleload, road conditions and other factors.

– If you detect any unusual sounds or vibra-tions while driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, pull off the road to a safe loca-tion and stop the vehicle as soon as pos-sible. The tyre may be seriously damagedand need to be replaced.

• After adjusting the tyre pressure, be sure to resetthe TPMS. Unless the resetting is performed, theTPMS will not warn of the low tyre pressure.

• Since the spare tyre is not equipped with theTPMS, when a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, the TPMS will not function and the lowtyre pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop as soon as possible for tyre replacementand/or system resetting.


• Do not inject any tyre liquid or aerosol tyre sealantinto the tyres, as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tyre pressure sensors.

CAUTION

• The TPMS may not function properly when thewheels are equipped with tyre chains or the wheelsare buried in snow.

• Do not place metalised film or any metal parts (an-tenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poorreception of the signals from the tyre pressuresensors, and the TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tyre pressure warning light to illu-minate. Some examples are:

• Facilities or electric devices using similar radio fre-quencies are near the vehicle.

• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is beingused in or near the vehicle.

• If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/ACconverter is being used in or near the vehicle.

Low tyre pressure warning light may illuminatein the following cases.

• If the vehicle equipped with a wheel and tyre with-out TPMS.

• If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has notbeen registered.

• If the wheel is not originally specified by INFINITI.


TPMS resettingTo maintain the proper TPMS function, the re-setting operation necessary in the followingcases.

• When the tyre pressure is adjusted.

• When a tyre or a wheel is replaced.

• When the tyres are rotated.

Perform the following procedures to reset theTPMS.

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place the shiftlever in the “P” (Park) position.

3. Adjust the tyre pressure on all four tyres tothe recommended COLD tyre pressure shownon the tyre placard. Use a tyre pressure gaugeto check the tyre pressure.

4. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-tion. Do not start the engine.

5. Push the <MENU> buttonj1 and touch [Set-tings] on the lower display.

6. Touch [Meter].

7. Touch [TPMS setting].

8. Touch [Tyre Pressures Reset].

9. When [Reset TPMS?] appears, touch [Yes].

10. When [TPMS Reset] appears, touch [OK].

11. After resetting the TPMS, drive the vehicle atspeeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH).

If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminatesafter the resetting operation, it may indicate thatthe TPMS is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

For information regarding the low tyre pressurewarning light, see “Low tyre pressure warning light”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

WARNING

The driving characteristics of your vehicle will changeremarkably by any additional load and its distribu-tion, as well as by adding optional equipment (trailercoupling, roof racks, etc.). Your driving style andspeed must be adjusted according to the circum-stances. Especially when carrying heavy loads, yourspeed must be reduced adequately.

• Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.

• Visually inspect tyres for their appearance and con-dition. Measure and check the tyre pressure forproper inflation.

• Check that all windows and lights are clean.

• Adjust the seat and head restraint positions.

• Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirror posi-tions.

• Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to dothe same.

• Check that all doors are closed.

• Check the operation of the warning lights when theignition switch is pushed to the “ON” position.

• Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section should be checked periodi-cally.

JVS0246XZ

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE


Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances isessential for your safety and comfort. As a driver,you should be the one who knows best how todrive in the given circumstances.

ENGINE COLD START PERIODDue to the higher engine speeds, when the en-gine is cold, extra caution must be exercisedwhen selecting a gear during the engine warm-up period after starting the engine.

LOADING LUGGAGELoads and their distribution and the attachmentof equipment (coupling devices, roof baggagecarriers, etc.) will considerably change the driv-ing characteristics of the vehicle. Your drivingstyle and speed must be adjusted according tothe circumstances.

DRIVING IN WET CONDITIONS

• Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.

• Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.

• Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.

When water covers the road surface with waterpuddles, small water streams, etc., reducespeed to prevent hydroplaning which can causeskidding and loss of control. Worn tyres will in-crease this risk.

DRIVING IN WINTER CONDITIONS

• Drive cautiously.

• Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.

• Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.

• Avoid sudden steering.

• Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.

PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTONIGNITION SWITCH OPERATIONDo not operate the push-button ignition switchwhile driving the vehicle except in an emer-gency. (The engine will stop when the ignitionswitch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ig-nition switch is pushed and held for more than2 seconds.) The steering wheel will lock andcould cause the driver to lose control of the ve-hicle. This could result in serious vehicle dam-age or personal injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever to the “P”(Park) position.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMThe Intelligent Key system can operate the igni-tion switch without taking the key out from yourpocket or bag. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key sys-tem operation.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed in the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer. (See“Vehicle information display” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

CAUTION

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you whenoperating the vehicle.

CARE WHEN DRIVING PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


• Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehiclewhen you leave the vehicle.

• If the vehicle battery is discharged, the ignitionswitch cannot be switched from the “LOCK” posi-tion, and if the steering lock (where fitted) is en-gaged, the steering wheel cannot be moved.Charge the battery as soon as possible. (See “Jumpstarting” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.)

Operating range

The Intelligent Key can only be used for startingthe engine when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating rangej1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-charged or strong radio waves are present nearthe operating location, the Intelligent Key sys-tem’s operating range becomes narrower andmay not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someone

who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.

• The boot area is not included in the operatingrange, but the Intelligent Key may function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrumentpanel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glove box, doorpocket or the corner of the interior compartment,the Intelligent Key may not function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or win-dow outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

Automatic Transmission (AT)The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be switched to the “LOCK” posi-tion until the shift lever is moved to the “P”(Park) position. When pushing the ignitionswitch to the “OFF” position, make sure the shiftlever is in the “P” (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be switched tothe “LOCK” position:

1. SHIFT “P” warning appears in the vehicle in-formation display and a chime sounds.

2. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) posi-tion.

3. If the ignition switch is in the “ACC” position,PUSH warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display.

4. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switchis switched to the “ON” position.

5. PUSH warning appears again in the vehicleinformation display.

6. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switchis switched to the “OFF” position.

For warnings and indicators in the vehicle infor-mation display, see “Vehicle information display”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

If the ignition switch is switched to the “LOCK”position, the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe “P” (Park) position. The shift lever can bemoved if the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion with the footbrake depressed.

STEERING LOCKThe ignition switch is equipped with an anti-theft steering lock device.

To lock steering wheel1. Push the ignition switch to the “OFF” posi-

tion where the ignition switch position indi-cator will not illuminate.

2. Open or close the door. The ignition switchturns to the “LOCK” position.

3. Turn the steering wheel 1/8 of a turn to theright or left from the straight up position.

SSD0872Z


To unlock steering wheelPush the ignition switch, and the steering wheelwill be automatically unlocked.

CAUTION

• If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, thepush-button ignition switch cannot be switchedfrom the “LOCK” position.

• If the steering lock release malfunction indicatorappears in the vehicle information display, pushthe ignition switch again while rotating the steer-ing wheel slightly to the right and left. (See “Ve-hicle information display” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS

When the ignition switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch po-sition will change as follows:

• Push once to change to “ACC”.

• Push two times to change to “ON”.

• Push three times to change to “OFF”. (No positionilluminates.)

• Push four times to return to “ACC”.

• Open or close any door to return to “LOCK” fromthe “OFF” position.

LOCK positionThe ignition switch can only be locked at thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the “ACC” position while carrying theIntelligent Key.

ACC positionThe electrical accessory power activates at thisposition without the engine turned on.

ON positionThe ignition system and the electrical accessorypower activate at this position without the en-gine turned on.

OFF positionThe engine is turned off in this position.

WARNING

Never push the ignition switch to the “OFF” positionwhile driving. The steering wheel may lock and cause

the driver to lose control of the vehicle, resulting inserious vehicle damage or personal injury.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of timewhen the ignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion and the engine is not running. This can dischargethe battery.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged,or environmental conditions interfere with theIntelligent Key operation, start the engine ac-cording to the following procedure:


2. Firmly apply the footbrake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the IntelligentKey as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

NSD662

JVS0404XZ


4. Push the ignition switch while depressing thebrake pedal within 10 seconds after thechime sounds. The engine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing the brakepedal, the ignition switch position will changeto “ACC”.

NOTE

• When the ignition switch is pushed to the “ACC” or“ON” position or the engine is started by the aboveprocedures, the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears in the vehicle information dis-play even if the Intelligent Key is inside the ve-hicle. This is not a malfunction. To turn off the In-telligent Key battery discharge indicator, touch theignition switch with the Intelligent Key again.

• If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicatorappears in the vehicle information display, replacethe battery as soon as possible. (See “IntelligentKey battery” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the “P” (Park) or “N”(Neutral) position.

The starter is designed to operate only whenthe shift lever is in either of the above posi-tions.

The Intelligent Key must be carried when op-erating the ignition switch.

3. Push the ignition switch to the “ON” posi-tion. Depress the brake pedal and push theignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.

4. Immediately release the ignition switch whenthe engine starts. If the engine starts, butfails to run, repeat the above procedures.

If the engine is very hard to start in extremelycold or hot weather, depress the acceleratorpedal and hold it. Push the ignition switchfor up to 15 seconds while holding. Releasethe accelerator pedal when the engine starts.

CAUTION

• As soon as the engine has started, release theignition switch immediately.

• Do not operate the starter for more than 15 sec-onds at a time. If the engine does not start,push the ignition switch to the “OFF” positionand wait 10 seconds before cranking the en-gine again. Otherwise, the starter could bedamaged.

• If it becomes necessary to start the engine witha booster battery and jumper cables, the in-structions and cautions contained in the “6. Incase of emergency” section should be carefullyfollowed.

5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec-onds after starting the engine to warm-up.Drive at moderate speeds for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the en-gine is warming up.

6. To stop the engine, move the shift lever tothe “P” (Park) position, apply the parkingbrake and push the ignition switch to the“OFF” position.

STARTING THE ENGINE


WARNING

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This maycause a loss of control.

DRIVING WITH AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION (AT)The Automatic Transmission (AT) in your vehicleis electronically controlled to produce maximumpower and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

CAUTION

• The cold engine idle speed is high, so use cautionwhen shifting into a forward or reverse gear beforethe engine has warmed up.

• Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle isstopped. This could cause unexpected vehiclemovement.

• Never shift to either the “P” (Park) or “R” (Reverse)position while the vehicle is moving forward and“P” (Park) or “D” (Drive) position or the manualshift mode while the vehicle is moving rearward.This could cause serious damage to the transmis-sion.

• Except in an emergency, do not shift to the “N”(Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with thetransmission in the “N” (Neutral) position maycause serious damage to the transmission.

• Start the engine in either the “P” (Park) or “N”(Neutral) position. The engine will not start in anyother gear position. If it does, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

• Shift into the “P” (Park) position and apply theparking brake when at a standstill for longer thana short waiting period.

• Keep the engine at idling speed while shifting fromthe “N” (Neutral) position to any driving position.

• To avoid possible damage to your vehicle; whenstopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do nothold the vehicle by depressing the acceleratorpedal. The footbrake pedal should be depressed inthis situation.

Starting vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress the

footbrake pedal before attempting to movethe shift lever out of the “P” (Park) position.

2. Keep the footbrake pedal depressed andmove the shift lever into a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake, the footbrakepedal, and then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

The AT is designed so the footbrake pedal MUSTbe depressed before shifting from the “P”(Park) position to any driving position while theignition switch is in the “ON” position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the “P”(Park) position and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition switch is pushed to the“LOCK”, “OFF” or “ACC” position.

CAUTION

• DEPRESS THE FOOTBRAKE PEDAL - Shifting theshift lever to “D”, “R” or manual shift mode with-out depressing the footbrake pedal causes the ve-hicle to move slowly when the engine is running.Make sure the footbrake pedal is depressed fullyand the vehicle is stopped before shifting the shiftlever.

• MAKE SURE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION - Makesure the shift lever is in the desired position. “D”and manual shift mode are used to move forwardand “R” to reverse.

• WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher idlespeeds when the engine is cold, extra caution mustbe exercised when shifting the shift lever into thedriving position immediately after starting the en-gine.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Shifting

m :Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

m :Push the button,

m :Just move the shift lever.

WARNING

• Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in anyposition while the engine is not running. Failure todo so could cause the vehicle to move unexpect-edly or roll away and result in serious personalinjury or property damage.

• If the shift lever cannot be moved from the “P”(Park) position while the engine is running and thefootbrake pedal is depressed, the stop lights maynot work. Malfunctioning stop lights could causean accident injuring yourself and others.

After starting the engine, fully depress the foot-brake pedal and move the shift lever out of the“P” (Park) position.

When shifting the shift lever from “P” (Park) tothe other positions, you may feel a pulsation andhear a sound. This is not a malfunction.

If the ignition switch is placed in the “ACC” posi-tion for any reason while the shift lever is in anyposition other than the “P” (Park) position, theignition switch cannot be switched to the“LOCK” position.

If the ignition switch cannot be switched to the“LOCK” position and the SHIFT “P” warning ap-pears in the vehicle information display, per-form the following steps:

1. Move the shift lever into the “P” (Park) posi-tion.

2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition switchposition will change to the “ON” position.

3. Push the ignition switch again to the “OFF”position.

P (Park):

Use this position when the vehicle is parked orwhen starting the engine. Make sure that thevehicle is completely stopped and move theshift lever into the “P” (Park) position. Applythe parking brake. When parking on a hill, applythe parking brake first, and then move the shiftlever into the “P” (Park) position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to reverse. Make sure that thevehicle is completely stopped before selectingthe “R” (Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

Neither the forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to the “N” (Neutral) position and re-start a stalled engine while the vehicle is mov-ing.

NOTE

When the shift lever is in the “N” (Neutral) position,the engine speed is limited (for model with 2.0L turbopetrol engine).

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

JVS0186XZ

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model

JVS0268XZ

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model


Manual shift mode

Models with VR30DDTT engine:

When the shift lever is shifted to the manualshift gate while driving, the transmission entersthe manual shift mode. Shift range can be se-lected manually.

When shifting up, move the shift lever to the +(up) side or pull the right side paddle shifter(where fitted) (+)jA . The transmission shifts tothe higher range.

When shifting down, move the shift lever to the− (down) side or pull the left-side paddle shifter(where fitted) (−)jB . The transmission shifts tothe lower range.

When cancelling the manual shift mode, returnthe shift lever to the “D” (Drive) position. Thetransmission returns to the normal drivingmode.

When you pull the paddle shifter (where fitted)

while in the “D” (Drive) position, the transmis-sion will shift to the upper or lower range tem-porarily. The transmission will automatically re-turn to the “D” (Drive) position after a shortperiod of time. If you want to return to the “D”(Drive) position manually, pull and hold thepaddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range is dis-played in the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

1M →← 2M →

← 3M →← 4M →

← 5M →← 6M →

← 7M

7M (7th):

Use this position for all normal forward drivingat highway speeds.

6M (6th) and 5M (5th):

Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when driving downlong slopes.

4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd):

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

1M (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow, orfor maximum engine braking on steep downhillgrades.

• Remember not to drive at high speeds for extendedperiods of time in lower than 7th gear. This reducesfuel economy.

• Moving the shift lever to the same side twice willshift the ranges in succession. However, if this mo-tion is rapidly done, the second shifting may not becompleted properly.

• In the manual shift mode, the transmission maynot shift to the selected gear or may automaticallyshift to the other gear. This helps maintain drivingperformance and reduces the chance of vehicledamage or loss of control.

• When the transmission does not shift to the se-lected gear, the Automatic Transmission (AT) posi-tion indicator (in the vehicle information display)will blink and the buzzer will sound.

• In the manual shift mode, the transmission auto-matically shifts down to 1st gear before the ve-hicle comes to a stop. When accelerating again, itis necessary to shift up to the desired range.

Models with 2.0L turbo petrol engine:

When the shift lever is shifted to the manualshift gate while driving, the transmission entersthe manual shift mode. Shift range can be se-lected manually.

When shifting up, move the shift lever to the +(up) side or pull the right side paddle shifter(where fitted) (+)jA . The transmission shifts tothe higher range.

JVS0903XZ

Paddle shifter (where fitted)


When shifting down, move the shift lever to the− (down) side or pull the left-side paddle shifter(where fitted) (−)jB . The transmission shifts tothe lower range.

When cancelling the manual shift mode, returnthe shift lever to the “D” (Drive) position. Thetransmission returns to the normal drivingmode.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range is dis-played in the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

1M →← 2M →

← 3M →← 4M →

← 5M →← 6M →

← 7M

7M (7th):

Use this position for all normal forward drivingat highway speeds.

6M (6th) and 5M (5th):

Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when driving downlong slopes.

4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd):

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

1M (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow, orfor maximum engine braking on steep downhillgrades.

• Remember not to drive at high speeds for extendedperiods of time in lower than 7th gear. This reducesfuel economy.

• Moving the shift lever to the same side twice willshift the ranges in succession. However, if this mo-tion is rapidly done, the second shifting may not becompleted properly.

When you pull the paddle shifter (where fitted)(−) jB while in the “D” (Drive) position, thetransmission will shift to the lower range. Thisaction simultaneously limits the gear range ofthe transmission. If you want to cancel gearrange limit, pull and hold the paddle shifter (+)jA until “D” appears on the display.

NOTE

When you pull the paddle shifter (+)jA in the “D”(Drive) position, the transmission is kept in the “D”(Drive) position.

When you pull the paddle shifter (+)jA in thegear range limit, the transmission will shift intothe next higher gear as permitted by the shiftprogramme. This action simultaneously extendsthe gear range of the transmission.

In the gear range limit, the upper limitation gearis displayed in the vehicle information display.

The upper limitation gears up or down one byone as follows:

1M →← 2M →

← 3M →← 4M →

← 5M →← 6M →

← D

Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive)position -For passing or climbing hills, depress the accel-erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the trans-mission down into a lower gear, depending onthe vehicle speed.

Shift lock release

If the battery is discharged, the shift lever maynot be moved from the “P” (Park) position evenwith the brake pedal depressed.

JVS0188XZ



To release the shift lock, perform the followingprocedure:


2. Remove the shift lock coverjA using a suit-able tool.

3. Push down the shift lockjB using mechani-cal key as illustrated.

4. Push the shift lever buttonjC and move theshift lever to N (Neutral) positionjD whileholding down the shift lock.

5. Replace the removed shift lock coverjA toits original position.

For models with a steering wheel lock mecha-nism: If the steering wheel is locked, restore thebattery power supply and push the ignitionswitch to the “ON” position. (See “Jump starting”in the “6. In case of emergency” section.) And then,release the steering wheel lock.

The vehicle may be moved by pushing it to thedesired location.

If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the “P”(Park) position, have an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop check the AT system as soon aspossible.

CAUTION

For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism: Ifthe battery is discharged completely, the steeringwheel cannot be unlocked while the ignition switch isin the “OFF” position. Do not move the vehicle withthe steering wheel locked.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, the AT willbe locked in any of the forward gears dependingon conditions.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme condi-tions, such as excessive wheel spinning andsubsequent hard braking, the fail-safe systemmay be activated. This will occur even if all elec-trical circuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, push the ignition switch to the “OFF” po-sition and wait for 3 seconds. Then push theignition switch back to the “ON” position. Thevehicle should return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to its normal op-erating condition, have an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop check the transmission andrepair it if necessary.

Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)(where fitted)The Adaptive Shift Control automatically oper-ates when the transmission is in the “D” (Drive)position and selects an appropriate gear de-pending on the road conditions such as uphill,downhill or curving roads.

Control on uphill and curving roads:

A low gear is maintained that suits the degree ofthe slope or curve to allow smooth driving witha small number of shifts.

Control on downhill roads:

The Adaptive Shift Control shifts to a low gearthat suits the degree of the slope, and uses theengine braking to reduce the number of timesthat the brake must be used.

Control on winding roads:

A low gear is maintained on continuous curvesthat involve repeated acceleration and decelera-tion, so that smooth acceleration is available in-stantly when the accelerator pedal is depressed.

NOTE

• Adaptive Shift Control may not operate when thetransmission oil temperature is low immediatelyafter the start of driving or when it is very hot.

• During some driving situations, hard braking forexample, the Adaptive Shift Control may automati-cally operate. The transmission may automaticallyshift to a lower gear for engine braking. This in-creases engine speed but not vehicle speed. Ve-hicle speed is controlled by the accelerator pedalwhen the vehicle is in the Adaptive Shift Controlmode.


• When the Adaptive Shift Control operates, thetransmission sometimes maintains a lower gearfor a longer period of time than when AdaptiveShift Control is not operating. Engine speed will behigher for a specific vehicle speed while AdaptiveShift Control is operating than when Adaptive ShiftControl is not operating.

GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR (where fitted)

Gear Shift Indicator appears in the transmissionposition indicator when the driver should shiftinto a higher or lower gear as indicated by theup or down arrow.

The use of Gear Shift Indicator will help to re-duce fuel consumption.

When the up arrow appears, upshifting is rec-ommended. When the down arrow appears,downshifting is recommended.

Gear shift recommendation may not be availabledepending on the conditions.

CAUTION

Gear Shift Indicator helps to reduce fuel consumption.It does not recommend the appropriate gear shift forall driving situations. In a certain situations, only thedriver can select the correct gear (for example, whenovertaking or driving up a steep gradient).

WARNING

• Do not drive beyond the performance capability ofthe tyres, even with Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) en-gaged. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering ma-noeuvres or sudden braking may cause loss of con-trol.

• Always use tyres of the same type, size, brand,construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), andtread pattern on all four wheels. Install tyre chainson the rear wheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

• This vehicle is not designed for off-road (roughroad) use. Do not drive on sandy or muddy roadsthat tyres may get stuck in.

• For 4WD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raisetwo wheels off the ground and shift the transmis-sion to any drive or reverse position with the en-gine running. Doing so may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

JVS0331XZ

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) (where fitted)


• Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle ona 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamom-eters used by some states for emissions testing)or similar equipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure that you in-form the test facility personnel that your vehicle isequipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dyna-mometer. Using the wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

• When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevelsurface, do not spin the wheel excessively.

4WD WARNINGIf any malfunction occurs in the Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) system while the engine is running, warn-ing messages appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

If the [4WD system fault] warningj1 appears,there may be a malfunction in the 4WD system.Reduce vehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop as soon as possible.

The “4WD High Temp.” (high temperature) warn-ingj2 may appear while trying to free a stuckvehicle due to increased oil temperature. The

driving mode may change to Two-Wheel Drive(2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop the ve-hicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safeto do so. Then if the warning turns off, you cancontinue driving.

The [Tyre size incorrect] warningj3 may appearif there is a large difference between the diam-eters of front and rear wheels. Pull off the roadin a safe area, with the engine idling. Check thatall tyre sizes are the same, that the tyre pres-sure is correct and that the tyres are not exces-sively worn.

If any warning message continues to be dis-played, have your vehicle checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop as soon as pos-sible.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the engine on a free roller whenany of the wheels raised.

• If the “4WD Error” warning appears while driving,there may be a malfunction in the 4WD system.Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop as soon as possible.

• The power train may be damaged if you continuedriving with the “4WD Error” warning on.

JVS0290X


Several driving modes can be selected by usingthe INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (PERSONAL,SPORT+ (where fitted), SPORT, STANDARD, ECO(where fitted) and SNOW).

NOTE

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector selects a mode,the mode may not switch immediately. This is not amalfunction.

The current mode is displayed in the vehicle in-formation display.

To change the mode, push the INFINITI DriveMode Selector up or down. The mode list willappear on the upper display and you can selectthe mode.

PERSONAL ⇔ SPORT+ (where fitted) ⇔ SPORT⇔ STANDARD ⇔ ECO (where fitted) ⇔ SNOW

NOTE

The mode list will be turned off in approximately 5seconds after the mode is selected.

STANDARD MODEAllows for optimum driving according to the driv-ing conditions.

This mode will be selected first each time theengine is started.

SPORT+ MODE (where fitted)

In addition to the characteristics of the SPORTmode, this mode heightens steering responseand changes the setting of Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) (for Russia and Ukraine) or ElectronicStability Programme (ESP) (for Europe) for amore sporty driving experience.

NOTE

• VDC or ESP operation is reduced when the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector is used to select the SPORT+mode (where fitted). The VDC or ESP system may

not operate in the same circumstances when com-pared to operation in the standard mode. To helpprevent accidents drive carefully, avoid careless ordangerous driving techniques and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering on slippery sur-faces.

• In the SPORT+ mode, fuel economy may be re-duced.

SPORT MODE

• Adjusts the engine and transmission points for ahigher response.

• The setting of the steering system is adjusted toprovide a quick steering response and a heavysteering effort.

• The setting of the suspension system is adjustedto increase the damping force. (where fitted)

NOTE

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be reduced.

SNOW MODEChanges the engine characteristics to aid driv-ing on slippery roads.

ECO MODE (where fitted)

Assists the driver’s eco-driving. The engine andtransmission points are adjusted for improvedfuel economy, providing such a driving featuresas smooth starting or constant cruising.

JVS0189XZ

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector

JVS0191MZ

Vehicle information display

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR


NOTE

Selecting the ECO mode will not necessarily improvefuel economy as many driving factors influence its ef-fectiveness.

OperationSelect the ECO mode using the INFINITI DriveMode Selector. The ECO drive indicator light onthe instrument panel illuminates.

When the accelerator pedal is depressed withinthe range of economy drive, the ECO drive indi-cator light illuminates in green. When the accel-erator pedal is depressed above the range ofeconomy drive, the ECO drive indicator lightturns off. For ECO pedal system equipped mod-els, see “ECO pedal system (where fitted)” later inthis section.

The ECO drive indicator light will not illuminatein the following cases:

• When the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) posi-tion.

• When the vehicle speed is below 3.2 km/h (2 MPH).

• When the cruise control (where fitted) or the Intel-ligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (where fitted) isoperated.

ECO pedal system (where fitted)The ECO pedal system helps assist the driver toimprove fuel economy by increasing the reac-tion force of the accelerator pedal. When the ECO

drive indicator light is blinking or remains off,the ECO pedal system increases the reactionforce of the accelerator pedal.

ECO drive indicator light Illuminate or blink when:

Illuminate (green)

mWhen the pedal isdepressed within the rangeof economy drive

Blink (green)

mWhen the pedal isdepressed slightly over therange of economy drive

Not illuminate (off)

mWhen the pedal isdepressed over the range ofeconomy drive

When the ECO drive indicator illuminates ingreen, the accelerator reaction force is normal.When the ECO drive indicator light is blinking orremains off, the ECO pedal system increases thereaction force of the accelerator pedal.

The ECO pedal system may not vary acceleratorreaction force under the following conditions:

• When the shift lever is in the “N” (Neutral) or “R”(Reverse) position.

• When Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) is being oper-ated.

If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, it will can-cel automatically. The ECO pedal system will notvary the reaction force of the accelerator pedal.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ischanged from the ECO mode to another mode(STANDARD, SPORT+ (where fitted), SPORT,SNOW or PERSONAL) while the ECO pedal sys-tem is operating, the ECO pedal system contin-ues to operate until the accelerator pedal is re-leased.

If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly, theECO pedal system will not increase the reactionforce of the acceleration pedal. The ECO pedalsystem is not designed to prevent the vehiclefrom accelerating.

Adjusting the ECO pedal system reaction force:

The ECO pedal system reaction force can be ad-justed. The reaction force setting will be main-tained until the setting is changed even if theengine is turned off.


Setting ECO pedal reaction force:

1. Push the <MENU> buttonj1 and touch [Set-tings] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Drive Mode Enhancement].

3. Touch [ECO Pedal].

4. To set the reaction force of the ECO pedal sys-tem, touch [Standard] or [Soft].

5. To turn off the ECO pedal system, touch [OFF].

When the ECO pedal system is turned off, theaccelerator will operate normally.

PERSONAL MODEWhen the PERSONAL mode is selected, the fol-lowing functions can be adjusted individually.

• Engine/Transmission

• Steering

• Suspension (where fitted)

• Active Lane Control (where fitted)

• Active Trace Control

How to set the PERSONAL mode

Perform the following steps to set the PERSONALmode.

1. Push the <MENU> buttonj1 and touch [InfinitiDrive Mode Selector] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Edit PERSONAL Mode]. (models withActive Lane Control)

3. Touch [Engine/Transmission], [Steering],[Suspension] (where fitted), [Active LaneControl] (where fitted) or [Active Trace Con-trol] and select each item. (See later aboutthe feature of each item.)

4. Touch [Back] or [Home] to finish thePERSONAL mode setting.

Engine/Transmission:

“Engine/Transmission” can be set to [Sport],[Eco] (where fitted), [Standard] or [Snow].

Steering (models with Direct AdaptiveSteering):

Seven or four combinations of steering modeand steering response can be set.

Mode Response

Sport+ (where fitted)Dynamic+DynamicDefault

SportDynamic+DynamicDefault

Standard Default

Steering (models without Direct AdaptiveSteering):

“Steering” can be set to [Sport] or [Standard].

Suspension (where fitted):

“Suspension” can be set to [Standard] or[Sport].

Active Lane Control (where fitted):

“Active Lane Control” can be set to [High] or[Low].

JVS0246XZ

JVS0246XZ


Before setting this mode, Active Lane Controlneeds to be enabled on the lower display. (See“How to enable or disable Active Lane Control (wherefitted)” later in this section.)

For details about Active Lane Control, see “ActiveLane Control (where fitted)” later in this section.

Active Trace Control:

“Active Trace Control” can be set to ON (enabled)or OFF (disabled).

For details about the Active Trace Control, see“Active trace control” later in this section.

Reset Settings:

Touch [Reset Settings] to restore all the PER-SONAL mode settings to default.

How to enable or disable Active LaneControl (where fitted)

Perform the following steps to enable or disableActive Lane Control.

1. Push the <MENU> buttonj1 and touch [InfinitiDrive Mode Selector] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Active Lane Control] to enable or dis-able Active Lane Control.

Each time the engine is restarted, Active LaneControl setting is tuned to OFF (disabled).

WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to help the drivermaintain stability but does not prevent accidentsdue to abrupt steering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous driving techniques. Re-duce vehicle speed and be especially careful whendriving and cornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

• The brake force distribution systems may not beeffective depending on the driving condition. Al-ways drive carefully and attentively.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspen-sion parts such as shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabiliser bars, bushings and wheels arenot INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly. This could adversely affect ve-hicle handling performance, and the VDC warninglight m may illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotorsand callipers are not INFINITI recommended or areextremely deteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDC warning light mmay illuminate.

• If engine control related parts are not INFINITI rec-ommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDCwarning light m may illuminate.

JVS0246XZ

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM (forRussia and Ukraine)


• When driving on extremely inclined surfaces suchas higher banked corners, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDC warning light mmay illuminate. Do not drive on these types ofroads.

• When driving on an unstable surface such as aturntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the VDC warninglight m may illuminate. This is not a malfunc-tion. Restart the engine after driving onto a stablesurface.

• If wheels or tyres other than the INFINITI recom-mended ones are used, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDC warning light mmay illuminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tyresor tyre chains on a snow covered road.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system usesvarious sensors to monitor driver inputs and ve-hicle motion. Under certain driving conditions,the VDC system performs the following func-tions:

• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip onone slipping drive wheel so power is transferred toa non slipping drive wheel on the same axle.

• Controls brake pressure and engine output to re-duce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (trac-tion control function).

• Controls brake pressure at individual wheels andengine output to help the driver maintain control ofthe vehicle in the following conditions:

– understeer (vehicle tends to not follow thesteered path despite increased steeringinput)

– oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent lossof vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDC warn-ing light m in the instrument panel flashes sonote the following:

• The road may be slippery or the system may deter-mine some action is required to help keep the ve-hicle on the steered path.

• You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal andhear a noise or vibration from under the bonnet.This is normal and indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

• Adjust your speed and driving to the road condi-tions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (forRussia and Ukraine)/Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) warning light (for Europe)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDCwarning light m illuminates in the instrumentpanel. The VDC system automatically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The VDC off indicator light m illumi-nates to indicate the VDC system is off. Whenthe VDC switch is used to turn off the system,the VDC system still operates to prevent onedrive wheel from slipping by transferring powerto a non slipping drive wheel. The VDC warninglight m flashes if this occurs. All other VDCfunctions are off, except for brake force distribu-tion, and the VDC warning light m will notflash. The VDC system is automatically reset toon when the ignition switch is placed in the“OFF” position then back to the “ON” position.

See “ Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (forRussia and Ukraine)/Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) warning light (for Europe)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light (for Russia and Ukraine)/Elec-tronic Stability Programme (ESP) off indicator light (forEurope)” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or in re-verse at a slow speed. When the self-test oc-curs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.


VDC operation is reduced when the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector is used to select theSPORT+ mode (where fitted). The VDC systemmay not operate in the same circumstanceswhen compared to operation in the standardmode. To help prevent accidents drive carefully,avoid careless or dangerous driving techniquesand be especially careful when driving and cor-nering on slippery surfaces.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns, thesystem optimizes the distribution of force toeach of the four wheels depending on the radiusof the turn.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFFSWITCH

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system ON for most driv-ing conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system, push the VDC OFF switch. The m indi-cator light will illuminate on.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the en-gine to turn ON the system.

WARNING

• The ESP system is designed to help the drivermaintain stability but does not prevent accidentsdue to abrupt steering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous driving techniques. Re-duce vehicle speed and be especially careful whendriving and cornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

• The brake force distribution systems may not beeffective depending on the driving condition. Al-ways drive carefully and attentively.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspen-sion parts such as shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabiliser bars, bushings and wheels arenot INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the ESP system may notoperate properly. This could adversely affect ve-hicle handling performance, and the ESP warninglight m may illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotorsand callipers are not INFINITI recommended or areextremely deteriorated, the ESP system may notoperate properly and the ESP warning light mmay illuminate.

• If engine control related parts are not INFINITI rec-ommended or are extremely deteriorated, the ESPwarning light m may illuminate.

SIC4336Z

ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME (ESP)SYSTEM (for Europe)


• When driving on extremely inclined surfaces suchas higher banked corners, the ESP system may notoperate properly and the ESP warning light mmay illuminate. Do not drive on these types ofroads.

• When driving on an unstable surface such as aturntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the ESP warninglight m may illuminate. This is not a malfunc-tion. Restart the engine after driving onto a stablesurface.

• If wheels or tyres other than the INFINITI recom-mended ones are used, the ESP system may notoperate properly and the ESP warning light mmay illuminate.

• The ESP system is not a substitute for winter tyresor tyre chains on a snow covered road.

The Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) sys-tem uses various sensors to monitor driver in-puts and vehicle motion. Under certain drivingconditions, the ESP system performs the follow-ing functions:

• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip onone slipping drive wheel so power is transferred toa non slipping drive wheel on the same axle.

• Controls brake pressure and engine output to re-duce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (trac-tion control function).

• Controls brake pressure at individual wheels andengine output to help the driver maintain control ofthe vehicle in the following conditions:

– understeer (vehicle tends to not follow thesteered path despite increased steeringinput)

– oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The ESP system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent lossof vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the ESP system operates, the ESP warn-ing light m in the instrument panel flashes sonote the following:

• The road may be slippery or the system may deter-mine some action is required to help keep the ve-hicle on the steered path.

• You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal andhear a noise or vibration from under the bonnet.This is normal and indicates that the ESP system isworking properly.

• Adjust your speed and driving to the road condi-tions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (forRussia and Ukraine)/Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) warning light (for Europe)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the ESPwarning light m illuminates in the instrumentpanel. The ESP system automatically turns off.

The ESP OFF switch is used to turn off the ESPsystem. The ESP off indicator light m illumi-nates to indicate the ESP system is off. Whenthe ESP switch is used to turn off the system, theESP system still operates to prevent one drivewheel from slipping by transferring power to anon slipping drive wheel. The ESP warning lightm flashes if this occurs. All other ESP func-tions are off, except for brake force distribution,and the ESP warning light m will not flash. TheESP system is automatically reset to on whenthe ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” posi-tion then back to the “ON” position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (forRussia and Ukraine)/Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) warning light (for Europe)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light (for Russia and Ukraine)/Elec-tronic Stability Programme (ESP) off indicator light (forEurope)” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or in re-verse at a slow speed. When the self-test oc-curs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.


ESP operation is reduced when the INFINITI DriveMode Selector is used to select the SPORT+mode (where fitted). The ESP system may notoperate in the same circumstances when com-pared to operation in the standard mode. To helpprevent accidents drive carefully, avoid carelessor dangerous driving techniques and be espe-cially careful when driving and cornering on slip-pery surfaces.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns, thesystem optimizes the distribution of force toeach of the four wheels depending on the radiusof the turn.

ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME(ESP) OFF SWITCH

The vehicle should be driven with the ElectronicStability Programme (ESP) system on for mostdriving conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theESP system reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the ESP system off.

To turn off the ESP system, push the ESP OFFswitch located on the lower side of the instru-ment panel. The m indicator light will illumi-nate.

Push the ESP OFF switch again or restart the en-gine to turn on the system.

This system senses driving based on the driv-er’s steering and acceleration/braking patterns,and controls brake pressure at individualwheels to help smooth vehicle response.

When the SPORT mode is selected by the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector, the amount of brake con-trol provided by the active trace control is re-duced.

When the PERSONAL mode is selected, the ac-tive trace control can be set to ON (enabled) orOFF (disabled). See “INFINITI drive mode selector”earlier in this section.

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Elec-tronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF switch isused to turn off the VDC/ESP system, the activetrace control is also turned off.

SIC4336Z

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL


When the active trace control is operated andthe “Chassis Control” mode is selected in thetrip computer, the active trace control graphicsare shown in the vehicle information display.(See “Trip computer” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.)

If the chassis control warning message appearsin the vehicle information display, it may indi-cate that the active trace control is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. (See “26.Chassis control warning” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.)

WARNING

The active trace control may not be effective depend-ing on the driving condition. Always drive carefullyand attentively.

When the active trace control is operating, youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and heara noise. This is normal and indicates that theactive trace control is operating properly.

Even if the active trace control is set to OFF, somefunctions will remain on to assist the driver (forexample, avoidance scenes).

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the hill start assist system toprevent the vehicle from moving backward on ahill. Always drive carefully and attentively.Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle isstopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful whenstopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failureto prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards mayresult in a loss of control of the vehicle and pos-sible serious injury or death.

• The hill start assist system is not designed to holdthe vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steephill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to rollbackwards and may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

• The hill start assist system may not prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under allload or road conditions. Always be prepared to de-press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle fromrolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in acollision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automatically keepsthe brakes applied to help prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backwards in the time it takes thedriver to release the brake pedal and apply theaccelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.

JVS0249XZ

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


The hill start assist system will operate auto-matically under the following conditions:

• The transmission is shifted to a forward or reversegear.

• The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by ap-plying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back andthe hill start assist system will stop operatingcompletely.

The hill start assist system will not operate whenthe transmission is shifted to the “N” (Neutral)or “P” (Park) position or on a flat and level road.

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light or the Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) warning light illuminates in the meter, thehill start assist system will not operate. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light (forRussia and Ukraine)/Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) off indicator light (for Europe)” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.)

The chassis control is an electric control modulethat includes the following functions:

• Log-in function (See “Log-in function” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

• INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (See “INFINITI drivemode selector” earlier in this section.)

• Active Lane Control (where fitted) (See “Active LaneControl (where fitted)” later in this section.)

• Active Trace Control (See “Active trace control” ear-lier in this section.)

• Emergency Stop Signal (where fitted) (See “Emer-gency Stop Signal” in the “6. In case of emergency”section.)

The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System ac-tivates to prevent unnecessary fuel consump-tion, exhaust emissions and noise.

• When you fully depress the brake pedal to stop thevehicle, the engine is turned off automatically.

• When you release the brake pedal to begin movingagain, the engine is turned on automatically.

WARNING

The engine restarts if the vehicle moves at approxi-mately 2 km/h (1 MPH) or more (on a downhill grade,etc.), while the engine is turned off by the Stop/StartSystem or Idling Stop System. Depress the brakepedal immediately to stop the vehicle to prevent anaccident.

CAUTION

At the end of the journey the engine must be stoppedand ignition switch be turned off. Lock the vehicle asnormal. Turning the ignition switch OFF will shut downall electrical systems. Failure to do this may result ina flat battery.

NOTE

The Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System will notactivate under the following conditions:

• When the engine is kept idling without the vehiclebeing driven after the engine is turned on.

• When the engine coolant temperature is low.

• When the battery capacity is low.

CHASSIS CONTROL STOP/START SYSTEM (for Europe) OR IDLINGSTOP SYSTEM (for Russia and Ukraine)


• When the battery temperature is low or extremelyhigh.

• When the vehicle is moving.

• When a negative pressure booster decreases.

• When the engine bonnet is opened with the en-gine running.

• When the engine is turned on with the engine bon-net open.

• When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

• When the driver’s door is open.

• When the steering wheel is operated.

• When the angle of steering wheel is not straight.

• When the Stop/Start or Idling Stop indicatorblinks at a low speed.

• When the fan speed control is in any position otherthan “OFF” (0) while the air flow control is in thefront defogger position.

• When the front defogger switch is on.

• When the rear defogger switch is on.

• When the temperature inside the vehicle is lowerthan approximately 20°C (68°F).

• When the temperature inside the vehicle is higherthan approximately 30°C (86°F). (When the air con-ditioner is off, the Stop/Start System or Idling StopSystem will operate.)

• When the fan speed of the air conditioner is set tothe maximum speed.

• When the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch isturned on.

• When the power consumption is large.

• When the vehicle is travelling at altitudes higherthan 2,500 m (8,203 ft).

• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

• When the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) posi-tion.

• When the brake pedal is not firmly depressed.

• When stopping the vehicle on steep sloping roads.

NOTE

The engine will not restart even if the brake pedal isreleased while the Stop/Start System or Idling StopSystem is activated when the shift lever is in the “P”(Park) position.

NOTE

It may take some time until the Stop/Start System orIdling Stop System activates under the following con-ditions:

• When the battery is discharged.

• When the outside temperature is low or high.

• When the battery is replaced or the battery termi-nal is disconnected for extended periods and thenreconnected.

NOTE

When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Systemindicator light illuminates, the engine starts runningautomatically under at least one of the following con-ditions:

• The brake pedal is released with the shift lever inthe “D” (Drive) or “N” (Neutral) position.

• The shift lever is placed in the “D” (Drive) or “R”(Reverse) position from the “N” (Neutral) or “P”(Park) position.

• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened, or the driver’sdoor is open.

• The battery voltage becomes low (due to electricalload from other vehicle systems like headlights,heaters, etc., or auxiliary devices connected to the12 volt socket inside the vehicle).

• The vehicle speed is above about 2 km/h (1 MPH).

• The front defogger is operated.

• The rear window defogger is operated.

• When the temperature inside the vehicle is lowerthan approximately 20°C (68°F).

• When the temperature inside the vehicle is higherthan approximately 30°C (86°F). (When the air con-ditioner is off, the Stop/Start System or Idling StopSystem will operate.)

• When the front defogger is turned on. (The enginemay not starts depending on the outside tempera-ture.)


• When more than 3 minutes have elapsed since theStop/Start System or Idling Stop System was ac-tive.


• When the steering wheel is operated. (The steer-ing wheel operation may become heavy, but this isnot a malfunction.)

• When the battery capacity is low.

• When the power consumption is high.

• When the shift lever is placed in the “R” (Reverse)position.

NOTE

The following condition will prevent the Stop/StartSystem or Idling Stop System from automatically re-starting the engine. Starting the engine with the igni-tion switch operation is then necessary:

• The bonnet is open.

Use this system while waiting at stoplight, etc.When the vehicle is stopped for long periods oftime, turn off the engine.

When the engine is stopped by the Stop/StartSystem or Idling Stop System, heating, coolingand dehumidifying functions will be deacti-vated. To avoid the air conditioning functionsfrom being deactivated, turn off the Stop/StartSystem or Idling Stop System by pressing theStop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch.

RETROGRADE MOVEMENT CONTROLFUNCTIONThis system is designed to reduce the retrogrademovement that occurs while the driver’s footchanges from depressing the brake pedal to theaccelerator pedal when moving the vehicle whilethe Stop/Start or Idling Stop System is active ona hilly road.

STOP/START SYSTEM DISPLAY (forEurope) OR IDLING STOP SYSTEM DISPLAY (forRussia and Ukraine)

The status of the Stop/Start System or IdlingStop System can be checked in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Engine stop (where fitted)

When the engine is stopped the information isdisplayed for a few seconds.

Stop/Start System or Idling StopSystem ON or OFF

If the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Systemis activated or deactivated using the Stop/StartSystem or Idling Stop System OFF switch, themessage is shown.

JVS0341XZ

JVS0342XZ


CO2 or fuel saved and engine stoptime

The CO2 or fuel saved and the engine stop timemode shows the following items:

• The CO2 saved shows the estimated quantity ofCO2 exhaust emissions that were prevented by theStop/Start System or Idling Stop System every timethe engine is automatically stopped. (for Europe)

• The fuel saved shows the estimated quantity of fuelthat were saved by the Stop/Start System or IdlingStop System every time the engine is automaticallystopped. (except for Europe)

• The engine stop time shows the time that the en-gine has been stopped for by the Stop/Start Sys-tem or Idling Stop System.

The total CO2 or fuel saved and the engine stoptime can also be checked in the vehicle informa-tion display. See “4. Trip CO2/fuel saved and enginestop time (where fitted)” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “5. Total CO2/fuel saved andengine stop time (where fitted)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.

Auto start deactivation (where fitted)

If the engine stops when the Stop/Start Systemor Idling Stop System is activated, and will notstart automatically, the message is shown.

Key LOCK warning (where fitted)

The information is displayed and a buzzersounded to remind the driver to place the igni-tion switch in the “OFF” position to avoid a dis-charged battery.

The message can be cleared by placing the igni-tion switch in the “OFF” position (or restartingthe engine) or pushing the m switch on thesteering wheel.

JVS0343XZ

For Europe

JVS0348XZ

Except for Europe

JVS0344XZ

JVS0345XZ


System fault

This message is displayed when the Stop/StartSystem or Idling Stop System is malfunctioning.

Have the system checked by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop.

STOP/START SYSTEM (for Europe) OFFSWITCH OR IDLING STOP SYSTEM (for Russiaand Ukraine) OFF SWITCH

The system can be temporarily deactivated bypressing the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFFswitch. Pressing the switch again or restartingthe engine by using the ignition switch will reac-tivate the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Sys-tem.

• When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Systemis deactivated while the engine is running, the en-gine is prevented from automatically stopping.

• When the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Systemis deactivated after the engine has been automati-cally stopped by the Stop/Start System or IdlingStop System, the engine will immediately restart ifsuitable conditions are present. The engine willthen be prevented from automatically stoppingduring the same journey.

• Whenever the Stop/Start System or Idling StopSystem is deactivated the indicator lightj1 on theStop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch illuminates. Inthis condition the Stop/Start System or Idling StopSystem cannot prevent unnecessary fuel consump-tion, exhaust emissions, or noise during your jour-ney.

• If the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System ismalfunctioning, the indicator lightj1 on the Stop/Start or Idling Stop OFF switch illuminates.

NOTE

Stop/Start System or Idling Stop System ON or OFFmessage is displayed for a few seconds in the vehicleinformation display when the Stop/Start or IdlingStop OFF switch is pushed. See “Stop/Start System orIdling Stop System ON or OFF” earlier in this section.

JVS0346XZ

JVS0269XZ


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of Active Lane Control could result in seri-ous injury or death.

• Active Lane Control will not always steer the ve-hicle to keep it in the lane. It is not designed toprevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle inthe travelling lane, and be in control of vehicle atall times.

Active Lane Control enables the driver to makefewer steering corrections on freeways.

j1 Dynamic driver assistance switch

j2 Vehicle information display

j3 Lower display

JVS0822X

ACTIVE LANE CONTROL (where fitted)


ACTIVE LANE CONTROL OPERATIONjA Disturbance (Crosswind)

jB Active Lane Control off

jC Vehicle’s direction

jD Lane direction

Active Lane Control slightly corrects front tyreangles and steering wheel torque to help reducethe difference between the vehicle’s direction

and the lane directionj2 which is detected byusing the camera unitj1 located above the in-side mirror.

Active Lane Control operates under the follow-ing conditions:

• When the vehicle is driven at speeds of approxi-mately 70 km/h (45 MPH) and above.

• To turn on the LDP system, see “How to enable/dis-able the LDP system” later in this section.

• When Active Lane Control is enabled in the settingsmenu on the lower display.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE ACTIVELANE CONTROL

Perform the following steps to set Active LaneControl.

1. Push the <MENU>j1 button and touch [InfinitiDrive Mode Selector] on the lower display.

2. To enable or disable Active Lane Control,touch [Active Lane Control] and select [ON](enable) or [OFF] (disable).

Active Lane Control settings1. Push the <MENU>j1 button and touch [Infiniti

Drive Mode Selector] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Edit PERSONAL Mode].

3. Touch [Active Lane Control] and select [Low]or [High] to change the setting of Active LaneControl.

NSD442

NSD663

JVS0246XZ


ACTIVE LANE CONTROL LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the limitations for Active Lane Con-trol. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance withthese limitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• Active Lane Control is primarily intended for useon well-developed freeways or highways. It maynot detect the lane markers for certain roads,weather or driving conditions.

• Using Active Lane Control under some conditionsof road, lane marker or weather, or if you attemptto change lanes without using the lane change sig-nal could lead to an unexpected system operation.In such conditions, you need to correct the vehi-cle’s direction with your steering operation toavoid accidents.

• Active Lane Control will not operate at speeds be-low approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or if it cannotdetect lane markers.

• Active Lane Control may not operate properly un-der the following conditions, and do not use ActiveLane Control:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, such ason ice or snow, etc.

– When driving on winding or unevenroads.

– When there is a lane closure due to roadrepairs.

– When driving in a makeshift or a tempo-rary lane.

– When driving on roads where the lanewidth is too narrow.

– When driving with a tyre that is not withinnormal tyre conditions (for example, tyrewear, low tyre pressure, installation ofspare tyre, tyre chains, non-standardwheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped with non-original steering parts or suspensionparts.

• Active Lane Control may or may not operate prop-erly under the following conditions:

– On roads where there are multiple paral-lel lane markers; or lane markers that arefaded or not painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; or lane markers covered withwater, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where discontinued lane mark-ers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharp curves.

– On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-

ing after road repairs. (Active Lane Con-trol could detect these items as lanemarkers.)

– On roads where the travelling lanemerges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s travelling directiondoes not align with the lane marker.

– When travelling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs the lanecamera unit detection range.

– When rain, snow, dirt or object adheresto the windscreen in front of the lane cam-era unit.


– When strong light enters the lane cameraunit. (For example, the light directlyshines on the front of the vehicle at sun-rise or sunset.)


– When entering or exiting tollgates.

– When driving on roads with a widening ornarrowing lane width.


SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

j1 Vehicle information display

Automatic deactivationActive Lane Control is not designed to operateunder the following conditions:

• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) (for Rus-sia and Ukraine)/Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) (for Europe) system (except TCS function) orABS operates.

• When you operate the lane change signal andchange the travelling lanes in the direction of thesignal. (Active Lane Control is deactivated for ap-proximately 2 seconds after the lane change signalis turned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to less than ap-proximately 70 km/h (45 MPH).

• When the hazard warning flashers are operated.

• When the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approximately40°C (104°F)).

After the above conditions have finished and theoperating conditions are satisfied again, ActiveLane Control will resume operation.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf Active Lane Control malfunctions, it will cancelautomatically. The chassis control warning willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the chassis control warning appears, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop the vehicle.Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If thechassis control warning continues to illuminate,it is recommended you have Active Lane Controlchecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unitj1 for Active Lane Controlis located above the inside rearview mirror. Tokeep the proper operation of Active Lane Con-trol and prevent a system malfunction, be sureto observe the following:

• Always keep the windscreen clean.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent ma-terial) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

• Do not place reflective materials, such as white pa-per or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflec-tion of sunlight may adversely affect the cameraunit’s capability of detecting the lane markers.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the cam-era unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

JVS0824XZ NSD663


The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds listed be-low, and only when the lane markings are clearlyvisible on the road.

• Except for Europe: approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)and above

• For Europe: approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) andabove

Each system functions as follows:

• Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system

– Warns the driver with an indicator in thevehicle information display and vibra-tions of the steering wheel that the ve-hicle is beginning to leave the drivinglane.

• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system

– Models with Direct Adaptive Steering

Warns the driver with an indicator in thevehicle information display and vibra-tions of the steering wheel, and helps as-sist the driver to return the vehicle to thecentre of the travelling lane. The LDP sys-tem will automatically apply steering tothe left or right using the function of Di-rect Adaptive Steering.

– Models without Direct Adaptive Steering

Warns the driver with an indicator in thevehicle information display and vibra-tions of the steering wheel, and helps as-sist the driver to return the vehicle to thecentre of the travelling lane. The LDP sys-tem will automatically apply the brakes tothe left or right wheel individually usingthe function of the Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC)/Electronic Stability Programme(ESP) system.

The LDW and LDP systems monitor the lanemarkers on the travelling lane using the cameraunitj1 located above the inside rearview mir-ror. When the camera unit detects that the ve-hicle is travelling close to either the left or theright of the travelling lane, the driver assist sys-tem lane indicator (orange) in the vehicle infor-mation display blinks and the steering wheelwill vibrate. When the LDP system is on, it willautomatically apply steering or brake operationfor a short period of time.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM

Precautions on LDW system

WARNING

• This system is only a warning device to inform thedriver of a potential unintended lane departure. Itwill not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control.

NSD663

JVS0308XZ

Driver assist system lane indicator

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM/LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM(where fitted)


It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, keep the vehicle in the travelling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

• The system will not operate at speeds below ap-proximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)*1 or 60 km/h (37MPH)*2, or if it cannot detect lane markers. (*1:except for Europe, *2: for Europe)

• If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel au-tomatically, and the LDW [Malfunction]/[Systemfault] message will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display. If the LDW [Malfunction]/[Systemfault] message appears, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle. Turn the engine offand restart the engine. If the LDW [Malfunction]/[System fault] message continues to appear, havethe LDW system checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

• The system may not function properly under thefollowing conditions:

– On roads where there are multiple paral-lel lane markers; lane markers that arefaded or not painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; or lane markers covered withwater, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where the discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.


– On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-ing after road repairs. (The Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW) system could detectthese items as lane markers.)




– When rain, snow, dirt or object adheresto the windscreen in front of the lane cam-era unit.




LDW system operation

The LDW system operates at speeds listed be-low.



When the vehicle approaches either the left orthe right side of the travelling lane, the steeringwheel will vibrate and the driver assist systemlane indicator (orange) in the vehicle informa-tion display will blink to alert the driver.

The warning function will stop when the vehiclereturns inside of the lane markers.

The LDW system is not designed to warn underthe following conditions.

JVS0308XZ



• When you operate the lane change signal andchange travelling lanes in the direction of the sig-nal. (The LDW system will become operable againapproximately 2 seconds after the lane change sig-nal is turned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to less than ap-proximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or 60 km/h (37MPH).

• When the Blind Spot Intervention system (wherefitted) activates an audible warning, or when steer-ing or brakes are automatically applied by the sys-tem.

After the above conditions have finished and thenecessary operating conditions are satisfied,the LDW functions will resume.

How to enable/disable the LDWsystem

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe LDW system.


2. Touch [Lane Assist].

3. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] to turn thesystem ON/OFF.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperatureIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 40°C (104°F)) and then started, the LDWsystem may be deactivated automatically. Thedriver assist system lane indicator will blink and“High cabin temperature” warning message willappear in the vehicle information display.

When the interior temperature is reduced, theLDW system will resume operating automati-cally.

LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP)SYSTEM

Precautions on LDP system

WARNING

• The LDP system will not always steer the vehicle tokeep it in the lane. It is not designed to preventloss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the trav-elling lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times.

• The LDP system is primarily intended for use onwell-developed freeways or highways. It may notdetect the lane markers in certain roads, weatheror driving conditions.

• Using the LDP system under some conditions ofroad, lane marker or weather, or when you changelanes without using the lane change signal couldlead to an unexpected system operation. In suchconditions, you need to correct the vehicle’s direc-tion with your steering operation to avoid acci-dents.

• The LDP system will not operate at speeds belowapproximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)*1 or 60 km/h (37MPH)*2, or if it cannot detect lane markers. (*1:except for Europe, *2: for Europe)

• Do not use the LDP system under the followingconditions as it may not function properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).




– When driving in a makeshift or temporarylane.


JVS0246XZ


– When driving without normal tyre condi-tions (for example, tyre wear, low tyrepressure, installation of spare tyre, tyrechains, non-standard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake or steering parts or sus-pension parts.

• If the LDP system malfunctions, it will cancel auto-matically. The LDP [Malfunction]/[System fault]message will appear in the vehicle information dis-play.

• If the [Malfunction]/[System fault] message ap-pears, pull off the road to a safe location, stop thevehicle and place the shift lever in the “P” (Park)position. Turn the engine off and restart the en-gine. If the [Malfunction]/[System fault] messagecontinues to appear, have the LDP system checkedby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• The LDP system may or may not operate properlyunder the following conditions:

– On roads where there are multiple paral-lel lane markers; lane markers that arefaded or not painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; lane markers covered with wa-ter, dirt, snow, etc.



– On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-ing after road repairs. (The LDP systemcould detect these items as lane mark-ers.)




– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindscreen in front of the lane cameraunit.




LDP system operation

The LDP system operates at speeds listed be-low.



When the vehicle approaches either the left orthe right side of the travelling lane, the steeringwheel will vibrate and the driver assist systemlane indicator (orange) in the vehicle informa-tion display will blink to alert the driver. Then,the LDP system will automatically apply thesteering or brakes for a short period of time tohelp assist the driver to return the vehicle to thecentre of the travelling lane.

The warning and assist functions will stop whenthe vehicle returns to a position inside of thelane marker.

JVS0308XZ



To turn on the LDP system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch on the steering wheelafter starting the engine. The driver assist sys-tem lane indicator (green) will illuminate in thevehicle information display. Push the dynamicdriver assistance switch again to turn off the LDPsystem. The driver assist system lane indicator(green) will turn off.

How to enable/disable the LDPsystem

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe LDP system.


2. Touch [Lane Assist].

3. Touch [Lane Departure Prevention] to enableor disable the system.

Automatic deactivationCondition A:

The warning and assist functions of the LDP sys-tem are not designed to work under the follow-ing conditions:

• When you operate the lane change signal andchange the travelling lanes in the direction of the

signal. (The LDP system will be deactivated for ap-proximately 2 seconds after the lane change signalis turned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to less than 70km/h (45 MPH)*1 or 60 km/h (37 MPH)*2. (*1: ex-cept for Europe, *2: for Europe)

• When the Blind Spot Intervention system (wherefitted) activates an audible warning or assist func-tion.

After the above conditions have finished and thenecessary operating conditions are satisfied,the warning and assist functions will resume.

Condition B:

The assist function of the LDP system is not de-signed to work under the following conditions(warning is still functional):

• When the steering wheel is turned as far as neces-sary for the vehicle to change lanes.

• When the vehicle is accelerated during LDP systemoperation.

• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system’sapproach warning occurs.

• When the hazard warning flashers are operated.

• When driving on a curve at high speed.

• When the brake pedal is depressed (models with-out Direct Adaptive Steering)

JVS0873XZ

Dynamic driver assistance switchJVS0246XZ


After the above conditions have finished and thenecessary operating conditions are satisfied,the LDP system application of the steering orbrakes will resume.

Condition C:

Under the following conditions, a chime willsound and the LDP system will be cancelled au-tomatically. The [Currently unavailable]/[Notavailable] message will appear in the vehicle in-formation display, and the LDP system cannotbe activated:

• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system (ex-cept TCS function) or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) operates.

• When the VDC/ESP system is turned off.

• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned tothe SNOW mode.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch again toturn the LDP system back on.

Temporary disabled status at high tempera-ture:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 40°C (104°F)) and then the LDP system isturned on, the LDP system may be deactivated

automatically. The “High cabin temperature”message will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

When the interior temperature is reduced, pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch again toturn the LDP system back on.

LANE CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCEThe LDW/LDP systems use the same lane cam-era unit that is used by Active Lane Control, lo-cated above the inside rearview mirror.

For maintenance of the camera, see “Systemmaintenance” earlier in this section.

This section contains the information about thefollowing systems:

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system

• Blind Spot Intervention system

• Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system (wherefitted)

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)SYSTEM/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTIONSYSTEM

WARNING

• The BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems arenot a replacement for proper driving procedure andare not designed to prevent contact with vehiclesor objects. When changing lanes, always use theside and rear mirrors and turn and look in the di-rection you will move to ensure it is safe to changelanes. Never rely solely on the BSW or Blind SpotIntervention system.

• There is a limitation to the detection capability ofthe radar. Using the BSW and Blind Spot Interven-tion systems under some road, lane marker orweather conditions could lead to improper systemoperation. Always rely on your own operation toavoid accidents.

• The BSW system operates above approximately 32km/h (20 MPH).

BLIND SPOT WARNING/BLIND SPOTINTERVENTION/BACK-UP COLLISIONINTERVENTION SYSTEMS (where fitted)


• The Blind Spot Intervention system operatesabove approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH).

The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Blind SpotIntervention systems can help alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes when changinglanes.

The BSW system uses radar sensorsj1 installednear the rear bumper to detect other vehicles inan adjacent lane. In addition to the radar sen-sors, the Blind Spot Intervention system uses acameraj2 installed behind the windscreen tomonitor the lane markers of your travelling lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on eitherside of your vehicle within the detection zoneshown as illustrated. This detection zone startsfrom the outside mirror of your vehicle and ex-tends approximately 3 m (10 ft) behind the rearbumper, and approximately 3 m (10 ft) sideways.

The BSW system operates above approximately32 km/h (20 MPH). If the radar sensors detectvehicles in the detection zone, the side indica-

tor light illuminates. If the driver then activatesthe turn signal, a chime will sound twice and theside indicator light will flash.

The Blind Spot Intervention system operatesabove approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH). If thesystem detects a vehicle in the detection zoneand your vehicle is approaching the lane marker,the Blind Spot Intervention system provides anaudible warning (three times), flashes the sideindicator light and slightly applies the steeringor brakes for a short period of time to help re-turn the vehicle back to the travelling lane. TheBlind Spot Intervention system provides an au-dible warning and turns on or flashes the sideindicator light even if the BSW system is off.

The Blind Spot Intervention system operates us-ing either of the following functions:

• Models with Direct Adaptive Steering:

The Blind Spot Intervention system will auto-matically apply steering to the left or rightusing the function of Direct Adaptive Steer-ing.

• Models without Direct Adaptive Steering:

The Blind Spot Intervention system will auto-matically apply the brakes to the left or rightwheel individually using the function of theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/ElectronicStability Programme (ESP) system.

JVS0864XZ

SSD1030Z

Detection zone

JVS0832XZ

Side indicator light


BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the de-tection zone, the side indicator light located bythe outside rearview mirrors illuminates. If theturn signal is then activated, the side indicatorlight flashes and a chime sounds twice. The in-dicator light continues to flash until the detectedvehicle leaves the detection zone.

The side indicator lights illuminate for a few sec-onds when the ignition switch is placed in the“ON” position.

The brightness of the side indicator lights is ad-justed automatically depending on the bright-ness of the ambient light.

A chime sounds if the radar sensors have alreadydetected a vehicle when the driver activates theturn signal. If a vehicle comes into the detectionzone after the driver activates the turn signal,then only the side indicator light flashes and no

chime sounds. (See “BSW/Blind Spot Interventionsystem precautions” later in this section.)

Turning the BSW system ON/OFF

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe BSW system.

1. Push the <MENU> buttonj1 and touch [DriverAssistance] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].

3. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to turn the sys-tem ON/OFF.

Setting the side indicator light brightness:

The brightness of the side indicator lights canbe changed using the following steps:

1. Push the <MENU> buttonj1 and touch [DriverAssistance] on the lower display.


3. Touch [+] or [-] in [Side Indicator Brightness]to select [Bright], [Standard] or [Dark].

When the brightness setting is changed, theside indicator lights illuminate for a few sec-onds.

BSW temporarily not availableWhen radar blockage is detected, the BSW sys-tem will be deactivated automatically, the [Notavailable Side radar obstructed] warning mes-sage will appear and the driver assist systemblind spot indicator (white) will blink in the ve-hicle information display.

The BSW system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

When the above conditions no longer exist, theBSW system will resume automatically. For ad-ditional information, see “Radar maintenance”later in this section.

BSW malfunctionWhen the BSW system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically, a chime will sound, and the[System fault] warning message with the driverassist system blind spot indicator (orange) willappear in the vehicle information display.

JVS0832XZ


JVS0246XZ


Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place theshift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn theengine off and restart the engine. If the [Systemfault] warning message with the driver assistsystem blind spot indicator (orange) continuesto appear, have the BSW system checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION SYSTEMOPERATION

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the de-tection zone, the side indicator light located bythe outside rearview mirrors illuminates. If yourvehicle is approaching a lane marker, the sideindicator light flashes and an audible warningwill sound three times. Then the system appliesthe steering or brakes for a short period of timeto help return the vehicle back to the centre ofthe lane. Blind Spot Intervention operates re-gardless of turn signal usage.

NOTE

• Warning and system application of the steering orbrakes will only be activated if the side indicatorlight is already illuminated when your vehicle ap-proaches a lane marker. If another vehicle comesinto the detection zone after your vehicle hascrossed a lane marker, no warning, or system ap-plication of steering or brake will be activated.(See “BSW/Blind Spot Intervention drivingsituations” later in this section.)

• The Blind Spot Intervention system is typically ac-tivated earlier than the Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) system when your vehicle is approaching alane marker.

The Blind Spot Intervention system turns onwhen the dynamic driver assistance switch onthe steering wheel is pushed when [Blind SpotIntervention] is enabled in the settings menu onthe lower display. The driver assist system blindspot indicator (green) in the vehicle informationdisplay illuminates when the Blind Spot Inter-vention system is turned on.

The Blind Spot Intervention system provides achime and turns on or flashes the side indicatorlight even if the BSW system is off.

JVS0832XZ


JVS0873XZ

JVS0309XZ

Driver assist system blind spot indicator


How to enable/disable the Blind SpotIntervention system

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe Blind Spot Intervention system.



3. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] to enable ordisable the system.

Blind Spot Intervention temporarilynot availableCondition A:

Under the following conditions, a chime willsound, the “currently unavailable” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay and the Blind Spot Intervention system

will be turned off automatically. The Blind SpotIntervention system will not be available untilthe conditions no longer exist.

• When the VDC/ESP system (except TCS function) orABS operates.

• When the VDC/ESP system is turned off.

• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned tothe SNOW mode.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch again toturn the Blind Spot Intervention system back on.

Condition B:

When radar blockage is detected, the Blind SpotIntervention system will be turned off automati-cally, a chime will sound and the [Not availableSide radar obstructed] warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.

The Blind Spot Intervention system is not avail-able until the conditions no longer exist. For ad-ditional information, see “Radar maintenance”later in this section.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, turnthe Blind Spot Intervention system on again. Ifthe [Not available Side radar obstructed] warn-ing message appears even after the Blind SpotIntervention system is turned on again, stop the

vehicle in a safe location, place the shift lever inthe “P” (Park) position and turn the engine off.Check for and remove objects obscuring the ra-dar sensors on the rear bumper, and restart theengine.

If the [Not available Side radar obstructed] warn-ing message continues to blink, have the BlindSpot Intervention system checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

Condition C:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 40°C (104°F)) and then the Blind SpotIntervention system is turned on, the Blind SpotIntervention system may be deactivated auto-matically. The “High cabin temperature” warn-ing message will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced, pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch again toturn the Blind Spot Intervention system back on.

Blind Spot Intervention malfunctionWhen the Blind Spot Intervention system mal-functions, it will be turned off automatically, achime will sound, the and the [System fault]warning message with the driver assist systemblind spot indicator (orange) will appear in thevehicle information display.

JVS0246XZ


Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place theshift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the [System fault] warning message with thedriver assist system blind spot indicator(orange) continues to appear, have the BlindSpot Intervention system checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

BSW/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTIONSYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

• The radar sensors may not be able to detect andactivate the BSW/Blind Spot Intervention systemswhen certain objects are present such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low heightvehicles or high ground clearancevehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detection zonewhen you accelerate from a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacent laneat a speed approximately the same asyour vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly from be-hind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakesrapidly.

See also “BSW/Blind Spot Intervention driv-ing situations” later in this section for thesituations in which the radar sensors maynot be able to detect vehicle(s).

• The BSW and Blind Spot Intervention systems maynot provide a warning or steering or brake controlfor vehicles that pass the detection zone quickly.

• The radar sensors’ detection zone is designedbased on a standard lane width. When driving in awider lane, the radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a nar-row lane, the radar sensors may detect vehiclesdriving two lanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ignore most sta-tionary objects, however objects such as guard-rails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occa-sionally be detected. This is a normal operatingcondition.

• Severe weather or road spray conditions may re-duce the ability of the radar to detect other ve-hicles.

• The camera may not detect lane markers in the fol-lowing situations and the Blind Spot Interventionsystem may not operate properly.

– On roads where there are multiple paral-lel lane markers; lane markers that arefaded or not painted clearly; yellow

painted lane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; lane markers covered with wa-ter, dirt, snow, etc.



– On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-ing after road repairs.


– When the vehicle’s travelling directiondoes not align with the lane markers.


– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindscreen in front of a lane camera unit.

– When the headlights are not bright dueto dirt on the lens or if aiming is not ad-justed properly.

– When strong light enters a lane cameraunit. (For example, light directly shineson the front of the vehicle at sunrise orsunset.)



• Do not use the Blind Spot Intervention system un-der the following conditions because the systemmay not function properly.

– During bad weather (for example, rain,fog, snow, etc.)




– When driving in a makeshift or temporarylane.



– When the vehicle is equipped with non-original steering parts, brake parts orsuspension parts.

• Excessive noise (for example, audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will interfere with thechime sound, and it may not be heard.

BSW/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTIONDRIVING SITUATIONS

Another vehicle approaching frombehind

Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminatesif a vehicle enters the detection zone from be-hind in an adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is travellingmuch faster than your vehicle, the side indicatorlight may not illuminate before the detected ve-hicle is beside your vehicle. Always use the sideand rear mirrors and turn and look in the direc-tion your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe tochange lanes.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn sig-nal, then the side indicator light flashes and achime will sound twice.

NOTE

If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicleenters the detection zone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound when the other vehicleis detected.

SSD1026Z

Illustration 1 - Approaching from behind

SSD1031Z


SSD1044Z



Illustration 3: If the Blind Spot Intervention sys-tem is on and your vehicle is approaching a lanemarker and a vehicle is in the detection zone,the system chimes a sound (three times) andthe side indicator light flashes. Then the BlindSpot Intervention system slightly applies thesteering or brakes to help return the vehicle backto the centre of the driving lane.

NOTE

Illustration 4: If you accelerate from a stop with a ve-hicle in the detection zone, the other vehicle may notbe detected.

Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminatesif you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle staysin the detection zone for approximately 3 sec-onds.

The radar sensors may not detect slower movingvehicles if they are passed quickly.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn sig-nal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes a sound (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

Illustration 7: If the Blind Spot Intervention sys-tem is on and your vehicle approaches a lanemarker while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, the system chimes a sound (three times)and the side indicator light flashes. Then, theBlind Spot Intervention system slightly appliesthe steering or brakes to help return the vehicleback to the centre of the driving lane.

SSD1032Z

Illustration 4 - Accelerate from a stop

SSD1033Z

Illustration 5 - Overtaking another vehicle

SSD1034Z


SSD1093Z



NOTE

Illustration 8: When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not bedetected if they are travelling close together.

Entering from the side

Illustration 9: The side indicator lightilluminates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

NOTE

The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which istravelling at about the same speed as your vehiclewhen it enters the detection zone.

Illustration 10: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the side indicator light flashes and achime will sound twice.

NOTE

If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicleenters the detection zone, the side indicator light willflash but no chime will sound when another vehicle isdetected.

Illustration 11: If the Blind Spot Intervention sys-tem is on and your vehicle approaches the lanemarker while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, the side indicator light flashes and achime will sound three times. Then, the BlindSpot Intervention system slightly applies thesteering or brakes to help return the vehicle backto the centre of the driving lane.

SSD1036Z

Illustration 8

SSD1037Z

Illustration 9 - Entering from the side

SSD1038Z


SSD1094Z



NOTE

• Illustration 12: The Blind Spot Intervention systemwill not operate if your vehicle is on a lane markerwhen another vehicle enters the detection zone. Inthis case only the BSW system operates.

• Blind Spot Intervention steering or brake assistwill not operate or will stop operating and only awarning chime will sound under the following con-ditions.

– When the vehicle is accelerated duringthe Blind Spot Intervention system op-eration.

– When steering quickly.

– When the ICC, DCA, predictive forwardcollision warning or forward emergencybraking warnings sound.

– When the hazard warning flashers are op-erated.

– When driving on a curve at a high speed.

– When the brake pedal is depressed (mod-els without Direct Adaptive Steering).

BACK-UP COLLISION INTERVENTION(BCI) SYSTEM (where fitted)

WARNING

• The Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system isnot a replacement for proper driving procedure. Itis not designed to prevent contact with vehicles orobjects and does not provide full brake power.When backing out of parking spaces, always usethe inside and rear mirrors and turn and look in thedirection you will move. Never rely solely on theBCI system.

• There is a limitation to the detection capability ofthe radar or the sonar. Using the BCI system undersome road, ground, traffic or weather conditionscould lead to improper system operation. Alwaysrely on your own operation to avoid accidents.

BCI SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (where fitted)

The Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) systemcan help alert the driver of an approaching ve-hicle or objects behind the vehicle when thedriver is backing out of a parking space.

When the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) posi-tion and the vehicle speed is less than approxi-mately 8 km/h (5 MPH), the BCI system oper-ates.

SSD1040Z

Illustration 12 - Entering from the sideJVS0866XZ

JVS0173XZ


The BCI system uses radar sensorsj1 installedon both sides near the rear bumper to detect anapproaching vehicle and sonar (parking) sen-sorsj2 to detect objects in the rear.

The radar sensorsj1 detect an approaching ve-hicle from up to approximately 15 m (49 ft) away.The sonar (parking) sensorsj2 detect station-ary objects behind the vehicle up to approxi-mately 1.5 m (4.9 ft). Refer to the illustration forapproximate zone coverage areasj3 .

If the radar detects a vehicle approaching fromthe side or the sonar detects close stationaryobjects behind the vehicle, the system gives vi-sual and audible warnings. If the driver does notapply the brakes, the system automatically ap-plies the brake for a moment when the vehicle ismoving backwards. After the automatic brakeapplication, the driver must depress the brakepedal to maintain brake pressure. If the driver’sfoot is on the accelerator pedal, the system

pushes the accelerator upward before applyingthe brake. If you continue to accelerate, the sys-tem will not engage the brake.

JVS0830XZ


BCI SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS (where fitted)

WARNING

• Always check surroundings and turn to check whatis behind you before reversing.

• The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) ve-hicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every ob-ject such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles or animals

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 24 km/h (15MPH)

• The radar sensors may not detect approaching ve-hicles in certain situations:

– Illustration a. When the vehicle parkednext to you obstructs the beam of the ra-dar sensor.

– Illustration b. When the vehicle is parkedin an angled parking space.

– Illustration c. When the vehicle is parkedon inclined ground.

– Illustration d. When a vehicle turns intoor backs up into your vehicle’s parkinglot aisle.

– Illustration e. When the angle formed byyour vehicle and approaching vehicle issmall.

• The following conditions may reduce the ability ofthe radar sensors to detect other vehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice build up on the vehicle

– Frost build up on the vehicle

– Dirt build up on the vehicle

• The sonar sensor may not detect:

– Small or moving objects

– Wedge-shaped objects

JVS0479X


– Object close to the bumper (less than ap-proximately 30 cm (1 ft))

– Thin objects such as rope, wire and chain,etc.

• The brake engagement by the BCI system is not aseffective on a slope as it is on flat ground. When ona steep slope the system may not function prop-erly.

• Do not use the BCI system under the following con-ditions because the system may not function prop-erly.


– When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.

• Excessive noise (for example, audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will interfere with thechime sound, and it may not be heard.

BCI SYSTEM OPERATION (where fitted)

When the shift lever is placed in the “R” (Re-verse) position, the indicator on the BCI systemkeyj1 illuminates on the upper display.

The BCI system operates by detecting the ve-hicles and/or objects using either the radar orsonar (parking) sensors.

If the radar detects an approaching vehicle fromthe side, the system chimes a sound (singlebeep), the side indicator light on the side thevehicle is approaching from flashes and a yel-low rectangular framejA appears on the upperdisplay.

JVS0304XZ

Upper display

JVS0832XZ


JVS0307XZ

Upper display

JVS0172XZ


NOTE

• In the case of several vehicles approaching in arow or in the opposite direction, a chime may notbe issued to the BCI system after the first vehiclepasses the sensors.

• The sonar system chime indicating there is an ob-ject behind the vehicle has a higher priority thanthe BCI chime (single beep) indicating anapproaching vehicle. If the sonar system detectsan object behind the vehicle and the BCI systemdetects an approaching vehicle at the same time,the following indications are provided:

– The sonar system chime sounds

– The side indicator light on the side of theapproaching vehicle flashes, and

– A yellow rectangular frame appears in thedisplay.

If an approaching vehicle or close object behindthe vehicle is detected when your vehicle is re-versing, a red framejA will appear in the dis-play and the system will chime three times.Then, the brakes will be applied momentarily.After the automatic brake application, the drivermust depress the brake pedal to maintain brakepressure.

If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal,the system moves the accelerator pedal upwardbefore the braking is applied. However, if youcontinue to accelerate, the system will not en-gage the brakes.

The BCI system does not operate if the object isvery close to the bumper.

The BCI system automatically turns on everytime the engine is started.

The BCI system can be turned off temporarily bytouching the BCI system keyj1 on the upperdisplay. The indicator on the BCI ON key turnsoff.

When the shift lever is placed in the “R” (Re-verse) position again, the BCI system is turnedon.

JVS0173XZ JVS0307XZ JVS0304XZ

Upper display


Turning the BCI system ON/OFF

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe BCI system.

1. Push the <MENU>j1 button and touch [Set-tings] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Camera/Sonar].

3. Touch [Camera].

4. Touch [Back-up Collision Intervention] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

When the BCI system is turned off by touching[Back-up Collision Intervention], the BCI systemdoes not turn on automatically by the followingoperations:

• When the shift lever is placed in the “R” (Reverse)position

• When the engine is restarted

BCI temporarily not availableWhen the following message appears in the ve-hicle information display, a chime will soundand the BCI system will be turned off automati-cally.

• [Unavailable High Accelerator Temperature]/[Notavailable High accelerator temperature]:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight un-der high temperature conditions (over ap-proximately 40 °C (104 °F)) and then started,the BCI system may be deactivated automati-cally.

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced,turn on the BCI system again.

• [Not available Side Radar obstructed]:

When side radar blockage is detected.

Action to take:

When the blockage is removed, turn off theBCI system and turn it on again.

• In some surrounding conditions, the BCI systemmay unexpectedly push the accelerator pedal up orapply braking momentarily. When acceleration isnecessary, continue to depress the acceleratorpedal to override the system.

BCI malfunctionIf the BCI system malfunctions, it will turn offautomatically, a chime will sound and BCI [Sys-tem fault] warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and place theshift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn theengine off and restart the engine. If the warningmessage continues to appear, have the systemchecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

RADAR MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensor unitsj1 for the BSW, BlindSpot Intervention and BCI (where fitted) systemsare located near the rear bumper. Always keepthe area near the radar sensors clean.

JVS0246XZ

JVS0863XZ


The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water,mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructing thearea around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around the ra-dar sensors. Consult an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop if the area around the radar sen-sors is damaged due to a collision.

The speed limiter allows you to set the desiredvehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter isactivated, the driver can perform normal brak-ing and acceleration, but the vehicle will not ex-ceed the set speed.

WARNING

• Always observe posted speed limits. Do not setthe speed over them.

• Always confirm the setting status of the speed lim-iter in the vehicle information display.

When the speed limiter is on, the cruise control(where fitted) or the Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system (where fitted) cannot be operated.

SPEED LIMITER OPERATIONSThe speed limiter can be set between the follow-ing speed.

• 30 to 220 km/h (20 to 137 MPH) (2.0L turbo petrolengine model)

• 30 to 250 km/h (20 to 155 MPH) (VR30DDTT enginemodel) The speed limiter set switches are located on

the steering wheel.

1. <RES>/+ switch

2. <SET>/- switch

3. <CANCEL> switch

JVS0875XZ

Model without Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

JVS0876XZ

Model with Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

SPEED LIMITER


4. Cruise control or Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) MAIN switch (For details, see “Cruisecontrol (where fitted)” later in this section or“Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (wherefitted)” later in this section.)

5. Speed limiter MAIN switch(When this switch is pushed, the speedlimiter sets to the stand-by mode. If thecruise control or Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system is on, the system will turn offand the speed limiter sets to the stand-bymode.)

The speed limiter operating condition is shownin the vehicle information display.

1. Speed limiter indicator

This indicator indicates the condition of thespeed limiter system depending on a colour.

• Speed limiter indicator (white):

Indicates that the speed limiter MAINswitch is ON.

• Speed limiter set indicator (green):

Indicates that speed limiter is set.

2. Set speed indicator

The speed unit can be converted between“km/h” and “MPH”. (See the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual.)

When the vehicle speed exceeds the set speedlimit, the set speed indicator blinks. If the ve-hicle speed is exceeding the set speed limit formore than 30 seconds, an audible warning istriggered.

The speed limiter will not automatically brakethe vehicle to the set speed limit.

Turning on speed limiterPush the speed limiter MAIN switch. The speedlimiter indicator (white) illuminates in the ve-hicle information display. The set speed indica-tor shows “- - -”.

Setting speed limit1. Push the <SET>/− switch.

• When the vehicle is stopped, the speed will beset at 30 km/h (20 MPH).

• While driving, the speed limit will be set at thecurrent speed.

2. When the speed limit is set, the speed limiterset indicator (green) and the set speed indi-cator illuminate in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Changing set speed limit:

Use either of the following operations to changethe speed limit.

• Push and hold the <RES>/+ or <SET>/- switch. Theset speed will increase or decrease by approxi-mately 10 km/h or 10 MPH. (2.0L turbo petrol en-gine model)

• Push and hold the <RES>/+ or <SET>/- switch. Theset speed will increase or decrease by approxi-mately 5 km/h or 5 MPH. (VR30DDTT engine model)

• Push, then quickly release the <RES>/+ or <SET>/-switch. Each time you do this, the set speed willincrease or decrease by approximately 1 km/h or 1MPH.

If the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed indi-cated on the display for approximately 30 sec-onds after changing the set speed, the systemwill trigger an audible warning.

Resuming preset speed limit:

Push the <RES>/+ switch. The speed limiter setindicator (green) illuminates, and the speed lim-iter will resume the last set speed limit. If thevehicle is driven at a speed above the last setspeed limit, the set speed indicator will blink. Ifthe vehicle speed exceeds the set speed indi-

JVS0284XZ


cated on the display for approximately 30 sec-onds after resuming the preset speed, the sys-tem will trigger an audible warning.

Cancelling speed limitTo cancel the speed limiter, push the <CANCEL>switch. The speed limiter set indicator (green)will change to the speed limiter indicator(white). (The set speed indicator will remain onthe display).

If the accelerator pedal is fully depressed (be-yond the resistance point), the speed limiter istemporarily suspended and the vehicle speedmay be controlled above the set speed. (Thetransmission may downshift into a lower gear.)The speed limiter set indicator (green) indicatorwill remain on the display.

While the system is temporarily suspended andthe set speed is exceeded, the set speed indica-tor will blink but the system will not trigger anyaudible warning.

If the accelerator returns to the resistance pointand the vehicle speed returns to the set speed,the speed limiter will set and limit the vehiclespeed.

When one of the following operations is per-formed, the speed limiter will be cancelled andthe speed limiter set indicator (green) will turnoff. These cancelling methods will erase the setspeed limit memory.

• Push the speed limiter MAIN switch.

• Push the cruise control MAIN switch or the ICC sys-tem MAIN switch.

Speed limiter malfunctionIf the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed lim-iter set indicator (green) in the vehicle informa-tion display will blink. Turn the speed limiterMAIN switch off and have the system checked byan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

1. <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch

2. <SET>/COAST (-) switch

3. <CANCEL> switch

4. Cruise control MAIN switch

5. Speed limiter MAIN switch (See “Speedlimiter” earlier in this section for detail.)

JVS0875XZ

JVS0306XZ

Cruise indicator

CRUISE CONTROL (where fitted)


The cruise indicator and the set vehicle speedare displayed in the vehicle information display.The cruise indicator indicates the status of thecruise control system by the colour.

WARNING

• Always observe the posted speed limits and donot set the speed over them.

• Do not use the cruise control when driving underthe following conditions. Doing so could cause aloss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

– When it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a constant speed

– When driving in heavy traffic

– When driving in traffic that varies speed

– When driving in windy areas

– When driving on winding or hilly roads

– When driving on slippery (rain, snow, ice,etc.) roads

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL

• If the cruise control system malfunctions, it can-cels automatically. The cruise indicator (green) inthe vehicle information display will then blink towarn the driver.

• If the engine coolant temperature becomes exces-sively high, the cruise control system will be can-celled automatically.

• If the cruise indicator (green) blinks, turn the cruisecontrol MAIN switch off and have the systemchecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

• The cruise indicator (green) may sometimes blinkwhen the cruise control MAIN switch is turned onwhile pushing the <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE,<SET>/COAST or <CANCEL> switch. To properly setthe cruise control system, use the following proce-dures.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 MPH) without keeping yourfoot on the accelerator pedal.

The cruise control will automatically becancelled if the vehicle slows down more thanapproximately 13 km/h (8 MPH) below the setspeed.

Moving the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) posi-tion will cancel the cruise control.

Turning on cruise controlPush the cruise control MAIN switch. The cruiseindicator (white) illuminates in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Setting cruising speed1. Accelerate to the desired speed.

2. Push the <SET>/COAST (-) switch and releaseit.

3. The cruise indicator (green) illuminates in thevehicle information display.

4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

The vehicle will maintain the set speed.

The set speed will be displayed in the vehicleinformation display. The speed unit can be con-verted between “km/h” and “MPH”. (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)

Passing another vehicle:

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate. Af-ter releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehiclewill return to the previously set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. In suchcases, drive without the cruise control.

Resetting to slower speed:

Use any one of the following methods to reset toa slower speed.

• Lightly tap the footbrake pedal. When the vehiclereaches the desired speed, push and release the<SET>/COAST (-) switch.

• Push and hold the <SET>/COAST (-) switch. Whenthe vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the<SET>/COAST (-) switch.

• Quickly push and release the <SET>/COAST (-)switch. This will reduce the vehicle speed by about1.6 km/h (1 MPH) (except for Europe) or 1 km/h (1MPH) (for Europe).


Resetting to faster speed:

Use any one of the following methods to reset toa faster speed.

• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehiclereaches the desired speed, push and release the<SET>/COAST (-) switch.

• Push and hold the <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)switch. When the vehicle reaches the desiredspeed, release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)switch.

• Quickly push and release the <RES> RESUME/AC-CELERATE (+) switch. This will increase the vehiclespeed by about 1.6 km/h (1 MPH) (except for Eu-rope) or 1 km/h (1 MPH) (for Europe).

Resuming at preset speed:

Push and release the <RES> RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch.

The vehicle will resume the last set cruisingspeed when the vehicle speed is over 40 km/h(25 MPH).

Cancelling cruising speedUse any one of the following methods to cancelthe set speed.

• Push the <CANCEL> switch.

• Tap the footbrake pedal.

• Push the cruise control MAIN switch.

After any of the above operation is performed,the colour of the cruise indicator will changefrom green to white.

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system main-tains a selected distance from the vehicle infront of you within 0 to 180 km/h (0 to 112 MPH).

The set speed can be selected by the driverwithin 32 to 180 km/h (20 to 112 MPH).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when the roadahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of two cruisecontrol modes.

• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

For maintaining a selected distance betweenyour vehicle and the vehicle in front of you upto the preset speed.

• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode:

For cruising at a preset speed.

WARNING

• Always drive carefully and attentively when usingeither cruise control mode. Read and understandthe Owner’s Manual thoroughly before using theICC system. To avoid serious injury or death, donot rely on the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the ICC system except in appro-priate road and traffic conditions.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) SYSTEM(where fitted)


• In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode, a warning chime will not sound to warn youif you are too close to the vehicle ahead. Pay spe-cial attention to the distance between your vehicleand the vehicle ahead of you, or a collision couldoccur.

The ICC system cannot be operated when thespeed limiter is on. (See “Speed limiter” earlier inthis section for the speed limiter operation.)

1. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

2. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode

Push the MAIN switchjA to choose the cruisecontrol mode between the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control modej1 and the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control modej2 .

To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol modej1 , quickly push and release the MAINswitch jA . To choose the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modej2 , push and holdthe MAIN switch jA for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannot bechanged to the other cruise control mode. Tochange the mode, push the MAIN switch once toturn the system off. Then push the MAIN switchagain to turn the system back on and select thedesired cruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the ICC system dis-play.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see the following description. For the con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, see“Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” laterin this section.

SELECTING VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLEDISTANCE CONTROL MODETo choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol modej1 , quickly push and release the MAINswitchjA .

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode,the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system auto-matically maintains a selected distance from thevehicle travelling in front of you according to that

JVS0898XZ


vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at theset speed when the road ahead is clear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain the samespeed as other vehicles without the constantneed to adjust the set speed as you would witha normal cruise control system.

PRECAUTIONS ONVEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

The system is intended to enhance the opera-tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle trav-elling in the same lane and direction.

If the radar sensorjA detects a slower movingvehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ve-hicle speed so that your vehicle follows the ve-hicle in front at the selected distance.

The system automatically controls the throttleand applies the brakes (up to approximately40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 200 m (650 ft) ahead.

WARNING

• This system is only an aid to assist the driver andis not a collision warning or avoidance device. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.

• The system is primarily intended for use onstraight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is notadvisable to use the system in city traffic or con-gested areas.

• This system will not adapt automatically to roadconditions. This system should be used in evenlyflowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads withsharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or infog.

The radar sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

• Stationary and slow moving vehicles

• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

• Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane

WARNING

• As there is a performance limit to the distance con-trol function, never rely solely on the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system. This system does not

correct careless, inattentive or absent-mindeddriving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speedby depressing the brake pedal, depending on thedistance to the vehicle ahead and the surroundingcircumstances in order to maintain a safe distancebetween vehicles.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within the limitations ofthe system. The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to a standstill and sounda warning chime. To prevent the vehicle from mov-ing, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

• The system may not detect the vehicle in front ofyou in certain road or weather conditions. To avoidaccidents, never use the ICC system under the fol-lowing conditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as on iceor snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the sys-tem sensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehicle maygo beyond the set vehicle speed and fre-quent braking may result in overheatingthe brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhill roads

JVS0869XZ


– When traffic conditions make it difficultto keep a proper distance between ve-hicles because of frequent acceleration ordeceleration

• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or ob-ject can unexpectedly come into the sensor detec-tion zone and cause automatic braking. You mayneed to control the distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system when it is not recom-mended in this section.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE OPERATION

Always pay attention to the operation of the ve-hicle and be ready to manually control theproper following distance. The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode of the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system may not be able to

maintain the selected distance betweenvehicles (following distance) or selected vehiclespeed under some circumstances.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeuses a sensorjA located behind the grille ofthe front bumper to detect vehicles travellingahead. The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, ifthe sensor cannot detect the reflection from thevehicle ahead, the ICC system may not maintainthe selected distance.

The following are some conditions in which thesensor cannot detect the signals:

• When the snow or road spray from travelling ve-hicles reduces the sensor’s visibility

• When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in therear seat or the boot of your vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s operation within the limita-tions of the system. When the sensor area is cov-ered with dirt or is obstructed, the system willautomatically be cancelled. If the sensor area iscovered with ice, a transparent or translucentvinyl bag, etc., the ICC system may not detectthem. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode may not cancel and maynot be able to maintain the selected followingdistance from the vehicle ahead. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor area regularly.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is

designed to maintain a selected distance andreduce the speed to match the slower vehicleahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle asnecessary, and if the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.However, the ICC system can only apply up toapproximately 40% of the vehicle’s total brak-ing power. This system should only be usedwhen traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds toremain fairly constant or when vehicle speedschange gradually. If a vehicle moves into thetravelling lane ahead or if a vehicle travellingahead rapidly decelerates, the distancebetween vehicles may become closer becausethe ICC system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC systemwill sound a warning chime and blink the sys-tem display to notify the driver to take neces-sary action.

The system will cancel and a warning chime willsound if the speed is below approximately 24km/h (15 MPH) and a vehicle is not detectedahead. The system will also disengage when thevehicle goes above the maximum set speed.

See “Approach warning” later in this section.

The following items are controlled in the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

• When there are no vehicles travelling ahead, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode maintainsthe speed set by the driver. The set speed range is32 and 180 km/h (20 and 112 MPH).

JVS0869XZ


• When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the ve-hicle-to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts thespeed to maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. The adjusting speedrange is up to the set speed. If the vehicle aheadcomes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a stand-still within the limitations of the system. The sys-tem will cancel once it judges a standstill with awarning chime.

• When the vehicle travelling ahead has moved outfrom its lane of travel, the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode accelerates and maintains ve-hicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speedor warn you when you approach stationary andslow moving vehicles. You must pay attention tovehicle operation to maintain proper distancefrom vehicles ahead when approaching tollgates or traffic congestion.

The detection zone of the radar sensor is lim-ited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detectionzone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detec-tion mode to maintain the selected distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-tion zone due to its position within the samelane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detectedin the same lane ahead if they are travelling off-set from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle thatis entering the lane ahead may not be detecteduntil the vehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator and sound-ing the chime. The driver may have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from vehicletravelling ahead.

SSD0252Z


When driving on some roads, such as winding,hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which areunder construction, the radar sensor may detectvehicles in a different lane, or may temporarilynot detect a vehicle travelling ahead. This maycause the ICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be affectedby vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre ortravelling position in the lane, etc.) or vehiclecondition. If this occurs, the ICC system maywarn you by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. You will haveto manually control the proper distance awayfrom the vehicle travelling ahead.

When driving on the freeway at a set speed andapproaching a slower travelling vehicle ahead,the ICC system will adjust the speed to maintainthe distance, selected by the driver, from thevehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changeslanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system willaccelerate and maintain the speed up to the set

speed. Pay attention to the driving operation tomaintain control of the vehicle as it acceleratesto the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed onwinding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you willhave to manually control the vehicle speed.

ICC system switch

The system is operated by a MAIN switch andfour control switches, all mounted on the steer-ing wheel.

1. <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speed incre-mentally.

2. <SET>/COAST (-) switch:

Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed in-crementally.

SSD0253Z

SSD0254Z

JVS0878XZ


3. <CANCEL> switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system

5. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:

• Long

• Middle

• Short

6. Speed limiter MAIN switch (See “Speedlimiter” earlier in this section for details. Whenthis switch is pushed, the ICC system will beturned off.)

ICC system display and indicators

The display is located between the speedometerand tachometer.

1. This indicator indicates the ICC system statusdepending on a colour.

• Intelligent Cruise Control system ON indicator(white):

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

• Intelligent Cruise Control system set indicator(green):

Indicates that cruising speed is set

• Intelligent Cruise Control system warning (or-ange):

Indicates that there is a malfunction in theICC system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in frontof you.

3. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed. The speedunit can be converted between “km/h” and“MPH”. (See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.)

4. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance between ve-hicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode

To turn on the cruise control, quickly push andrelease the MAIN switchjA on. The IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system ON indicator (white),set distance indicator and set vehicle speed in-dicator come on and in a standby state for set-ting.

JVS0271XZ

JVS0899XZ

JVS0900XZ


To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle tothe desired speed, push the <SET>/COAST (-)switch and release it. (The ICC system set indi-cator (green), vehicle ahead detection indicator,set distance indicator and set vehicle speed in-dicator come on.) Take your foot off the accel-erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

When the <SET>/COAST (-) switch is pushed un-der the following conditions, the system cannotbe set. The set vehicle speed indicator will blinkfor approximately 2 seconds:

• When travelling below 32 km/h (20 MPH) and thevehicle ahead is not detected

• When the shift lever is not in the “D” (Drive) ormanual shift mode

• When the parking brake is applied

• When the brakes are operated by the driver

When the <SET> COAST (-) switch is pushed un-der the following conditions, the system cannotbe set.

A warning chime will sound and the [Not avail-able] warning message appears in the vehicleinformation display.

• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned tothe SNOW mode. (To use the ICC system, turn theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector to a mode other thanthe SNOW mode, push the MAIN switch to turn offthe ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pressingthe MAIN switch again.)

For details about the INFINITI Drive Mode Se-lector, see “INFINITI drive mode selector” earlierin this section.

• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) or Elec-tronic Stability Programme (ESP) system is off. (Touse the ICC system, turn on the VDC or ESP system.Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC systemand reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAINswitch again.)

For details about the VDC or ESP system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (for Russiaand Ukraine)” earlier in this section or “ElectronicStability Programme (ESP) system (for Europe)”earlier in this section.

• When ABS, VDC or ESP system (including the trac-tion control system) is operating.

• When a wheel is slipping. (To use the ICC system,make sure the wheels are no longer slipping.)

JVS0274XZ


System operation1. System set display with vehicle ahead

2. System set display without vehicle ahead

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicleahead, this system automatically accelerates or de-celerates your vehicle according to the speed of thevehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly ac-celerate your vehicle when acceleration is required fora lane change. Depress the brake pedal when decel-eration is required to maintain a safe distance to thevehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehiclecuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speed basedon the road conditions. The ICC system main-tains the set vehicle speed, similar to standardcruise control, as long as no vehicle is detectedin the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by con-trolling the throttle and applying the brakes tomatch the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. Thesystem then controls the vehicle speed basedon the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintainthe driver selected distance.

The stop lights of the vehicle come on whenbraking is performed by the ICC system.

When the brake operates, a noise may be heard.This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicleahead detection indicator comes on. The ICCsystem will also display the set speed and se-lected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, theICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle toresume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICCsystem then maintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelerationto the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC sys-tem is in operation, the system controls the dis-tance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected travellingunder approximately 24 km/h (15 MPH), the sys-tem will be cancelled.

When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator will flash when the vehicle speed ex-ceeds the set speed. The vehicle ahead detec-tion indicator will turn off when the area ahead

JVS0276XZ

JVS0277XZ


of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is re-leased, the vehicle will return to the previouslyset speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICCsystem, you can depress the accelerator pedalwhen it is necessary to accelerate your vehiclerapidly.

How to change set vehicle speedTo cancel the preset speed, use any of the fol-lowing methods:

• Push the <CANCEL> switch. The set vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed indica-tor will turn off.

• Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the Intelligent CruiseControl system set indicator (green) and set vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicleattains the desired speed, push and release the<SET>/COAST (-) switch.

• Push and hold the <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)switch. The set vehicle speed will increase by ap-proximately 5 km/h or 5 MPH.

• Push, then quickly release the <RES> RESUME/AC-CELERATE (+) switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by approximately 1 km/h or 1MPH.

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle at-tains the desired speed, push the <SET>/COAST (-)switch and release it.

• Push and hold the <SET>/COAST (-) switch. The setvehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5km/h or 5 MPH.

• Push, then quickly release the <SET>/COAST (-)switch. Each time you do this, the set speed willdecrease by approximately 1 km/h or 1 MPH.

To resume the preset speed, push and releasethe <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Thevehicle will resume the last set cruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over 32 km/h (20MPH).

How to change set distance to vehicleahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se-lected at any time depending on the traffic con-ditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switchjA is pushed,the set distance will change to long, middle,short and back to long again in that sequence.

• The distance to the vehicle ahead will change ac-cording to the vehicle speed. The higher the ve-hicle speed, the longer the distance.

• If the engine is stopped, the set distance becomes“long”. (Each time the engine is started, the initialsetting becomes “long”.)

JVS0839XZ


Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle aheaddue to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or ifanother vehicle cuts in, the system warns thedriver with the chime and ICC system display.Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal tomaintain a safe vehicle distance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection indicator and set dis-tance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in some caseswhen there is a short distance between vehicles.Some examples are:

• When the vehicles are travelling at the same speedand the distance between vehicles is not changing

• When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and thedistance between vehicles is increasing

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:

• Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that areparked or moving slowly.

• The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding thesystem.

Distance DisplayApproximate distance at 100 km/h

(60 MPH) [m (ft)]

Long m 60 (200)

Middle m 45 (150)

Short m 30 (90)


NOTE

The approach warning chime may sound and the sys-tem display may blink when the radar sensor detectsobjects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of theroad. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may detectthese objects when the vehicle is driven on windingroads, narrow roads, hilly roads or when entering orexiting a curve. In these cases you will have to manu-ally control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected byvehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driv-ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle con-dition (for example, if a vehicle is being drivenwith some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following conditionsand the control is automatically cancelled.

• When the vehicle ahead is not detected and yourvehicle is travelling below the speed of 24 km/h(15 MPH)

• When the system judges the vehicle is at standstill

• When the shift lever is not in the “D” (Drive) orManual shift mode

• When the parking brake is applied

• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned tothe SNOW mode

• When the VDC or ESP system is turned off

• When the ABS, VDC or ESP system (including thetraction control system) operates

• When distance measurement becomes impaireddue to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensorarea

• When a wheel slips

• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted

Warning and displayCondition A:

Under the following conditions, the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system is automatically can-celled. The chime will sound and the [Currentlyunavailable]/[Not available] warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information display.

• When the VDC or ESP is turned off


• When a tyre slips


• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no longerpresent, turn the ICC system back on to use thesystem.

Condition B:

When the radar sensor area of the front grille iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC sys-tem is automatically cancelled.

The chime will sound and the [Front Radar Ob-struction]/[Front Radar obstructed] warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take:

If the warning message appears, stop the ve-hicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the“P” (Park) position and turn the engine off. Whenthe radar signal is temporarily interrupted, cleanthe sensor area of the front grille and restart theengine. If the [Front Radar Obstruction]/[FrontRadar obstructed] warning message continuesto be displayed, have the ICC system checked byan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


Condition C:

When the ICC system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the ICC system warning(orange) will appear.

Action to take:

If the warning appears, stop the vehicle in a safeplace and place the shift lever in the “P” (Park)position. Turn the engine off, restart the engine,resume driving and set the ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or the indi-cator stays on, it may indicate that the ICC sys-tem is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions, havethe vehicle checked at an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

Sensor maintenance

The sensor for the ICC systemjA is located be-hind the grille of the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

• Always keep the sensor area of the front grilleclean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the sen-sor.

• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects onthe front bumper/grille near the sensor area. Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area(brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or mal-function.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Be-fore customising or restoring the front bumper,contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISECONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving above approximately40 km/h (25 MPH) without keeping your foot onthe accelerator pedal.

WARNING

• In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode, a warning chime does not sound to warnyou if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, asneither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor thevehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

• Pay special attention to the distance between yourvehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collisioncould occur.

• Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system display.

• Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode when driving under the followingconditions.

– when it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a set speed

– in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed

– on winding or hilly roads

– on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

– in very windy areas

JVS0221XZ JVS0869XZ


• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control andresult in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switch

1. <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speed incre-mentally.

2. <SET>/COAST (-) switch:

Sets the desired cruise speed, reduces speedincrementally.

3. <CANCEL> switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

5. Speed limiter MAIN switch (See “Speed limiter”earlier in this section for details. When thisswitch is pushed, the ICC system will beturned off.)

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicators

The display is located in the vehicle informationdisplay.

1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the condition of theICC system depending on a colour.

• Cruise control ON indicator (white):

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

• Cruise control set indicator (green):

Displays while the vehicle speed is con-trolled by the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode of the ICC system.

• Cruise control system warning (orange):

Indicates that there is a malfunction in theICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed.

Operating conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, push and hold the MAIN switchjA for longer than about 1.5 seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode displayand indicators are displayed in the vehicle infor-mation display. After you hold the MAIN switchon for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the Intel-ligent Cruise Control (ICC) system display turnsoff. The cruise indicator appears. You can now

JVS0876XZ

JVS0317XZ

JVS0901XZ


set your desired cruising speed. Pushing theMAIN switch again will turn the system com-pletely off.

When the Distance Control Assist (DCA) systemis on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode cannot be turned on even though theMAIN switch is pushed and held.

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, turn off the DCA system. See “Dis-tance Control Assist (DCA) system (where fitted)” laterin this section.

When the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF”position, the system is also automaticallyturned off. To use the ICC system again, quicklypush and release the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or push and holdit (conventional cruise control mode) again toturn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, makesure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using theICC system.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle tothe desired speed, push the <SET>/COAST (-)switch and release it. (The colour of the cruiseindicator changes to green and set vehicle indi-cator comes on.) Take your foot off the accelera-tor pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

• To pass another vehicle, depress the accelera-tor pedal. When you release the pedal, thevehicle will return to the previously setspeed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the set speed whengoing up or down steep hills. If this happens, manu-ally maintain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the fol-lowing methods:

1. Push the <CANCEL> switch. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed indi-cator will turn off.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the cruise in-dicator and vehicle speed indicator will turnoff.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push and re-lease the <SET>/COAST (-) switch.

2. Push and hold the <RES> RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch. When the vehicle attains thespeed you desire, release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the <RES>RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each timeyou do this, the set speed will increase byabout 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one ofthe following methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicleattains the desired speed, push the <SET>/COAST (-) switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the <SET>/COAST (-) switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

JVS0902XZ


3. Push, then quickly release the <SET>/COAST(-) switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1.6 km/h (1MPH).

To resume the preset speed, push and releasethe <RES> RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Thevehicle will resume the last set cruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over 40 km/h (25MPH).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following conditionsand the control is automatically cancelled.

• When the vehicle slows down more than 13 km/h(8 MPH) below the set speed.

• When the shift lever is not in the “D” (Drive) ormanual shift mode.

• When the parking brake is applied.

• When the VDC or ESP system (including the trac-tion control system) operates.

• When a wheel slips.

Warning

When the system is not operating properly, thechime sounds and the colour of the cruise indi-cator will change to orange.

Action to take:

If the colour of the cruise indicator changes toorange, stop the vehicle in a safe place and placethe shift lever in the “P” (Park) position. Turnthe engine off, restart the engine, resume driv-ing and then perform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicator stayson, it may indicate that the system is malfunc-tioning. Although the vehicle is still driveableunder normal conditions, have the vehiclechecked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system brakesand moves the accelerator pedal upward accord-ing to the distance from and the relative speedof the vehicle ahead to help assist the driver tomaintain a following distance.

WARNING

• Always drive carefully and attentively when usingthe DCA system. Read and understand the Own-er’s Manual thoroughly before using the DCA sys-tem. To avoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or to controlthe vehicle’s speed in emergency situations. Donot use the DCA system except in appropriate roadand traffic conditions.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within the limitations ofthe system. The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to a standstill with awarning chime. To prevent the vehicle from mov-ing, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

• The DCA system will not apply brake control whilethe driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal.

JVS0306XZ

DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA) SYSTEM(where fitted)


PRECAUTIONS ON DCA SYSTEM

The system is intended to assist the driver tokeep a following distance from the vehicle aheadtravelling in the same lane and direction.

If the radar sensorjA detects a slower movingvehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ve-hicle speed to help assist the driver to maintaina following distance.

The system automatically controls the throttleand applies the brakes (up to approximately40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 200 m (650 ft) ahead.

WARNING

• This system is only an aid to assist the driver andis not a collision warning or avoidance device. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.

• This system will not adapt automatically to roadconditions. Do not use the system on roads withsharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or infog.

The radar sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

• Stationary and slow moving vehicles

• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

• Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane

WARNING

• As there is a performance limit to the distance con-trol function, never rely solely on the DCA system.This system does not correct careless, inattentiveor absent-minded driving, or overcome poor vis-ibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Deceler-ate the vehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance to the vehicleahead and the surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance between vehicles.

• The system may not detect the vehicle in front ofyou in certain road or weather conditions. To avoidaccidents, never use the DCA system under the fol-lowing conditions:

– On roads with sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as on iceor snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the sys-tem sensor

– On steep downhill roads (frequent brak-ing may result in overheating the brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhill roads

• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or ob-ject can unexpectedly come into the sensor detec-tion zone and cause automatic braking. You mayneed to control the distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the DCA system when it is not recom-mended in this section.

DCA SYSTEM OPERATION

Always pay attention to the operation of the ve-hicle and be ready to manually decelerate tomaintain the proper following distance. The Dis-

JVS0869XZ

JVS0869XZ


tance Control Assist (DCA) system may not beable to decelerate the vehicle under some cir-cumstances.

The DCA system uses a sensorjA located be-hind the grille of the front bumper to detect ve-hicles travelling ahead.

The following are some conditions in which thesensor cannot detect the signals:

• When the snow or road spray from travelling ve-hicles reduces the sensor’s visibility

• When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in therear seat or the boot of your vehicle

The DCA system is designed to automaticallycheck the front radar’s operation. When the ra-dar sensor area is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the system will automatically be can-celled. If the sensor area is covered with ice, atransparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., theDCA system may not detect them. In these in-stances, the DCA system may not be able to de-celerate the vehicle properly. Be sure to checkand clean the sensor area regularly.

The DCA system is designed to help assist thedriver to maintain a following distance from thevehicle ahead. The system will decelerate asnecessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.However, the DCA system can only apply up toapproximately 40% of the vehicle’s total brak-ing power. If a vehicle moves into the travelling

lane ahead or if a vehicle travelling ahead rap-idly decelerates, the distance between vehiclesmay become closer because the DCA systemcannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. Ifthis occurs, the DCA system will sound a warn-ing chime and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action.

See “Approach warning” later in this section.

This system only brakes and moves the accel-erator pedal upward to help assist the driver tomaintain a following distance from the vehicleahead. Acceleration should be operated by thedriver.

The DCA system does not control vehicle speedor warn you when you approach stationary andslow moving vehicles. You must pay attention tovehicle operation to maintain proper distancefrom vehicles ahead.


The detection zone of the sensor is limited. Avehicle ahead must be in the detection zone forthe system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-tion zone due to its position within the samelane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detectedin the same lane ahead if they are travelling off-set from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle thatis entering the lane ahead may not be detecteduntil the vehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the system may warn you byblinking the system indicator and sounding thechime. The driver may have to manually controlthe proper distance away from vehicle travel-ling ahead.

SSD0252Z


When driving on some roads, such as winding,hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which areunder construction, the sensor may detect ve-hicles in a different lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle travelling ahead. This may causethe system to work inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also be affectedby vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre ortravelling position in the lane, etc.) or vehiclecondition. If this occurs, the system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator and sound-ing the chime unexpectedly. You will have tomanually control the proper distance away fromthe vehicle travelling ahead.

DCA system display and indicators

The display is located between the speedometerand tachometer.

1. Driver assist system forward indicator

• Driver assist system forward indicator (green):

Indicates that the DCA system is ON.

• Driver assist system forward indicator (orange):

Indicates whether there is a malfunctionin the DCA system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in frontof you.

Operating DCA system

The DCA system turns on when the dynamicdriver assistance switch on the steering wheelis pushed when the [Distance Control Assist] isenabled in the settings menu on the lower dis-play. The driver assist system forward indicator(green) appears in the vehicle information dis-play when the DCA system is turned on.

The system will start to operate after the vehiclespeed becomes above approximately 5 km/h (3MPH).

SSD0253Z

JVS0225XZ

JVS0873XZ

Dynamic driver assistance switch


How to enable/disable the DCA system:

Perform the following steps to enable or disablethe DCA system.


2. Touch [Forward Assist].

3. Touch [Distance Control Assist] to enable ordisable the system.

Under the following conditions, the DCA systemwill not operate and the [Currently unavailable]/[Not available] warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display:

• When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector is turned tothe SNOW mode (To use the DCA system, turn theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector to a mode other thanthe SNOW mode, then turn on the dynamic driverassistance switch.)

For details about the INFINITI Drive Mode Se-lector, see “INFINITI drive mode selector” earlierin this section.

• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system is off(To use the DCA system, turn on the VDC/ESP, thenpush the dynamic driver assistance switch.)

For details about the VDC/ESP system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (for Russiaand Ukraine)” earlier in this section or “ElectronicStability Programme (ESP) system (for Europe)”earlier in this section.

• When ABS, VDC or ESP system (including the trac-tion control system) is operating

When the Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode is operating, the DCA system will notoperate. (To use the DCA system, turn the Con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode off,then push the dynamic driver assistanceswitch.)

For details about the Conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, see “Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system (where fitted)” earlier in this section.

When the engine is turned off, the DCA systemis automatically turned off.

JVS0246XZ


System operation1. System set display with a vehicle ahead

2. System set display without a vehicle ahead

3. System set display with a vehicle ahead(brake operation is necessary)

WARNING

The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system automati-cally decelerates your vehicle to help assist the driverto maintain a following distance from the vehicleahead. Manually brake when deceleration is requiredto maintain a safe distance upon sudden braking bythe vehicle ahead or when a vehicle suddenly appearsin front of you. Always stay alert when using the DCAsystem.

The Distance Control Assist (DCA) system helpsassist the driver to keep a following distance tothe vehicle ahead by braking and moving theaccelerator pedal upward in the normal drivingcondition.

When a vehicle ahead is detected:

The vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.

When the vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead:

• If the driver’s foot is not on the accelerator pedal,the system activates the brakes to deceleratesmoothly as necessary. If the vehicle ahead comesto a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.

• If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal, thesystem moves the accelerator pedal upward to as-sist the driver to release the accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by the driver isrequired:

The system alerts the driver by a warning chimeand blinking the vehicle ahead detection indica-tor. If the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedalafter the warning, the system moves the accel-erator pedal upward to assist the driver to switchto the brake pedal.

The stop lights of the vehicle come on whenbraking is performed by the DCA system.

When the brake operates, a noise may be heard.This is not a malfunction.

WARNING

• When the vehicle ahead detection indicator is notilluminated, the system will not control or warnthe driver.

• Depending on the position of the acceleratorpedal, the system may not be able to assist thedriver to release the accelerator pedal appropri-ately.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a standstill, the ve-hicle decelerates to a standstill within the limita-tions of the system. The system will release brakecontrol with a warning chime once it judges thevehicle is at a standstill. To prevent the vehiclefrom moving, the driver must depress the brakepedal. (The system will resume control automati-cally once the system reaches 5 km/h (3 MPH).)

JVS0244XZ


Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operation overrides thesystem operation.

• When the driver depresses the accelerator pedaleven further while the system is moving the accel-erator pedal upward, the DCA system control of theaccelerator pedal is cancelled.

• When the driver’s foot is on the accelerator pedal,the brake control by the system is not operated.

• When the driver’s foot is on the brake pedal, nei-ther the brake control nor the alert by the systemoperates.

• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system isset, the DCA system will be inactive.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle aheaddue to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or ifanother vehicle cuts in, the system warns thedriver with the chime and DCA system display.Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal tomaintain a safe vehicle distance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks.

• The driver assist system forward indicator (orange)blinks.

The warning chime may not sound in some caseswhen there is a short distance between vehicles.Some examples are:

• When the vehicles are travelling at the same speedand the distance between vehicles is not changing.

• When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and thedistance between vehicles is increasing.

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The driver assist system forward indicator (or-ange) blinks and the warning chime will notsound when your vehicle approaches vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

NOTE

The approach warning chime may sound and the driverassist system forward indicator (orange) may blinkwhen the radar sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. This may causethe DCA system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.The radar sensor may detect these objects when thevehicle is driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads or when entering or exiting a curve. In thesecases you will have to manually control the proper dis-tance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected byvehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driv-ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle con-dition (for example, if a vehicle is being drivenwith some damage).

Automatic cancellationCondition A:

Under the following conditions, the DistanceControl Assist (DCA) system is automaticallycancelled. The chime will sound and the [Cur-rently unavailable]/{Not available] warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay. The system will not be able to be set.

• When the VDC or ESP system is turned off



• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no longerpresent, turn the DCA system back on to use thesystem.

Condition B:

When the radar sensor area of the front grille iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the DCA sys-tem is automatically cancelled.

The chime will sound, the driver assist systemforward indicator (orange) and the [Front Radarobstruction]/[Front Radar obstructed] warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.


Action to take:

If the driver assist system forward indicator (or-ange) and the warning message appear, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever inthe “P” (Park) position and turn the engine off.When the radar signal is temporarily inter-rupted, clean the sensor area of the front grilleand restart the engine. If the warning messagecontinues to be displayed, have the DCA systemchecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

Condition C:

When the DCA system is not operating properly,the chime sounds, the driver assist system for-ward indicator (orange) and the system [SystemFault] warning message will appear in the ve-hicle information display.

Action to take:

If the driver assist system forward indicator (or-ange) and the warning message appear, stop thevehicle in a safe place and place the shift leverin the “P” (Park) position. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, and turn on the DCA systemagain.

If it is not possible to set the system or the indi-cator stays on, it may indicate that the systemis malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditions, have the ve-hicle checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

Sensor maintenanceThe radar sensor for the DCA system is commonwith the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemand is located behind the grille of the frontbumper.

For the sensor maintenance, see “Sensormaintenance” earlier in this section.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the forward emergency braking systemcould result in serious personal injury or death.

• The forward emergency braking system is asupplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replace-ment for the driver’s attention to traffic conditionsor responsibility to drive safely. It cannot preventaccidents due to carelessness or dangerous driv-ing techniques.

• The forward emergency braking system does notfunction in all driving, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The forward emergency braking system can as-sist the driver when there is a risk of a forwardcollision with the vehicle ahead in the travellinglane or with a pedestrian.

JVS0865XZ

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING SYSTEM(where fitted)


The forward emergency braking system uses aradar sensorjA located behind the grille of thefront bumper to measure the distance to the ve-hicle ahead in the same lane.

For pedestrians, the forward emergency brakingsystem uses a camerajB installed behind thewindscreen in addition to the radar sensor.

j1 Forward emergency braking system warn-ing light (on the instrument panel)

j2 Indicators and warnings (on the vehicleinformation display)

jX First warning

jA Driver assist system forward indicator

jB Vehicle ahead detection indicator

jY Second warning

jC Forward emergency braking system warn-ing indicator

j3 Lower display

NSD661


FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKINGSYSTEM OPERATIONThe forward emergency braking system oper-ates at speeds above approximately 5 km/h (3MPH). For the pedestrian detection function, thesystem operates at speeds between 10 – 60km/h (6 – 37 MPH).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected, theforward emergency braking system will providethe first warning to the driver by flashing thedriver assist system forward indicator (orange)jA and the vehicle ahead detection indicator(orange)jB , and providing an audible warning.In addition, the forward emergency braking sys-tem pushes the accelerator pedal up, and thenthe system applies partial braking. If the driverapplies the brakes quickly and forcefully, but theforward emergency braking system detects thatthere is still the possibility of a forward colli-sion, the system will automatically increase thebraking force.

If the risk of a collision becomes imminent andthe driver does not take action, the forwardemergency braking system issues the secondwarning to the driver by flashing the forwardemergency braking warning indicator (red)jC ,providing an audible warning, and then auto-matically applies harder braking.

If a risk of a forward impact with a pedestrian isdetected, the forward emergency braking sys-tem will provide a warning to the driver by flash-

ing the forward emergency braking warning in-dicator (red)jC , provides an audible alert andthe system will apply partial braking. If the driverapplies the brakes quickly and forcefully but theforward emergency braking system detects thatthere is still the possibility of a forward impactwith a pedestrian, the system will automaticallyincrease the braking force. If the risk of collisionbecomes imminent and the driver does not takeaction, the forward emergency braking systemautomatically applies harder braking.

NOTE

The vehicle’s stop lights come on when braking is per-formed by the forward emergency braking system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance to thevehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well as drivingand roadway conditions, the system may helpthe driver avoid a forward collision or may helpmitigate the consequences of a collision shouldone be unavoidable. If the driver is handling thesteering wheel, accelerating or braking, the for-ward emergency braking system will functionlater or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under the fol-lowing conditions:

• When the steering wheel is turned to avoid a colli-sion.


• When there is no longer a vehicle or a pedestriandetected ahead.

If the forward emergency braking system hasstopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at astandstill for approximately 2 seconds beforethe brakes are released.


TURNING THE FORWARD EMERGENCYBRAKING SYSTEM ON/OFFj1 Forward emergency braking system warn-

ing light (on the instrument panel)

j2 Lower display

j3 <MENU> button

Perform the following steps to turn the forwardemergency braking system on or off.

1. Push the <MENU> buttonj3 and touch [DriverAssistance] on the lower displayj2 .

2. Touch [Emergency Assist].

3. Touch [Forward emergency braking] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

When the forward emergency braking system isturned off, the forward emergency braking sys-tem warning light (orange)j1 illuminates.

NOTE

• The forward emergency braking system will be au-tomatically turned ON when the engine isrestarted.

• The predictive forward collision warning system isintegrated into the forward emergency brakingsystem. There is not a separate selection in thedisplay for the predictive forward collision warn-ing system. When the forward emergency brakingis turned off, the predictive forward collision warn-ing system is also turned off.

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKINGSYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the for-ward emergency braking system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury or death.

• The forward emergency braking system cannot de-tect all vehicles or pedestrian under all conditions.

• The radar sensor forward emergency braking sys-tem does not detect the following objects:

– Small pedestrians (including small chil-dren), animals and cyclists.

JVS0847X


– Pedestrians in wheelchairs or using mo-bile transport such as scooters, child-op-erated toys, or skateboards.

– Pedestrians who are seated or otherwisenot in a full upright standing or walkingposition.

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

– Obstacles on the roadside

• The forward emergency braking system has someperformance limitations.

– If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle’spath, the forward emergency braking sys-tem will not function when the vehicle isdriven at speeds over approximately 80km/h (50 MPH).

– For pedestrian detection, the forwardemergency braking system will not func-tion when the vehicle is driven at speedsover approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) orbelow approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH).

• The forward emergency braking system will notfunction for pedestrians in darkness or in tunnels,even if there is street lighting in the area.

• For pedestrians, the forward emergency brakingsystem will not issue the first warning and will notpush the accelerator pedal up.

• The forward emergency braking system may notfunction if the vehicle ahead is narrow (for examplea motorcycle).

• The forward emergency braking system may notfunction if the speed difference between the twovehicles is too small.

• The radar sensor for the forward emergency brak-ing system may not function properly or detect avehicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, androad spray from other vehicles)

– Driving on a steep downhill slope or roadswith sharp curves.

– Driving on a bumpy road surface, such asan uneven dirt road.

– If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cov-ering the radar sensor area.

– Interference by other radar sources.

– The camera area of the windscreen isfogged up, or covered with dirt, waterdrops, ice, snow, etc.

– Strong light (for example, sunlight orhigh beams from oncoming vehicles) en-ters the front camera. Strong light causesthe area around the pedestrian to be castin a shadow, making it difficult to see.

– A sudden change in brightness occurs.(For example, when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or a shaded area or light-ning flashes.)

– The poor contrast of a person to the back-ground, such as having clothing colour orpattern which is similar to the back-ground.

– The pedestrian’s profile is partially ob-scured or unidentifiable due to the pedes-trian transporting luggage, wearingbulky or very loose-fitting clothing or ac-cessories.

• The system performance may degrade in the fol-lowing conditions:

– The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.

– The vehicle is driven on a slope.

– Excessively heavy baggage is loaded inthe rear seat or the boot of your vehicle.

• The system is designed to automatically check thesensor (radar and camera)’s functionality, withincertain limitations. The system may not detectblockage of sensor areas covered by ice, snow orstickers, for example. In these cases, the systemmay not be able to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clear sensor areasregularly.


• In some road and traffic conditions, the forwardemergency braking system may unexpectedly ap-ply partial braking. When acceleration is neces-sary, depress the accelerator pedal to override thesystem.

• Excessive noise will interfere with the warningchime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLEj1 Forward emergency braking system warn-

ing light (on the instrument panel)

j2 Driver assist system forward indicator (onthe vehicle information display)

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the forward emergency braking system mal-functions, it will be turned off automatically, achime will sound, the forward emergency brak-ing system warning light (orange)j1 and thedriver assist system forward indicator (orange)

JVS0848X


j2 will illuminate and the system [Malfunction]/[System fault] warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the forward emergency braking system warn-ing light (orange)j1 comes on, stop the vehiclein a safe location and place the shift lever in the“P” (Park) position. Turn the engine off and re-start the engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the forward emergency brak-ing system checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for thisservice.

NOTE

If the forward emergency braking system stops work-ing, the predictive forward collision warning systemwill also stop working.

SENSOR MAINTENANCE

The radar sensorjA is located behind the grilleof the front bumper. The camerajB is locatedon the upper side of the windscreen.

To keep the forward emergency braking systemoperating properly, be sure to observe the fol-lowing:

• Always keep the sensor area of the front grille andwindscreen clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the sen-sors (for example, bumper, windscreen).

• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects onthe front bumper/grille near the sensor area. Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the radar sen-sor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause fail-ure or malfunction.

• Do not place reflective materials, such as white pa-per or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflec-tion of sunlight may adversely affect the cameraunit’s detection capability.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Be-fore customising or restoring the front bumper,contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

JVS0865XZ


j1 1st vehicle

j2 2nd vehicle

The predictive forward collision warning systemcan help alert the driver when there is a suddenbraking of a second vehicle travelling in front ofthe vehicle ahead travelling in the same lane.

SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Driver assist system forward indicator

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

JVS0294XZ

JVS0869XZ

JVS0225XZ

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM (where fitted)


The predictive forward collision warning systemuses a radar sensorjA located behind the grilleof the front bumper to measure the distance to asecond vehicle ahead in the travelling lane. Thepredictive forward collision warning system op-erates at speeds above approximately 5 km/h (3MPH). If there is a potential risk of a forward col-lision, the predictive forward collision warningsystem will warn the driver by blinking the driverassist system forward indicator and the vehicleahead detection indicator, and sounding a warn-ing tone.

Precautions on the predictive forwardcollision warning system

WARNING

• The predictive forward collision warning systemhelps warn the driver before a collision but will notavoid a collision. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely and be in control of the ve-hicle at all times.

• The radar sensor does not detect the following ob-jects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in theroadway

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

• The predictive forward collision warning systemdoes not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrowvehicle, such as a motorcycle.

• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehicleahead in the following conditions:

– Snow or heavy rain

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material coveringthe radar sensor

– Interference by other radar sources

– Snow or road spray from travelling ve-hicles is splashed

– Driving in a tunnel

JVS0295XZ


WARNING

• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehiclewhen the vehicle ahead is being towed.

• When the distance to the vehicle ahead is tooclose, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.

JVS0296XZ

JVS0297XZ


WARNING

• The radar sensor may not detect a second vehiclewhen driving on a steep downhill slope or on roadswith sharp curves.

• Excessive noise will interfere with the warningtone sound, and it may not be heard.

NOTE

When the forward emergency braking system settingis turned ON or OFF, the predictive forward emergencywarning system is also turned ON or OFF simulta-neously.

System temporarily unavailable

Condition A:

When the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it impossibleto detect a vehicle ahead, the predictive forwardcollision warning system is automatically turnedoff. The forward emergency braking systemwarning light (orange) and the driver assist sys-tem forward indicator (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, thepredictive forward collision warning system willresume automatically.

Condition B:

When the sensor area of the front grille is cov-ered with dirt or is obstructed, making it impos-sible to detect a vehicle ahead, the predictiveforward collision warning system is automati-cally turned off. The forward emergency brakingsystem warning light (orange) and the driver as-sist system forward indicator (orange) will illu-minate and the [Front Radar Obstruction]/[FrontRadar obstructed] warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever inthe “P” (Park) position and turn the engine off.Clean the radar cover on the front grille with asoft cloth, and restart the engine. If the warninglight continues to illuminate, have the predic-tive forward collision warning system checkedby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

JVS0298XZ

JVS0299XZ

Forward emergency braking system warning light(orange)


System malfunctionIf the predictive forward collision warning sys-tem malfunctions, it will be turned off automati-cally, a chime will sound, the forward emergencybraking system warning light (orange) and thedriver assist system forward indicator (orange)will illuminate, and the system [Malfunction]/[System fault] message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stopthe vehicle in a safe location and place the shiftlever in the “P” (Park) position. Turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the predictive for-ward collision warning system checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Sensor maintenanceFor the radar sensor maintenance, see “Sensormaintenance” earlier in this section.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficiency and Car-bon Dioxide Reduction Driving Tips to help youachieve the most fuel economy from your vehicleand reduce carbon dioxide emissions.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal ap-plication.

• Avoid rapid starts and stops.

• Use smooth, gentle accelerator and brake ap-plication whenever possible.

• Maintain constant speed while commuting andcoast whenever possible.

2. Maintain constant speed.

• Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimisestops.

• Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights al-lows you to reduce your number of stops.

• Maintaining a steady speed can minimise redlight stops and improve fuel efficiency.

3. Drive at economical speeds and distances.

• Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 97km/h (60 MPH) (where legally allowed) can im-prove fuel efficiency due to reduced aerody-namic drag.

• Maintaining a safe following distance behindother vehicles reduces unnecessary braking.

• Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changesin speed permits reduced braking and smoothacceleration changes.

• Select a gear range suitable to road conditions.

4. Use cruise control.

• Using cruise control during highway drivinghelps maintain a steady speed.

• Cruise control is particularly effective in provid-ing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains.

5. Plan for the shortest route.

• Utilise a map or navigation system (where fit-ted) to determine the best route to save time.

6. Avoid idling.

• Shutting off your engine when safe for stopsexceeding 30-60 seconds saves fuel and re-duces emissions.

7. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.

• Automated passes permit drivers to use speciallanes to maintain cruising speed through thetoll and avoid stopping and starting.

8. Winter warm up.

• Limit idling time to minimise impact to fueleconomy.

• Vehicles typically need no more than 30 sec-onds of idling at start-up to effectively circulatethe engine oil before driving.

FUEL EFFICIENCY AND CARBON DIOXIDEREDUCTION DRIVING TIPS


• Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating tem-perature more quickly while driving versusidling.

9. Keeping your vehicle cool.

• Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or inthe shade whenever possible.

• When entering a hot vehicle, opening the win-dows will help to reduce the inside temperaturefaster, resulting in reduced demand on your A/Csystem.

10. Do not carry excessive weight.

• Remove unnecessary objects from the vehicleto reduce vehicle weight.

• Keep your engine tuned up.

• Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance.

• Keep the tyres inflated to the correct pressure. Lowtyre pressure increases tyre wear and lowers fueleconomy.

• Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Improperalignment increases tyre wear and lowers fueleconomy.

• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. (See“Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in the “9. Technical information” section.)

WARNING

• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable ma-terials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

• Safe parking procedures require that both theparking brake be applied and the shift lever beplaced in the “P” (Park) position. Failure to do socould cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an accident.

• When parking the vehicle, make sure the shift le-ver is moved to the “P” (Park) position. The shiftlever cannot be moved out of the “P” (Park) posi-tion without depressing the footbrake pedal.

• Never leave the engine running while the vehicleis unattended.

• Do not leave children unattended inside the ve-hicle. They could unknowingly activate switchesor controls or move the vehicle. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in serious accidents.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unin-tended operation of the vehicle and/or its sys-tems, do not leave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or pets unattended in yourvehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day can quickly becomehigh enough to cause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY AND REDUCINGCARBON DIOXIDE EMISSIONS

PARKING


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from moving intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

HEADED DOWNHILL WITH KERBj1

Turn the wheels into the kerb and move thevehicle forward until the kerb side wheel gen-tly touches the kerb. Then apply the parkingbrake.

HEADED UPHILL WITH KERBj2

Turn the wheels away from the kerb and al-low the vehicle to move back until the kerb

side wheel gently touches the kerb. Then ap-ply the parking brake.

HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUTKERBj3

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the centreof the road if the vehicle moves. Then applythe parking brake.


SSD0488Z


SSD0489Z

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model


Your vehicle was designed to be used to carrypassengers and luggage. INFINITI does not rec-ommend trailer towing, because it places addi-tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain,steering, braking and other systems.

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is notcovered by the warranty.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned off while driv-ing, the power assist for the steering will not work.The steering will be harder to operate.

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING TYPE

WARNING

When the power steering warning light illuminateswith the engine running, the power assist for thesteering will cease operation. You will still have con-trol of the vehicle but the steering will be harder tooperate.

The electric power steering is designed to pro-vide power assist while driving to operate thesteering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over-heating of the electric power steering and pro-tect it from getting damaged. While the powerassist is reduced, steering wheel operation willbecome heavy. When the temperature of theelectric power steering goes down, the powerassist level will return to normal. Avoid repeat-ing such steering wheel operations that couldcause the electric power steering to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steering wheelis operated quickly. However, this is not a mal-function.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate theelectric power steering is not functioning prop-erly and may need servicing. Have the electricpower steering checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop. (See “ Power steering warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

When the power steering warning light illumi-nates with the engine running, the power assistfor the steering will cease operation. You willstill have control of the vehicle. However, greatersteering effort is needed, especially in sharpturns and at low speeds.

HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING TYPE

WARNING

When the power steering warning light illuminateswith the engine running, the power assist for thesteering will cease operation. You will still have con-trol of the vehicle, but the steering will be much harderto operate.

The hydraulic pump electric power steering isdesigned to provide power assistance whiledriving to operate the steering wheel with lightforce.

TRAILER TOWING POWER STEERING


When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over-heating of the hydraulic pump electric powersteering and protect it from getting damaged.While the power assist is reduced, steeringwheel operation will become heavy. If the steer-ing wheel operation is still performed, the powersteering may stop and the power steering warn-ing light will illuminate. Stop the engine andpush the ignition switch to the “OFF” position.The temperature of the hydraulic pump electricpower steering will go down and the power as-sist level will return to normal after starting theengine. The power steering warning light will gooff. Avoid repeating such steering wheel opera-tions that could cause the hydraulic pump elec-tric power steering to overheat.

You may hear a noise from the front of the ve-hicle when the steering wheel is operated. Thisis not a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate thehydraulic pump electric power steering is notfunctioning properly and may need servicing.Have the hydraulic pump electric power steer-ing checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

When the power steering warning light illumi-nates with the engine running, the power assist

for the steering will cease operation but you willstill have control of the vehicle. At this time,greater steering efforts are required to operatethe steering wheel, especially in sharp turns andat low speeds.

DIRECT ADAPTIVE STEERING TYPE

WARNING

When the power steering warning light illuminateswith the engine running, the power assist for thesteering will cease operation. You will still have con-trol of the vehicle, but the steering will be harder tooperate.

CAUTION

• If wheels or tyres other than the INFINITI recom-mended ones are used, Direct Adaptive Steeringmay not operate properly and the power steeringwarning light may illuminate.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspen-sion parts such as shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabiliser bars, bushings and wheels arenot INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, Direct Adaptive Steeringmay not operate properly and the power steeringwarning light may illuminate.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s steering. If steeringparts are not INFINITI recommended for your ve-hicle or are extremely deteriorated, Direct Adap-

tive Steering may not operate properly and thepower steering warning light may illuminate.

• If the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)/ElectronicStability Programme (ESP) warning light illumi-nates, the power steering warning light may alsoilluminate at the same time. Stop the vehicle in asafe location, turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the power steering warning light contin-ues to illuminate, have the system checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. For VDC/ESPsystem, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem (for Russia and Ukraine)” earlier in this sec-tion or “Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) sys-tem (for Europe)” earlier in this section.

• Do not place the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-tion while the steering wheel or a tyre is removed.

• Do not turn the steering wheel as much as pos-sible while the ignition switch is in any positionother than the “ON” position.

• Installing an accessory on the steering wheel, orchanging the steering wheel, may reduce thesteering performance.

Direct Adaptive Steering is designed to controlthe steering force and steering angle accordingto the vehicle speed and amount of turning ofthe steering wheel.

The steering characteristic can be selected us-ing the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. See“INFINITI drive mode selector” earlier in this section.


If the VDC or ESP system is turned off, the set-ting of steering becomes standard mode.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate thatDirect Adaptive Steering is not functioning prop-erly and may need servicing. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop. (See “ Power steering warning light” in the“2. Instruments and controls” section.)

When the power steering warning light illumi-nates with the engine running, the power assistfor the steering will cease operation. You willstill have control of the vehicle. However, greatersteering effort will be needed, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

If Direct Adaptive Steering is malfunctioning, thesteering wheel may turn slightly even when driv-ing on a straight road.

Under the following conditions, the steeringwheel may turn slightly even when driving on astraight road. This is due to a protection mecha-nism for Direct Adaptive Steering. The steeringwheel will return to the normal position after theprotection mechanism is deactivated.

Condition A

• When the engine is stalled or likely to be stalled

• When the steering wheel is held in the full lock po-sition or when the front tyre touches an obstruc-tion.

• When the battery is discharged

To return the steering wheel to the normal posi-tion, stop the vehicle in a safe location and stopoperating the steering wheel. Then drive the ve-hicle for a short period of time.

Condition B

• When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly orcontinuously while parking or driving at a very lowspeed. In this case, the power assist for the steer-ing wheel will be reduced.

To return the steering wheel to the normal posi-tion, stop the vehicle in a safe location and waitfor a period of time, without operating the steer-ing wheel, until the temperature of Direct Adap-tive Steering cools down. Avoid repeated steer-ing wheel operations that could cause DirectAdaptive Steering to overheat.

When the vehicle is tested on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer, the power steering warning light mayilluminate. To turn off the power steering warn-ing light, stop the vehicle, turn the engine off,restart the engine, and then drive the vehicle fora period of time.

The following conditions do not indicate a mal-function of the Direct Adaptive Steering.

• You may notice wider steering play when the igni-tion switch is in the “OFF” or “ACC” position com-pared to when it is in the “ON” position.

• After the engine is started, the steering wheel mayturn slightly even when driving on a straight road.To return to the normal position, drive the vehicleon a straight road for a period of time.

• After the engine is started, the steering wheel maymove if the steering wheel was turned to the fullylocked position while the ignition switch was in the“OFF” position.

• After the vehicle is tested on a 4-wheel dynamom-eter, the steering wheel may turn slightly evenwhen driving on a straight road. To return the steer-ing wheel to the normal position, drive the vehicleon a straight road for a period of time.

You may hear a noise under the following condi-tions. However, this is not a malfunction.

• When the engine is started or stopped.

• When the steering wheel is turned to the full lockposition.


The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking ability at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the footbrake pedal. How-ever, greater foot pressure on the footbrakepedal will be required to stop the vehicle. Thestopping distance will be longer.

If the engine is not running or is turned off whiledriving, the power assisted brakes will not func-tion. Braking will be harder.

WARNING

Do not coast with the engine stopped.

Using brakesAvoid resting your foot on the footbrake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes, wearout the brake linings/pads faster, and increasefuel consumption.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes may re-duce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

While driving on a slippery surface, be carefulwhen braking, accelerating or downshifting.Abrupt braking or acceleration could cause thewheels to skid and result in an accident.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly depressing the footbrakepedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving the ve-hicle at high speeds until the brakes functioncorrectly.

Parking brake running-inRun-in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assurethe best braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicle ser-vice manual and can be performed by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedal ex-ceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is acti-vated generating greater braking force than aconventional brake booster even with lightpedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking op-eration and is not a collision warning or avoidancedevice. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticateddevice, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting fromcareless or dangerous driving techniques. It can helpmaintain vehicle control during braking on slipperysurfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slip-pery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaceseven with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longeron rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you areusing tyre chains. Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driveris responsible for safety.

Tyre type and condition may also affect brakingeffectiveness.

BRAKE SYSTEM


• When replacing tyres, install the specified size oftyres on all four wheels.

• When installing a spare tyre, make sure that it isthe proper size and type as specified on the tyreplacard. (See “Tyre placard” in the “9. Technicalinformation” section.)

• For detailed information, see “Tyres and wheels”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls thebrakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimise swerving and spinning onslippery surfaces.

Using systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down. De-press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure,but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result inincreased stopping distances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computer senses amalfunction, it switches the ABS off and illumi-nates the ABS warning light on the instrumentpanel. The brake system then operatesnormally, but without anti-lock assistance. If theABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checkedby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10 km/h(3 to 6 MPH). The speed varies according to roadconditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidly ap-plies and releases hydraulic pressure. This ac-tion is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the bonnet orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it is op-erating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly.

However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care is re-quired while driving.


When leaving your vehicle unoccupied:

• Always take the key with you - even when leavingthe vehicle in your own garage.

• Close all windows completely and lock all doors.

• Always park your vehicle where it can be seen. Parkin a well lit area during the night.

• If the security system is equipped, use it - even fora short period.

• Never leave children or pets in the vehicle unat-tended.

• Never leave valuables inside the vehicle. Alwaystake valuables with you.

• Never leave the vehicle documents in the vehicle.

• Never leave articles on a roof rack. Remove themfrom the rack and keep and lock them in a safeplace such as inside the boot.

• Never leave the spare key in the vehicle.

WARNING

• Whatever the condition, drive with caution. Accel-erate and decelerate with great care. If accelerat-ing or decelerating too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

• Allow more stopping distance in cold weather driv-ing. Braking should be started sooner than on drypavement.

• Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle in frontof you on slippery roads.

• Wet ice (0°C, 32°F and freezing rain), very coldsnow and ice can be slick and very difficult to driveon. The vehicle will have a lot less traction or gripunder these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wetice until the road is salted or sanded.

• Watch for slippery spots (glaring ice). These mayappear on an otherwise clear road in shaded ar-eas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while actually on theice, and avoid any sudden steering manoeuvres.

• Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

• Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas under yourvehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. To

maintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For details, see“Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

ENGINE COOLANTIf the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For details, see “Changing engine coolant” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

TYRE EQUIPMENT1. If you have snow tyres installed on the front/

rear wheels of your vehicle, they should be ofthe same size, loading range, constructionand type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as therear/front tyres.

2. If the vehicle is to be operated in severe win-ter conditions, snow tyres should be installedon all four wheels.

3. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtyres may be used. However, some countries,provinces and states prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tyres.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tyres, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tyres.

VEHICLE SECURITY COLD WEATHER DRIVING


4. Snow chains may be used if desired. Makesure they are the proper size for the tyres onyour vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s instructions. Usechain tensioners when recommended by thetyre chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.Loose end links of the tyre chains must besecured or removed to prevent the possibil-ity of whipping action damage to the fendersor underbody. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed, otherwise, your vehicle may be dam-aged and/or vehicle handling and perfor-mance may be adversely affected.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during the winter:

• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice andsnow from the windows.

• A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack togive it firm support.

• A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

PARKING BRAKEWhen parking in the area where the outside tem-perature is below 0°C (32°F), do not apply theparking brake to prevent it from freezing. Forsafe parking:

• Place the shift lever in the “P” (Park) position.

• Securely block the wheels.

CORROSION PROTECTIONChemicals used for road surface deicing are ex-tremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosionand the deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In the winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically. For additional information, see“Corrosion protection” in the “7. Appearance andcare” section.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, con-sult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


NOTE

To operate the active noise cancellation and activesound enhancement system properly:

• Do not cover the speakers or woofer.

• Do not cover the microphones.

• Do not change or modify speakers including thewoofer and any audio related parts such as the am-plifier.

• Do not make any modification including sounddeadening or modifications around the micro-phones, speakers or woofer.

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATIONThe active noise cancellation uses microphonesj1 located inside the vehicle to detect enginebooming noises. The system then automaticallyproduces a muted engine booming noisethrough the speakersj2 ,j4 (where fitted),j5(where fitted) and wooferj3 to reduce enginebooming noise.

If the microphonej1 or the area around it istapped, abnormal noise may be output from thespeaker.

ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENTThe active sound enhancement generatessounds according to engine speed and drivingmodes through the speakersj2 andj5 (wherefitted) to enhance the quality of the enginesound.

JVS0905X

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION/ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT


6 In case of emergencyIn case of emergency

Hazard indicator flasher switch.......................... 6-2Emergency Stop Signal ..................................... 6-2Flat tyre............................................................ 6-3

Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....... 6-3Run-flat tyres ............................................... 6-3Stopping vehicle .......................................... 6-4Jacking up the vehicle and replacing tyres...... 6-4

Jump starting.................................................... 6-7

Main battery ................................................ 6-8Auxiliary battery (for 2.0L turbo petrolengine model).............................................. 6-12

Push starting.................................................... 6-14If your vehicle overheats.................................... 6-14Towing your vehicle........................................... 6-15

Towing precautions ...................................... 6-15Towing recommended by INFINITI .................. 6-15

The hazard indicator flasher switch operates re-gardless of the ignition switch position exceptwhen the battery is discharged.

The hazard indicator flasher is used to warnother drivers when you have to stop or park un-der emergency conditions.

When the hazard indicator flasher switch ispushed, all turn signal lights will flash. To turnoff the hazard indicator flasher, push the hazardindicator flasher switch again.

When an impact that could activate the supple-mental air bags is detected, the hazard warningflasher lights blink automatically. If the hazardwarning flasher switch is pushed, the hazardwarning flashers will turn off.

WARNING

Do not turn the hazard warning flasher switch to offuntil you can make sure that it is safe to do so. Also,the hazard flasher warning may not blink automati-cally depending on the force of impact.

The Emergency Stop Signal will blink the stoplights and high-mounted stop light to prevent arear-end collision, when a sudden braking op-eration is detected.

The Emergency Stop Signal operates in the fol-lowing conditions:

• When the vehicle speed is above 60 km/h (37 MPH).

• When the system detects sudden braking while thefootbrake is applied.

The Emergency Stop Signal will not operate inthe following conditions:

• When the hazard indicator flasher operates.

• When the system does not detect sudden braking.

SIC2574Z

HAZARD INDICATOR FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL

6-2 In case of emergency

If you have a flat tyre, follow the instructions inthis section.

For models with run-flat tyres, you can continuedriving to a safe location even if they are punc-tured. See “Run-flat tyres” later in this section and“Run-flat tyres” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM(TPMS)

WARNING


• If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminateswhile driving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvresor abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accident and could resultin serious personal injury. Check the tyre pressurefor all four tyres. Adjust the tyre pressure to therecommended COLD tyre pressure shown on thetyre placard to turn the low tyre pressure warninglight off. If the light still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tyre pressure, a tyre may beflat.



• Do not inject any tyre liquid or aerosol tyre sealantinto the tyres, as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tyre pressure sensors.

The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)monitors the tyre pressure of all tyres. When thelow tyre pressure warning light is lit and the [LowTyre Pressure] warning appears in the vehicleinformation display, one or more of your tyres issignificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is be-ing driven with low tyre pressure, the TPMS willactivate and warn you of it by the low tyre pres-sure warning light (in the meter). This systemwill activate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH).

For more details, see “Low tyre pressure warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section and“Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

RUN-FLAT TYRESRun-flat tyres are those tyres that can be usedtemporarily if they are punctured. (See “Run-flattyres” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.)

Also, see the tyre safety information in a sepa-rate warranty booklet.

WARNING

• Although you can continue driving with a punc-tured run-flat tyre, remember that vehicle handlingstability is reduced, which could lead to an acci-dent and personal injury. Also, driving a long dis-tance at high speeds may damage the tyres.

• Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50 MPH)and do not drive more than approximately 150 km(93 miles) with a punctured run-flat tyre. The ac-tual distance the vehicle can be driven on a flattyre depends on outside temperature, vehicleload, road conditions and other factors.

• Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoid hard corner-ing or braking, which may cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle.

• If you detect any unusual sounds or vibrationswhile driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, pulloff the road to a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. The tyre may be seriouslydamaged and need to be replaced.

FLAT TYRE

In case of emergency 6-3

CAUTION

• Never install tyre chains on a punctured run-flattyre, as this could damage your vehicle.

• Avoid driving over any projection or pothole, asthe clearance between the vehicle and the groundis smaller than normal.

• Do not enter an automated car wash with a punc-tured run-flat tyre.

• Have the punctured tyre inspected by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop or other authorisedrepair shop. Replace the tyre as soon as possible ifthe tyre is seriously damaged.

If you have a flat tyre and have to stop the ve-hicle, follow the instructions below.

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and awayfrom traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake.


5. Turn off the engine.

6. Raise the bonnet to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle andstand in a safe place, away from traffic andclear of the vehicle.

For the tyre removing procedure, see “Jacking upthe vehicle and replacing tyres” later in this section.

STOPPING VEHICLE

WARNING

• Be sure to apply the parking brake firmly.

• Be sure to move the shift lever to the “P” (Park)position.

• Never change tyres when the vehicle is on a slope,ice or slippery area. This is hazardous.

• Never change tyres when the oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Call for professional road as-sistance.

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road awayfrom traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights.

3. Park on a level surface.



6. Turn off the engine.

7. Open the bonnet and set up the triangle re-flector (where fitted):

• To warn other traffic.

• To signal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

8. Have all passengers get out from the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from othertraffic and clear of the vehicle.

JACKING UP THE VEHICLE ANDREPLACING TYRESThis section provides information about vehiclejacking up procedures and the tyre replacement.

NOTE

Jacking tools are not equipped as standard with thisvehicle. Contact an INFINITI Centre, or a qualified work-shop about acquiring the tools.


Blocking wheels

WARNING

Be sure to block the appropriate wheel to prevent thevehicle from moving, which may cause personal in-jury.

Place suitable blocksj1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattyrejA to prevent the vehicle from moving whenit is jacked up.

Jacking up vehicle

MCE0001DZ JVE0346XZ

Jack-up points


WARNING

• Be sure to read and follow the instructions in thissection.

• DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS SUPPORTEDBY A JACK.

• Never use a jack which was not provided with yourvehicle.

• The jack, which is provided with your vehicle, isdesigned only to lift your vehicle during a tyrechange.

• Never jack up the vehicle at a location other thanthe jack-up point that is specified.

• Never lift the vehicle more than necessary.

• Never use blocks on or under the jack.

• Never start or run the engine while the vehicle ison the jack. The vehicle may move suddenly, andthis may cause an accident.

• Never allow passengers to remain in the vehiclewhile the tyre is off the ground.

• Be sure to read the caution label attached to thejack body before using.

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up pointas illustrated so that the top of the jack con-tacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.

The jack should be placed on firm levelground.

2. Align the jack head between the two notcheslocated at the jack-up point of either the frontor the rear section.

3. Fit the groove of the jack head between thenotches as shown.

4. Loosen each wheel nut, anticlockwise, oneor two turns with the wheel nut wrench.

Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tyreis off the ground.

5. Carefully raise the vehicle until the clearancebetween the tyre and ground is achieved.

6. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands and turn the jacklever.

Removing tyre1. Remove the wheel nuts.

2. Remove the damaged tyre.

CAUTION

The tyre is heavy. Be sure that your feet are clear fromthe tyre and use gloves as necessary to avoid injury.

Installing spare tyre

WARNING

• Never use wheel nuts which are not provided withyour vehicle. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts may cause the wheel to be-come loose or come off. This could cause an acci-dent.

• Never use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts.This may cause the wheel nuts to become loose.

• The T-type spare tyre is designed for emergencyuse only.

SCE0504Z


1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be-tween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tyre on and tightenthe wheel nuts with your fingers. Check thatall the wheel nuts contact the wheel surfacehorizontally.

3. Tighten the wheel nuts alternately andevenly, more than 2 times in the sequence asillustrated (j1 to j5 ), with the wheel nutwrench, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tyretouches the ground.

5. Tighten the wheel nuts securely, with thewheel nut wrench, in the sequence as illus-trated.

6. Lower the vehicle completely.

Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:108 N·m (11 kg-m, 80 ft-lb)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to speci-fication at all times. It is recommended that thewheel nuts be tightened to specification at eachlubrication interval.

WARNING

Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has beendriven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in case of a flattyre, etc.).

• After adjusting the tyre pressure, the TPMS mustbe reset. See “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section fordetails about the resetting procedure.

• After adjusting tyre pressure to the COLD tyre pres-sure, the display of the tyre pressures (where fittedin the vehicle information display) may showhigher pressure than the COLD tyre pressure afterthe vehicle has been driven more than 1.6 km (1mile). This is because the tyre pressurises as thetyre temperature rises. This does not indicate a sys-tem malfunction.

WARNING

• Incorrect jump starting can lead to a battery explo-sion. The battery explosion may result in severeinjury or death. It may also result in damage to thevehicle. Be sure to follow the instructions in thissection.

• Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in thevicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and flamesaway from the battery.

• Always wear suitable eye protection and removerings, bracelets, and any other jewellery wheneverworking on or near a battery.

• Never lean over the battery while jump starting.

• Never allow battery fluid to come into contact witheyes, skin, clothes or the vehicle’s painted sur-faces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acidwhich can cause severe burns. If the fluid comesinto contact with anything, immediately flush thecontacted area with plenty of water.

• Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

• The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Useof an incorrectly rated battery will damage yourvehicle.

• Never attempt to jump start a frozen battery. Itcould explode and cause serious injury.

SCE0661Z

JUMP STARTING


For model with Stop/Start System (for Europe)or Idling Stop System (for Russia and Ukraine):

The vehicle has 2 batteries, a main battery andan auxiliary battery. The engine cannot bestarted if either battery is discharged. First, ap-ply the following procedure to the main batteryto jump-start the engine.

If the engine does not start, apply the procedureto the auxiliary battery. For the position of thebatteries, see “Engine compartment” in the “0. Illus-trated table of contents” section or “Battery” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

NOTE

• Use the special battery that is dedicated for theStop/Start System or Idling Stop System, with en-hanced charge-discharge capacity and life perfor-mance. Using the non-special battery could causeearly deterioration of the battery and/or malfunc-tion of the Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Sys-tem. For the special battery, it is recommended touse Genuine INFINITI parts. For more information,contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• It may take some time until the Stop/Start Systemor Idling Stop System activates when the batteryis replaced or the battery terminal is disconnectedfor extended periods and then reconnected.

MAIN BATTERY

JVE0282X

VR30DDTT engine (Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model)


JVE0330X

VR30DDTT engine (Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model)


1. If the booster battery is in another vehiclejA ,position the two vehiclesjA andjB to bringthe batteries into close proximity to eachother.

CAUTION

• Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

• For models with a steering wheel lock mecha-nism: If the battery is discharged, the steeringwheel will lock and cannot be turned with theignition switch in the “OFF” position. Supplypower using jumper cables before placing theignition switch in any position other than the“OFF” position and disengaging the steeringlock.



4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).


6. Remove the vent caps (where fitted) on thebattery.

7. Cover the battery with a firmly wrung outmoist clothjC to reduce the hazard of an ex-plosion.

8. For 2.0L turbo petrol engine model: Pull upthe engine cover and remove it.

9. Connect the jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated (j1 ,j2 ,j3 ,j4 ).

JVE0184X

2.0L turbo petrol engineJVE0194XZ

2.0L turbo petrol engine


CAUTION

• Always connect positivej+ to positivej+ andnegativej- to body ground, NOT to the bat-tery’s negativej- .

• Be sure that the jumper cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compartment.

• Be sure that the jumper cable’s clamps do notcontact any other metal.

10. Start the engine of the booster vehiclejAand let it run for a few minutes.

11. Depress the accelerator pedal of the boostervehiclejA at about 2,000 rpm.

12. Start the engine of the jumped vehiclejB inthe normal manner.

CAUTION

Never keep the starter motor engaged for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine does not start rightaway, place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” po-sition and wait at least 10 seconds before tryingagain.

13. After the engine is started, carefully discon-nect the jumper cables in the opposite se-quence from that illustrated (j4 ,j3 ,j2 ,j1 ).

14. Remove and dispose of the cloth properlyas it may be contaminated with corrosiveacid.

15. Replace the vent caps, if removed.

16. Put the battery cover and the engine coverback to the original location.

NOTE

For model with Stop/Start System or Idling Stop Sys-tem, if the engine cannot be started after the proce-dure above, the auxiliary batteries may be discharged.Connect the jumper cables to the auxiliary battery.


AUXILIARY BATTERY (FOR 2.0L TURBOPETROL ENGINE MODEL)1. If the booster battery is in another vehiclejA ,

position the two vehiclesjA andjB to bringthe batteries into close proximity to eachother.

CAUTION

• Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

• For models with a steering wheel lock mecha-nism: If the battery is discharged, the steeringwheel will lock and cannot be turned with theignition switch in the “OFF” position. Supplypower using jumper cables before placing theignition switch in any position other than the“OFF” position and disengaging the steeringlock.



4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).


JVE0142XZ


6. Open the boot.

7. Remove the clipjC ,jD , then remove the rearboot trim.

8. Remove the vent caps (where fitted) on thebattery.

9. Connect the jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated (j1 ,j2 ,j3 ,j4 ).

CAUTION

• Always connect positivej+ to positivej+ andnegativej- to body ground, NOT to the bat-tery’s negativej- .

• Be sure that the jumper cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compartment.

• Be sure that the jumper cable’s clamps do notcontact any other metal.

10. Start the engine of the booster vehiclejAand let it run for a few minutes.

11. Depress the accelerator pedal of the boostervehiclejA at about 2,000 rpm.

12. Start the engine of the jumped vehiclejB inthe normal manner.

CAUTION

Never keep the starter motor engaged for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine does not start rightaway, place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” po-sition and wait at least 10 seconds before tryingagain.

13. After the engine is started, carefully discon-nect the jumper cables in the opposite se-quence from that illustrated (j4 ,j3 ,j2 ,j1 ).

14. Replace the vent caps, if removed.

15. Replace the boot trim.

NOTE

• If the engine cannot be started after the procedureabove, both the main and the auxiliary batteriesmay be discharged. Jump-start the vehicle by con-necting one set of the jumper cables to the mainbattery and another set of the jumper cables to theauxiliary battery at the same time, using the pro-cedure for jump-starting each battery.

• If the engine cannot be started, even when themain and the auxiliary batteries are jump-startedat the same time, contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

JVE0339XZ


Do not attempt to start the engine by pushingthe vehicle.

CAUTION

• Automatic Transmission (AT) model cannot bestarted by pushing. Attempting to do so may causedamage to the transmission.

• Three-way catalyst equipped models should notbe started by pushing. Attempting to do so maycause damage to the three-way catalyst.

• Never try to start the engine by towing. When theengine starts, the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the towing vehicle.

WARNING

• Never continue driving if your vehicle overheats.Doing so could cause engine damage and/or a ve-hicle fire.

• Never open the bonnet if steam is coming out.

• Never remove the radiator cap while the engine ishot. If the radiator cap is removed when the en-gine is hot, pressurised hot water will spurt outand possibly cause burning, scalding or seriousinjury.

• If steam or coolant is coming from the engine,stand clear of the vehicle to prevent gettingscalded.

• The engine cooling fan can start at any time whenthe coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees.

• Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelleryor clothing to come into contact with, or to getcaught in the cooling fan or drive belts.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by thehigh temperature indicator), or if you feel a lackof engine power, detect unusual noise, etc., takethe following steps:

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road awayfrom traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.



DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE.

5. Open all the windows.

6. Turn off the air conditioner. Move the tem-perature control to maximum hot and the fancontrol to high speed.

7. Get out from the vehicle.

8. Visually inspect and listen for steam or cool-ant escaping from the radiator before open-ing the bonnet. Wait until no steam or cool-ant can be seen before proceeding.

9. Open the engine bonnet.

10. Visually inspect if the cooling fan is running.

11. Visually inspect the radiator and radiatorhoses for leakage. If the cooling fan is notrunning or the coolant is leaking, stop theengine.

12. After the engine cools down, check the cool-ant level in the reservoir with the enginerunning. Do not open the radiator cap.

13. Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary.

Have your vehicle inspected/repaired at anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


When towing your vehicle, local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. To assureproper towing and to prevent accidental dam-age to your vehicle, INFINITI recommends thatyou have professional road assistance person-nel tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have theprofessional road assistant carefully read thefollowing precautions.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS

• Be sure that the transmission, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition before towing.If any units are damaged, the vehicle must be towedusing a dolly or flatbed tow truck.

• INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towedwith the driving wheels off the ground.

• Always attach safety chains before towing.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI

Towing Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelCAUTION

For models with a steering wheel lock mechanism:Never secure the steering wheel by placing the igni-tion switch in the “OFF” position. This may damagethe steering lock mechanism.

Front wheels on the ground:

1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON” positionand turn all accessories off.

2. Secure the steering wheel in a straight aheadposition with rope or similar device.

3. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) posi-tion.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Attach safety chains before towing.

Rear wheels on the ground:

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused under the rear wheels when towing yourvehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed towtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT) model with therear wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause seri-ous and expensive damage to the drivetrain.

All four wheels on the ground:

INFINITI recommends that the vehicle be placedon a flatbed tow truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow Automatic Transmission (AT) model with allfour wheels on the ground. Doing so will cause seri-ous and expensive damage to the drivetrain.

SCE0967Z

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) model

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Towing Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) modelINFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehicle beplaced on a flat bed truck as illustrated. The ve-hicle should only be loaded onto a flat bed us-ing a winch.

CAUTION

Never tow a 4WD model with any of the wheels on theground. Doing so will cause serious and expensivedamage to the drivetrain.

Freeing trapped vehicle

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to stand near the towing lineduring the pulling operation.

• Never spin the tyres at high speed. This couldcause them to explode and result in serious injury.Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

• Do not pull the vehicle using the rear hookj2 .This hook is not designed to pull the vehicle out inthe event that the vehicle becomes trapped.

In the event that your vehicle’s tyres becometrapped in sand, snow, or mud, and the vehicleis unable to free itself without being pulled, usethe recovery hook.

• Use the recovery hooks only. Do not attach the pull-ing device to any other part of the vehicle body.Otherwise, the vehicle body may be damaged.

• Use the recovery hooks to free a vehicle only. Nevertow a vehicle using only the recovery hooks.

• The recovery hooks are under tremendous stresswhen used to free a trapped vehicle. Always pullthe pulling device straight out from the vehicle.Never pull on the recovery hooks at an angle.

JVE0348XZ

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) model

JVE0340XZ

Front

JVE0342XZ

Rear


Front:

1. Remove the hook cover from the grille with asuitable tool.

2. Securely install the recovery hookj1 (storedin the boot) to the attaching mount locatedbehind the grille.

Make sure that the recovery hook is properlysecured in its storage location after use.

Rear:

Do not use the tie down hookj2 for towing orvehicle recovery.

The rear hookj3 is designed as the recoveryhook.

To use the recovery hook:

1. Remove the cover from the rear bumper usinga suitable tool.

2. Securely install the recovery hookj3 (storedin the boot) to the attaching mount locatedon the rear bumper.

Make sure that the recovery hook is properlysecured in its storage location after use.

CAUTION

• Tow chains or cables must be attached only to thevehicle recovery hooks or main structural mem-bers of the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle bodywill be damaged.

• Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehiclestuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.

• Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs orrecovery hooks.

• Always pull the cable straight out from the front ofthe vehicle. Never pull on the vehicle at an angle.

• Pulling devices should be routed so they do nottouch any part of the suspension, steering, brakeor cooling systems.

• Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps arenot recommended for use in vehicle towing or re-covery.

JVE0341XZ

Rear


NOTE


7 Appearance and careAppearance and care

Cleaning exterior .............................................. 7-2Washing ...................................................... 7-2Removing spots ........................................... 7-2Waxing ........................................................ 7-2Glass........................................................... 7-3Underbody................................................... 7-3Wheels ........................................................ 7-3Aluminium alloy wheels................................ 7-3Chrome parts ............................................... 7-3

Cleaning interior............................................... 7-3Leather cleaning kit (where fitted) ................. 7-4

Air fresheners .............................................. 7-4Floor mats ................................................... 7-4Glass........................................................... 7-4Seat belts .................................................... 7-4

Corrosion protection ......................................... 7-5Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion.......................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion ..................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion ........... 7-5

In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

Whenever possible, park your vehicle inside agarage or in a covered area to minimise thechances of damaging the paint surface of yourvehicle.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover. Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGIn the following instances, wash your vehicle assoon as possible to protect the paint surface:

• After a rainfall, which may cause the paint surfacedamage from acid rain.

• After driving on coastal roads, which may causerusting from the sea breeze.

• When contaminants such as soot, bird droppings,tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paintsurface.

• When dust or mud builds up on the paint surface.

1. Wash the vehicle surface with a wet spongeand plenty of water.

2. Clean the vehicle surface gently and thor-oughly using a mild soap, a special vehiclesoap or a general purpose dishwashing liq-uid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot)water.

CAUTION

• Do not wash the vehicle with strong householdsoap, strong chemical detergents, petrol orsolvents.

• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight orwhile the vehicle body is hot, as the paint sur-face may become water-spotted.

• Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, suchas washing mitts. Care must be taken when re-moving caked-on dirt or other foreignsubstances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

3. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

4. Use a dampened chamois to dry the paintsurface and avoid leaving water spots.

When washing the vehicle, take care of the fol-lowing:

• Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors,hatches and bonnet are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas mustbe cleaned regularly.

• Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge ofthe doors are not clogged.

• Spray water to the underbody and in the wheelwells to loosen the dirt and/or wash away road salt.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, in-sects, and tree sap as quickly as possible fromthe paint surface to avoid lasting damage orstaining. Special cleaning products are avail-able at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopor any automotive accessory store.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps maintain a new vehicle appearance.

After waxing, polishing is recommended to re-move built-up residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance.

An INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop can as-sist you in choosing the appropriate waxingproducts.

CAUTION

• Wash your vehicle thoroughly and completely be-fore applying wax to the paint surface.

• Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions sup-plied with the wax.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

• Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cuttingcompounds or cleaners that may damage the ve-hicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dullthe finish or leave swirl marks.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in the winter, itis necessary to clean the vehicle’s underbodyregularly in order to prevent dirt and salt frombuilding up and causing the acceleration of cor-rosion on the underbody and suspension.

Before the winter and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

WHEELS

• Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle tomaintain their appearance.

• Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheelis changed or the underside of the vehicle iswashed.

• Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing thewheels.

• Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion.This may cause loss of pressure or damage the tyrebead.

• INFINITI recommends that the road wheels bewaxed to protect against road salt in areas where itis used during winter.

ALUMINIUM ALLOY WHEELSWash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp-ened in a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter in areas where road salt is used. The saltresidue from road salt could discolor the wheelsif it is not washed off regularly.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid staining or dis-coloring the wheels:

• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkalicontents to clean the wheels.

• Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels whenthey are hot. The wheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

• Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleanerwithin 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabra-sive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte-rior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth damp-ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean witha dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a soft cloth dampened only with water toclean the meter and gauge lens covers.

CAUTION

• Never use benzine, thinner or any similar material.

• Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damagingto leather surfaces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, pol-ishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergentsor ammonia-based cleaners as they damage theleather natural finish.

• Never use fabric protectors unless recommendedby the manufacturer.

• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter orgauge lens covers. It may damage the lens covers.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Appearance and care 7-3

LEATHER CLEANING KIT (where fitted)

Spray onto the leather cleaning cloth, then gen-tly wipe the surface of the leather. Use a drytowel to absorb any excess moisture.

Clean light-coloured leather more frequently be-cause soiling on such surfaces is much more vis-ible.

Always follow the manufacturer’s instructionssupplied with the leather cleaning kit.

You can obtain the leather cleaning kit from anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop or otherauthorised repair shop.

CAUTION

Do not leave the leather cleaning kit inside the ve-hicle. The leather cleaning kit left in a closed vehiclecan become very hot.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent that could af-fect the vehicle interior. If you use an air fresh-ener, take the following precautions:

• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanentdiscoloration when they contact vehicle interiorsurfaces. Place the air freshener in a location thatallows it to hang free and not contact an interiorsurface.

• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on thevents. These products can cause immediate dam-age and discoloration when spilled on interior sur-faces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s in-structions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATSThe use of genuine INFINITI floor mats (wherefitted) can extend the life of your vehicle carpetand make it easier to clean the interior. Regard-less of what mats are used, be sure they are fit-ted for your vehicle and are properly positionedin the foot well to prevent interference withpedal operation. Mats should be maintainedwith regular cleaning and replaced if they be-come excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid

This vehicle includes floor mat brackets to act asfloor mat positioning aids. INFINITI floor matshave been specially designed for your vehiclemodel.

Position the mat by placing the floor mat brackethook through the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the foot area.

Periodically check that the mats are properly po-sitioned.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not usesharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage theelectrical conductors, such as radio antenna elementsor rear window defogger elements.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING

• Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retrac-tor.

JVA0023XZ

Front (example)


• Never use bleach, dye or chemical solvents to cleanthe seat belts, since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu-tion.

Allow the belts to dry completely in the shadebefore using them. (See “Seat belts” in the“1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental re-straint system” section.)

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

• The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt anddebris in body panel sections, cavities, and otherareas.

• Damage to the paint surface and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minortraffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCETHE RATE OF CORROSION

MoistureThe accumulation of sand, dirt and water on theinside floor of the vehicle can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor carpet/floor mats will not drycompletely inside the vehicle. They should beremoved and completely dried to avoid floorpanel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity.

TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate of corro-sion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Corrosion will also be accelerated in areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use accel-erates the corrosion process. Road salt also ac-celerates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the ve-hicle clean.

• Always check for minor damage to the paint sur-face and if any exists, repair it as soon as possible.

• Keep the drain holes in the lower edge of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

• Check the vehicle underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water assoon as possible.

CAUTION

• Never remove dirt, sand or other debris from thepassenger compartment by washing it out with ahose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

• Never allow water or other liquids to come in con-tact with electronic components inside the vehicleas this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are ex-tremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion anddeterioration of underbody components such asthe exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brakecables, floor pan and fenders.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

In the winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, con-sult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


8 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfMaintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements................................ 8-2Scheduled maintenance ............................... 8-2General maintenance.................................... 8-2Where to go for service ................................. 8-2

General maintenance ........................................ 8-2Explanation of general maintenance items ..... 8-2Maintenance precautions ............................. 8-4

Engine compartment check locations ................. 8-5Engine cooling system ...................................... 8-6

Checking engine coolant level ....................... 8-6Changing engine coolant .............................. 8-7

Intercooler cooling system (VR30DDTT enginemodel) ............................................................. 8-7

Checking intercooler coolant level ................. 8-8Changing intercooler coolant ........................ 8-8

Engine oil ......................................................... 8-8Checking engine oil level .............................. 8-8Changing engine oil and oil filter................... 8-9Protect environment ..................................... 8-11

Drive belts........................................................ 8-11Spark plugs ...................................................... 8-12

Iridium-tipped spark plugs............................ 8-12Brakes ............................................................. 8-12

Checking parking brake ................................ 8-12Checking footbrake ...................................... 8-12Brake booster .............................................. 8-13

Brake fluid ....................................................... 8-14Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) .................... 8-14

For VR30DDTT engine model.......................... 8-14For 2.0L turbo petrol engine model ................ 8-14

Power steering fluid (where fitted) ..................... 8-15Hydraulic pump electric power steeringtype ............................................................ 8-15

Air cleaner filter ................................................ 8-15Wiper blades .................................................... 8-15

Windscreen wiper blades.............................. 8-15Window washer fluid......................................... 8-16Battery............................................................. 8-17

Vehicle battery............................................. 8-17Intelligent Key battery .................................. 8-19

Variable voltage control system ......................... 8-20Fuses ............................................................... 8-20

Engine compartment or boot room ................ 8-21Passenger compartment ............................... 8-22

Lights .............................................................. 8-23Headlights................................................... 8-23Exterior lights .............................................. 8-23Interior lights............................................... 8-24Light locations ............................................. 8-25

Tyres and wheels .............................................. 8-26Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....... 8-26Tyre inflation pressure .................................. 8-26Types of tyres............................................... 8-26Tyre chains .................................................. 8-28Tyre rotation ................................................ 8-29Tyre wear and damage .................................. 8-29Tyre age....................................................... 8-29Changing tyres and wheels ........................... 8-29Wheel balance ............................................. 8-30

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is es-sential to maintain your vehicle’s good mechani-cal condition, as well as its emission and engineperformance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe specified maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance care.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEFor your convenience, the required scheduledmaintenance items are described and listed in aseparate Warranty Information and Mainte-nance Booklet. You must refer to that booklet toensure that necessary maintenance is per-formed on your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle. They are essentialif your vehicle is to continue to operate properly.It is your responsibility to perform these proce-dures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks and inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician, or if you prefer,an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or your ve-hicle appears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and tuned by an authorised INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

During normal day-to-day operation of the ve-hicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmells, be sure to check for the cause or have anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop do itpromptly. In addition, you should notify anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if youthink that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe “Maintenance precautions”later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the following itemswith “*” is found later in this section.

Outside vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and bonnet:

Check that all doors and the bonnet operatesmoothly as well as the back door, boot lid andhatch. Also make sure that all latches lock se-curely. Lubricate if necessary. Make sure thatthe secondary latch keeps the bonnet fromopening when the primary latch is released.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Lights*:

Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Makesure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights,turn signal lights, and other lights are all oper-ating properly and installed securely. Also checkthe aim of the headlights.

Tyres*:

Check the pressure with a gauge often and al-ways prior to long distance trips. Adjust thepressure in all tyres, including the spare, to thepressure specified. Check carefully for damage,cuts or excessive wear.

Tyre rotation*:

In the case that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) and frontand rear tyres are the same size; tyres should berotated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). Tyresmarked with directional indicators can only berotated between front and rear. Make sure thatthe directional indicators point in the directionof wheel rotation after the tyre rotation is com-pleted.

In the case that Four-Wheel Drive and All WheelDrive (4WD/AWD) and front and rear tyres arethe same size; tyres should be rotated every5,000 km (3,000 miles). Tyres marked with di-rectional indicators can only be rotated between

front and rear. Make sure that the directionalindicators point in the direction of wheel rota-tion after the tyre rotation is completed.

In the case that the front tyres are a differentsize from the rear tyres; tyres cannot be rotated.

The timing for tyre rotation may vary accordingto your driving habits and the road surface con-ditions.

Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components (where fitted):

Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal,valve core and cap when the tyres are replaceddue to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance:

If the vehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or if youdetect uneven or abnormal tyre wear, there maybe a need for wheel alignment. If the steeringwheel or seat vibrates at normal highwayspeeds, wheel balancing may be needed.

Windscreen:

Clean the windscreen on a regular basis. Checkthe windscreen at least every six months forcracks or other damage. Repair as necessary.

Wiper blades*:

Check for cracks or wear if not functioning cor-rectly. Replace as necessary.

Inside vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as when per-forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve-hicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal:

Check the pedal for smooth operation and makesure that the pedal does not catch or requireuneven effort. Keep the floor mats away fromthe pedal.

Brake pedal*:

Check the pedal for smooth operation and makesure that it is the proper distance from the floormat when depressed fully. Check the brakebooster function. Be sure to keep the floor matsaway from the pedal.

Parking brake*:

Check the parking brake operation regularly.Check that the lever (where fitted) or the pedal(where fitted) has the proper travel. Also makesure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairlysteep hill when only the parking brake is ap-plied.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Seat belts:

Check that all parts of the seat belt system (forexample, buckles, anchors, adjusters and re-tractors) operate properly and smoothly, and areinstalled securely. Check the belt webbing forcuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel:

Check for changes in the steering condition,such as excessive play, hard steering or strangenoises.

Warning lights and chimes:

Make sure that all warning lights and chimesare operating properly.

Windscreen defogger:

Check that the air comes out of the defogger out-lets properly and in good quantity when operat-ing the heater or air conditioner.

Windscreen wiper and washer*:

Check that the wipers and washer operate prop-erly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under bonnet and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery (except for maintenance freebatteries):

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should bebetween the UPPER and LOWER lines. Vehiclesoperated in high temperatures or under severeconditions require frequent checks of the bat-tery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*:

Make sure that the brake fluid level is betweenthe MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*:

Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.Make sure that the coolant level is between theMAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Intercooler coolant level (where fitted)*:

Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.Make sure that the coolant level is between theMAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine drive belt(s)*:

Make sure that drive belt(s) is not frayed, worn,cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*:

Check the level after parking the vehicle (on alevel ground) and turning off the engine.

Fluid leaks:

Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water orother fluid leaks after the vehicle has beenparked for a while. Water dripping from the airconditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident,check for cause and have it corrected immedi-ately.

Power steering fluid level and lines (where fit-ted)*:

Check the level when the fluid is cold, with theengine off. Check the lines for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Window washer fluid*:

Check that there is adequate fluid in the reser-voir.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONSWhen performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take care toprevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are gen-eral precautions which should be closely ob-served.

WARNING

• Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the park-ing brake securely and block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. Move the shift lever tothe “P” (Park) position.


• Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or“LOCK” position when performing any parts re-placement or repairs.

• Do not work under the bonnet while the engine ishot. Always turn off the engine and wait until itcools down.

• If you must work with the engine running, keepyour hands, clothing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any other moving parts.

• It is advisable to secure or remove any loose cloth-ing and any jewellery, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

• If you must run the engine in an enclosed spacesuch as a garage, be sure there is proper ventila-tion for exhaust gases to escape.

• Never get under the vehicle while it is supportedby a jack.

• Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks awayfrom fuel and the battery.

• Never connect or disconnect either the battery orany transistorised component connector while theignition switch is in the “ON” position.

• On petrol engine models with the Multiport FuelInjection (MFI) system, the fuel filter and fuel linesshould be serviced by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop because the fuel lines are underhigh pressure even when the engine is turned off.

• Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic enginecooling fan. It may come on at any time withoutwarning, even if the ignition switch is in the “OFF”position and the engine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

• Always wear eye protection whenever you work onyour vehicle.

• Never leave the engine or the transmission relatedcomponent harness connector disconnected whilethe ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

• Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and cool-ant. Improperly disposed engine oil, engine cool-ant, and/or other vehicle fluids can hurt the envi-ronment. Always conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluids.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion provides instructions regarding only thoseitems which are relatively easy for an owner toperform.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operating diffi-culties or excessive emissions, and could affectyour warranty coverage. If in doubt about anyservicing, have it done by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

For an overview of the engine compartment, see“Engine compartment” in the “0. Illustrated table ofcontents” section.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS


WARNING

• Never remove the radiator, coolant reservoir capor reservoir when the engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high-pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator or reservoir. Wait until the en-gine and radiator or reservoir cool down.

• Engine coolant is poisonous and should be storedcarefully in marked containers out of the reach ofchildren.

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool-ant solution. The anti-freeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors, thereforeadditional cooling system additives are not nec-essary.

CAUTION

• Never use any cooling system additives such asradiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling sys-tem and cause damage to the engine, transmis-sion and/or cooling system.

• When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to useonly Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant (VR30DDTTengine model) or BASF Glysantin® G48® (2.0Lturbo petrol engine model), or equivalent in itsquality with the proper mixture ratio. Examples ofthe mixture ratio of coolant and water are shown inthe following tables:

For VR30DDTT engine model

Outsidetemperature

down to

Enginecoolant

(concentrated)

Demineralisedor distilled

water°C °F−15 5 30% 70%−35 −30 50% 50%

For 2.0L turbo petrol engine model

Outsidetemperature

down to

Enginecoolant

(concentrated)


water°C °F−35 −30 50% 50%

The use of other types of coolant solutions maydamage the engine cooling system.

The radiator is equipped with a pressure cap. Toprevent engine damage, use only a GenuineINFINITI radiator cap or its equivalent when re-placement is required.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

VR30DDTT engine model

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is running and after it reaches nor-mal operating temperature. If the coolant levelis below MIN levelj2 , add coolant up to theMAX levelj1 . If the reservoir is empty, checkthe coolant level in the radiator when the en-gine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in theradiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to thefiller cap above the radiator upper hose openingand also add it to the reservoir up to the MAXlevelj1 . Put on the filler cap above the radiatorupper hose and with the reservoir cap open,start the engine. Run the engine until it reachesnormal operating temperature. Add coolant upto the MAX levelj1 . Tighten the cap securelyafter adding engine coolant.

JVM0652XZ

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


CAUTION

If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, haveit checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

2.0L turbo petrol engine model

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is running and after it reaches nor-mal operating temperature. If the coolant levelis below MIN levelj2 , add coolant up to theMAX level j1 . Tighten the cap securely afteradding engine coolant.

CAUTION

If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, haveit checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTContact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopif replacement is required.

Major engine cooling system repair should beperformed by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop. The service procedures can be foundin the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reduced heaterperformance and engine overheating.

WARNING

• To avoid being scalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

• Never remove the radiator cap when the engine ishot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-sure fluid escaping from the radiator.

• Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skincontact is made, wash thoroughly with soap orhand cleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

WARNING

• Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could be caused byhigh-pressure fluid escaping from the coolant res-ervoir. Wait until the engine cools down.

• Coolant is poisonous and should be stored care-fully in marked containers out of the reach of chil-dren.

The intercooler cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round,anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze so-lution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional cooling system additivesare not necessary.

CAUTION

• Never use any cooling system additives such asradiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling sys-tem and cause damage to the intercooler.

• When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to useonly Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant or equiva-lent in its quality with the proper mixture ratio.Examples of the mixture ratio of coolant and waterare shown in the following tables:

Outsidetemperature

down toCoolant

(concentrated)


water°C °F−35 −30 50% 50%

JVM0303XZ

INTERCOOLER COOLING SYSTEM (VR30DDTTengine model)


The use of other types of coolant solutions maydamage the intercooler cooling system.

The intercooler reservoir is equipped with apressure cap. To prevent engine damage, useonly a Genuine INFINITI intercooler reservoir capor its equivalent when replacement is required.

CHECKING INTERCOOLER COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN levelj2 , add coolant to the MAX levelj1 .

If the intercooler cooling system frequently re-quires coolant, have it checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

CHANGING INTERCOOLER COOLANTIntercooler coolant is maintenance-free.

If replacement is required, INFINITI recommendsyou visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop for this service.

Improper servicing can result in intercooler over-heating.

WARNING

• To avoid the danger of being scalded, never changethe coolant when the engine is hot.

• Never remove the cap when the engine is hot. Seri-ous burns could be caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the intercooler coolant reservoir.

• Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skincontact is made, wash thoroughly with soap orhand cleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep coolant out of the reach of children and pets.

Intercooler coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

CAUTION

• The oil level should be checked regularly. Operat-ing your vehicle with an insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine. Such damage is not cov-ered by the warranty.

JVM0653XZ

JVM0654XZ

VR30DDTT engine

JVM0429XZ


ENGINE OIL


• It is normal to add some oil between oil mainte-nance intervals or during the running-in period,depending on the severity of operating conditions.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and warm it up until the en-gine temperature reaches the normal operat-ing temperature (approximately 5 minutes).

3. Stop the engine.

4. Wait at least 15 minutes for the engine oil todrain back to the oil pan.

5. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.

6. Reinsert the dipstick all the way.

7. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level. Itshould be within the rangej1 .

8. If the oil level is belowj2 , remove the oilfiller cap and pour the recommended oil intothe opening. Do not overfillj3 .

9. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER

WARNING

• Used oil must be disposed of properly. Never pouror dump oil into the ground, canals, rivers, etc. Itshould be disposed of at proper waste facilities.We recommend having your oil changed by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oilmay be hot.

• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engineoil may cause skin cancer.

• Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. Ifcontacted, wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible.

• Store used engine oil in marked containers out ofthe reach of children.

CAUTION

Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Check yourlocal regulations.

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and warm it up until the en-gine temperature reaches the normal operat-ing temperature (approximately 5 minutes).

3. Stop the engine.

4. Wait at least 15 minutes for the engine oil todrain back to the oil pan.

5. Raise and support the vehicle using a suit-able floor jack and safety jack stands.

• Place the safety jack stands under the vehiclejack-up points.

• A suitable adapter should be attached to thejack stand saddle.

6. For VR30DDTT engine model: Remove theplastic engine undercover.

• Remove the small plastic clip at the centre pointof the undercover.

• Then remove the other bolts that hold the un-dercover in place.

Engine oil and filter

JVM0668XZ

VR30DDTT engine (2WD models)

JVM0669XZ

VR30DDTT engine (4WD models)


1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

2. Remove the drain plugj1 with a wrench.

3. Remove the oil filler cap and completely drainthe oil.

(Perform steps 4 to 8 only when the engineoil filter change is needed.)

4. Loosen the oil filter j2 with an oil filterwrench.

5. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean cloth.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remain-ing on the mounting surface of the engine. Failureto do so could lead to engine damage.

7. Apply new engine oil to the gasket of a newoil filter.

8. For VR30DDTT engine model: Screw in the oilfilter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt,and then tighten an additional 2/3 of a turnto secure the oil filter.

Oil filter tightening torque:· VR30DDTT engine model

14.7 to 20.6 N·m(1.5 to 2.1 kg-m, 11 to 15 ft-lb)

For 2.0L turbo petrol engine model: Securelytighten the oil filter. Do not use excessive force.

Oil filter tightening torque:· 2.0L turbo petrol engine model

25 N·m(2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)

9. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:

· VR30DDTT engine model29.4 to 39.2 N·m(3.0 to 4.0 kg-m, 22 to 29 ft-lb)

· 2.0L turbo petrol engine model30 N·m(3.1 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)

10. Sufficiently refill with the recommended en-gine oil. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricantsand capacities” in the “9. Technical information”section.)

11. Securely install the oil filler cap.

12. Start the engine.

13. Check the drain plug and the oil filter for anysign of leakage. Correct as required.

14. Stop the engine.

15. Wait at least 15 minutes. Check the engineoil level according to the proper procedure.(See “Checking engine oil level” earlier in thissection.) Add engine oil if necessary.

After operation1. For VR30DDTT engine model: Install the en-

gine undercover into position as the follow-ing steps.

a. Pull the centre of the small plastic clip out.

b. Hold the engine undercover into position.

c. Insert the clip through the undercover intothe hole in the frame, then push the centre ofthe clip in to lock the clip in place.

JVM0427XZ


JVM0428X



d. Install the other bolts that hold the under-cover in place. Be careful not to strip the boltsor over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engineoil may cause skin cancer.

• Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. Ifskin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep used engine oil out of reach of children.

PROTECT ENVIRONMENTIt is illegal to pollute drains, watercourses andsoil. Use authorised waste collection facilities,including civil amenity sites and garages pro-viding facilities for disposal of used oil and usedoil filters. If in doubt, contact your local author-ity for advice on disposal.

The regulations concerning the pollution of theenvironment will vary from country to country.

1. Water pump

2. Alternator

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

1. Water pump

2. Crankshaft pulley

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Air conditioner

5. Alternator

Be sure the ignition switch is in the “LOCK” po-sition.

Visually inspect belt for signs of unusual wear,cuts, fraying or looseness. Check the conditionregularly. If the belt is in poor condition or loose,have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop.

JVM0655XZ

VR30DDTT engine

JVM0433XZ


DRIVE BELTS


WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and thatthe parking brake is applied.

Replace the spark plugs according to the main-tenance log shown in a separate maintenancebooklet.

If replacement is required, contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

IRIDIUM-TIPPED SPARK PLUGS

It is not necessary to replace the iridium-tippedspark plugs as frequently as the conventionaltype of spark plugs. These spark plugs are de-signed to last much longer than the conventionaltype of spark plugs.

CAUTION

• Do not reuse the iridium-tipped spark plugs bycleaning or re-gapping.

• Always replace with the recommended iridium-tipped spark plugs.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, depress the parkingbrake pedal slowly and firmly. If the number ofclicks is out of the range listed, see an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

2 to 3 clicks under a depressing force of 196N (20 kg, 44 lb)

CHECKING FOOTBRAKESDI2020Z

SDI1391DZ

DI1020MMZ

SPARK PLUGS BRAKES


WARNING

See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for abrake system check if the brake pedal height does notreturn to normal.

With the engine running, check the distance be-tween the upper surface of the pedal and themetal floor. If it is out of the range listed, see anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Depressing force490 N (50 kg, 110 lb)

Left-Hand Drive (LHD)model

Right-Hand Drive (RHD)model

126 mm (5 in) or more 133 mm (5.2 in) or more

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes. The disc-type brakes self-adjust everytime the footbrake pedal is applied.

Brake pad wear indicatorThe disc brake pads on your vehicle have au-dible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping or screeching sound when the vehicleis in motion. The noise will be heard whether ornot the footbrake pedal is depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if the wearindicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-sional brake squeaks, squeals or other noisesmay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and does notaffect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals should be fol-lowed. For additional information, see a sepa-rate maintenance booklet.

BRAKE BOOSTERCheck the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, depress and release thefootbrake pedal several times. When the foot-brake pedal movement (distance of travel) re-mains the same from one pedal applicationto the next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the footbrake pedal, startthe engine. The pedal height should drop alittle.

3. With the footbrake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keep the pedal depressed for about30 seconds. The pedal height should notchange.

4. Run the engine for 1 minute without depress-ing the footbrake pedal, then turn it off. De-press the footbrake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease graduallywith each depression as the vacuum is re-leased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.


WARNING

• Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old,inferior, or contaminated fluid may damage thebrake system. The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect the vehicle’s stop-ping ability.

• Clean the filler cap before removing.

• Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored care-fully in marked containers out of the reach of chil-dren.

CAUTION

Do not spill the brake fluid on painted surfaces. Thiswill damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, wash it offwith plenty of water immediately.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brakefluid is below the MIN linej2 , the brake warn-ing light will illuminate. Add brake fluid up tothe MAX linej1 . (See “Recommended fluids/lubri-cants and capacities” in the “9. Technical information”section for the recommended types of brakefluid.)

If the brake fluid must be added frequently, thesystem should be thoroughly checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopif checking or replacement is required.

FOR VR30DDTT ENGINE MODELCAUTION

• Use only Genuine INFINITI Matic S ATF. Do not mixwith other fluids.

• Using transmission fluid other than GenuineINFINITI Matic S ATF will cause deterioration indriveability and transmission durability, and maydamage the transmission, which is not covered bythe warranty.

FOR 2.0L TURBO PETROL ENGINEMODELCAUTION

• Use only Genuine INFINITI Matic G ATF. Do not mixwith other fluids.

• Using transmission fluid other than GenuineINFINITI Matic G ATF will cause deterioration indriveability and transmission durability, and maydamage the transmission, which is not covered bythe warranty.

JVM0731XZ


BRAKE FLUID AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (ATF)


HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING TYPE

WARNING

Power steering fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers out of the reachof children.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. The fluidlevel should be checked when the fluid is cold atfluid temperatures of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). Thefluid level can be checked with the level gaugewhich is attached to the cap. To check the fluidlevel, remove the cap. The fluid level should bebetween the MAXj1 and MINj2 lines.

If the fluid is below the MINj2 line, add Genu-ine INFINITI E-PSF. Remove the cap and fillthrough the opening. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” in the “9. Technicalinformation” section.) Do not overfill.

WARNING

Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off cancause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner filternot only cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if theengine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installedand the engine backfires, you could be burned. Neverdrive with the air cleaner filter off. Be cautious work-ing on the engine when the air cleaner filter is off.

The viscous paper type filter element should notbe cleaned and reused. The dry paper type filterelement may be cleaned and reused. Replacethe air filter according to the maintenance logshown in a separate maintenance booklet.

When maintenance is required, see an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop for servicing.

WINDSCREEN WIPER BLADES

CleaningIf the windscreen does not become clear afterusing the windscreen washer or if the wiperblades chatter when operating the windscreenwipers, wax or other materials may be on thewindscreen and/or wiper blades.

Clean the outside of the windscreen surface witha washer solution or mild detergent. Your wind-screen is clean if beads do not form when rins-ing with water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer solution or a mild detergent. Rinsethe blade with water. If your windscreen is stillnot clear after cleaning the blades and using thewipers, replace the blades.

When a washer nozzle is cloggedSee an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if awasher nozzle is clogged or any malfunction oc-curs. Do not attempt to clean the nozzle using aneedle or a pin. Doing so may damage thenozzle.

JVM0332XZ

POWER STEERING FLUID (where fitted) AIR CLEANER FILTER WIPER BLADES


ReplacingReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

Before replacing the wiper blades, the wipershould be in the fully up position to avoidscratching the engine bonnet or damaging thewiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see “Wiperand washer switch” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push and hold the release tabjA , and thenmove the wiper blade downj1 the wiper armto remove.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper armuntil it clicks into place.

CAUTION

• After wiper blade replacement, return the wiperarm to its original position. Otherwise the wiperarm or the engine bonnet may be scratched andmay cause damage.

• Worn windscreen wiper blades can damage thewindscreen and impair driver vision.

WARNING

• Anti-freeze is poisonous and should be storedcarefully in marked containers out of the reach ofchildren.

• Always use window washer fluid recommended byINFINITI.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add window washer fluid when the lowwasher fluid warning appears in the vehicle in-formation display.

To check the fluid level, use your finger to plugthe centre holej1 of the cap/tube assembly,then remove it from the reservoir.

If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid.

Add a washer solvent to the water for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windscreenwasher anti-freeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

SDI2359Z JVM0253XZ

WINDOW WASHER FLUID


VEHICLE BATTERY

WARNING

Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery islow. Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on thebattery which can generate heat, reduce battery life,and in some cases lead to an explosion.

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed from the batteryterminal, do not close either of front doors. The auto-matic window adjusting function will not work, andthe side roof panel may be damaged.

To disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal,perform the procedure in the following order.Otherwise, the window and the side roof panelmay contact and be damaged.

1. Close the windows.

2. Open the bonnet.

3. Close and lock all the doors.

4. Disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal.

5. Securely close the bonnet.

To connect the negative (−) battery terminal, per-form the procedure in the following order. Oth-erwise, the window and the side roof panel maycontact and be damaged.

1. Unlock and open the driver side door. Do notclose the door.

Caution symbols for battery m WARNING

j1 mNo smoking

No exposed flamesNo sparks

Never smoke around the battery. Never expose the battery to open flames orelectrical sparks.

j2 m Shield eyes Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protectagainst explosion or battery acid.

j3 mKeep away from

childrenNever allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

j4 m Battery acid

Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or paintedsurfaces. After handling the battery or battery cap, immediately wash yourhands thoroughly. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes, or onto your skin orclothing, flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek medicalattention. Battery fluid is acid. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or ontoyour skin, it could cause eyesight loss or burns.

j5 mNote operating

instructionsBefore handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct andsafe handling.

j6 m Explosive gas Hydrogen gas, generated by battery fluid, is explosive.

BATTERY


2. Open the bonnet.

3. Connect the negative (−) battery terminal.Then close the bonnet.

4. Fully open the driver side door window.

5. Close the driver side door and the window.

Main battery locationSee “Engine compartment check locations” earlier inthis section for the battery location.

Auxiliary battery location (for 2.0Lturbo petrol engine model)

CAUTION

• Do not place the battery in the interior of the ve-hicle if you remove the auxiliary battery.

• Do not place electrically conductive objects suchas tools around the auxiliary battery.

To check the auxiliary battery, open the boot.

Remove the clipsj1 to remove the boot trim asillustrated.

Checking battery fluid level

• Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

• Clean the battery with a firmly wrung out moistcloth.

• Make certain the terminal connections are cleanand securely tightened.

• If the vehicle is not to be used for more than 30days, disconnect the negative (−) battery terminalcable to prevent battery discharge.

Main battery:

Check the fluid level in each cell. The batteryfluid level should be between the UPPER LEVELj1 and LOWER LEVELj2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only deminera-lised/distilled water to bring the level to the in-dicator in each filler opening. Do not overfill.

1. Remove the cell plugs j3 using a suitabletool.

2. Add demineralised/distilled water up to theUPPER LEVELj1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell.

• jA indicates OK.

• jB indicates that more water needs to beadded.

3. Replace and tighten the cell plugs.

JVM0722XZ

DI0137MDZ

SDI1480DZ

Main battery


Auxiliary battery (2.0L turbo petrol enginemodel):

• jA indicates OK.

• jB indicates that charging is necessary.

• jC indicates that replacement is necessary.

If it is necessary to add fluid, contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

Jump startingIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If the en-gine does not start by jump starting or the bat-tery does not charge, the battery may have to bereplaced. Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for replacing the battery.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY

Battery replacementCAUTION

• Be careful not to allow children to swallow the bat-tery and removed parts.

• An improperly disposed of battery can harm theenvironment. Always confirm local regulations forbattery disposal.

• When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil geton the components.

• There is the danger of an explosion if the lithiumbattery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only withthe same or equivalent type.

• Do not expose the battery to excessive heat suchas sunshine, fire, etc.

To replace the battery:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of the Intel-ligent Key and remove the mechanical key.(See “Mechanical key” in the “3. Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section.)

NDI1651

Auxiliary battery

JVM0317X


2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver, wrapped in acloth, into the slit of the corner and twist it toseparate the upper part from the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

• Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent.

• Do not touch the internal circuit and electric ter-minals as doing so could cause a malfunction.

• Make sure that thej+ side faces the bottom ofthe case.

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower partsj1 , and then push them together until it issecurely closedj2 .

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop ifyou need assistance for replacement.

The variable voltage control system measuresthe amount of electrical discharge from the bat-tery and controls voltage generated by the alter-nator.

CAUTION

• Do not ground accessories directly to the batteryterminal. Doing so will bypass the variable voltagecontrol system and the vehicle battery may notcharge completely.

• Use electrical accessories with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

SDI2452Z

JVM0255XZ


JVM0734XZ


VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM FUSES


ENGINE COMPARTMENT OR BOOTROOM

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage ratingthan that specified on the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or“LOCK” position.

2. Be sure the headlights are off.

3. Open the engine bonnet or boot lid.

4. Remove the fuse/fusible link cover.

5. Locate the fuse which needs to be replaced.

6. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller locatedin the passenger compartment fuse box.

7. If the fuse is openjA , replace it with a newfusejB . Spare fuses are stored in the pas-senger compartment fuse box.

If the new fuse also opens, after installing,have the electrical system checked, and ifnecessary repaired, by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

JVM0703XZ

VR30DDTT engine model (Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model)

JVM0305XZ


JVM0331XZ


JVM0732XZ

2.0L turbo petrol engine model (located in the boot)

SDI1754Z


Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operate andthe fuses are in good condition, check the fus-ible links. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine INFINITI parts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTCAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage ratingthan that specified on the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or“LOCK” position.


3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Locate the fuse which needs to be replaced.

5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller jA(Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model) orjB (Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model).

6. If the fuse is openjA , replace it with a newfusejB .

If the new fuse also opens, after installing, havethe electrical system checked, and if necessaryrepaired, by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

JVM0323XZ

SDI1754Z


Extended storage fuse switch

To reduce battery drain, the extended storagefuse switch comes from the factory switched off.Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch ispushed in (switched on) and should always re-main on.

If the extended storage fuse switch is notpushed in (switched on), the [Shipping Mode OnPush Storage Fuse] warning may appear in thevehicle information display. See “19. Extendedstorage fuse warning” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, re-move the extended storage fuse switch andcheck for an open fuse.

NOTE

If the extended storage fuse switch malfunctions or ifthe fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace theswitch. In this case, remove the extended storage fuseswitch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rat-ing.

How to remove the extended storage fuseswitch:

1. To remove the extended storage fuse switch,be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or“LOCK” position.


3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabsj1 found on each sideof the extended storage fuse switch.

5. Pull the extended storage fuse switchstraight out from the fuse boxj2 .

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A tem-perature difference between the inside and theoutside of the lens causes the fog. This is not amalfunction. If large drops of water collect in-side the lens, contact an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

HEADLIGHTS

LED headlight modelIf replacement is necessary, see an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

EXTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W)Daytime running light* LEDClearance light* LEDFront turn signal light* LEDFront fog light* LEDSide turn signal light* LEDRear combination light*

Turn signal light LEDStop light LEDTail light LEDStop/Tail light LED

Reverse light* LEDRear fog light* LEDHigh-mounted stop light* LEDNumber plate light* LEDCourtesy light* LED

*: See an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for replacement.

JVM0257XZ


LIGHTS


INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W)Console box light* 2Glove box light* 1.4Map light* LEDStep light 5Boot light 3.4Vanity mirror light* 1.8Inside door handle light*(where fitted) LED

Door trim light* (where fitted) LEDFront cup holder light*(where fitted) LED

Footwell light* (where fitted) LED

*: See an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for replacement.

NDI1652


LIGHT LOCATIONS1. Headlight (high-beam)

2. Headlight (low-beam)

3. Map light

4. Side turn signal light

5. Front fog light

6. Clearance light, daytime running light andfront turn signal light

7. Step light

8. Courtesy light

9. Tail light

10. High-mounted stop light

11. Boot light

12. Tail/Stop light

13. Stop light

14. Rear turn signal light

15. Reverse light

16. Rear fog light

17. Number plate light Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

m :REMOVE

m :INSTALL

SDI2306


If you have a flat tyre, see “Flat tyre” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section.

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM(TPMS)The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)monitors tyre pressure of all tyres. When the lowtyre pressure warning light is lit and the [LowTyre Pressure] warning appears in the vehicleinformation display, one or more of your tyres issignificantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH). Also,this system may not detect a sudden drop in tyrepressure (for example a flat tyre while driving).

For more details about the TPMS, see “Tyre Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

For additional information, see “Low tyre pressurewarning” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

TYRE INFLATION PRESSUREPeriodically check the pressure of the tyres. Anincorrect tyre pressure may adversely affect tyrelife and vehicle handling. The tyre pressureshould be checked when tyres are COLD. Tyresare considered COLD after the vehicle has beenparked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than1.6 km (1 mile). COLD tyre pressures are shown

on the tyre placard. (For the location of the tyreplacard, see “Tyre placard” in the “9. Technicalinformation” section.)

Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheatingof the tyre and subsequent internal damage. Athigh speeds, this could result in tread separa-tion and even bursting of the tyre.

TYPES OF TYRESCAUTION

When changing or replacing tyres, be sure all fourtyres are of the same type (that is, summer, all seasonor snow) and construction. An INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop may be able to help you with informa-tion about tyre type, size, speed rating and availabil-ity.

Replacement tyres may have a lower speed rat-ing than the factory equipped tyres, and theymay not match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speed ratingof the tyre.

All season tyresINFINITI specifies all season tyres on some mod-els to provide good performance all year, includ-ing snowy and icy road conditions. All seasontyres are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&Son the tyre sidewall. Snow tyres have bettersnow traction than all season tyres and may bemore appropriate in some areas.

SDI2330Z

Step light

SDI1258AZ

Boot light

TYRES AND WHEELS


Summer tyresINFINITI specifies summer tyres on some mod-els to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tyre performance is substan-tially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tyres donot have the tyre traction rating M&S on the tyresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, INFINITI recommends the use ofsnow or all season tyres on all four wheels.

Snow tyresIf snow tyres are needed, it is necessary to se-lect tyres equivalent in size and load rating tothe original equipment tyres. If you do not, itcan adversely affect the safety and handling ofyour vehicle.

Generally, snow tyres have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tyres and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-ceed the maximum speed rating of the tyre. Ifyou install snow tyres, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern onall four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded ty-res may be used. However, some states andprovinces prohibit their use. Check local, stateand provincial laws before installing studdedtyres. Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tyres on wet or dry surfaces may be poorerthan that of non-studded snow tyres.

Run-flat tyresIf your vehicle is equipped with run-flat tyres,you can continue driving to a safe location evenif they are punctured. Always use run-flat tyresof the specified size on all four wheels. Mixingtyre sizes or construction may reduce vehiclehandling stability. If necessary, contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop for assis-tance.

Frequently check the tyre pressure and adjustpressure of each tyre properly. The tyre pres-sure can be also checked in the vehicle informa-tion display.

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tyre is under-inflated or flat. Check the tyre pressures as de-scribed earlier in this section. If the tyre be-comes under-inflated while driving, the low tyrepressure warning light will illuminate. If the tyrebecomes flat while driving, the low tyre pres-sure warning light will illuminate and the [FlatTyre] warning will appear.

Low tyre pressure:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tyre pres-sure, the low tyre pressure warning light will il-luminate.

Flat tyre:

If the vehicle is being driven with one or moreflat tyres, the low tyre pressure warning lightwill illuminate continuously and a chime will

sound for 10 seconds. A [Flat Tyre] warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

The chime will only sound at the first indicationof a flat tyre and the low tyre pressure warninglight will illuminate continuously. When the flattyre warning is activated, have the system resetand the tyre checked and replaced if necessaryby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.Even if the tyre is inflated to the specified COLDtyre pressure, the low tyre pressure warninglight will continue to illuminate until the systemis reset by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

If the low tyre pressure warning light illuminatesand the [Flat Tyre] appears in the vehicle infor-mation display:

• Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 MPH).

• Increase your following distance to allow for in-creased stopping distances.

• Avoid sudden manoeuvres, hard cornering andhard braking.

WARNING

• Although you can continue driving with a punc-tured run-flat tyre, remember that vehicle handlingstability is reduced, which could lead to an acci-dent and personal injury. Also, driving a long dis-tance at high speeds may damage the tyre.


• Do not drive at speeds above 80 km/h (50 MPH)and do not drive more than approximately 150 km(93 miles) with a punctured run-flat tyre. The ac-tual distance the vehicle can be driven on a flattyre depends on outside temperature, vehicleload, road conditions and other factors.

• Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoid hard corner-ing or braking, which may cause you to lose con-trol of the vehicle.

• If you detect any unusual sounds or vibrationswhile driving with a punctured run-flat tyre, pulloff the road to a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. The tyre may be seriouslydamaged and need to be replaced.

CAUTION

• Never install tyre chains on a punctured run-flattyre, as this could damage your vehicle.

• Avoid driving over any projection or pothole, asthe clearance between the vehicle and the groundis smaller than normal.

• Do not enter an automated car wash with a punc-tured run-flat tyre.

• Have the punctured tyre inspected by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop or other authorisedrepair shop. Replace the tyre as soon as possible ifthe tyre is seriously damaged.

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) modelCAUTION

Always use tyres of the same type, size, brand, con-struction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread pat-tern on all four wheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tyres on the frontand rear axles which will cause excessive tyre wearand may damage the transmission, transfer case anddifferential gears.

If excessive tyre wear is found, it isrecommended that all four tyres be replacedwith tyres of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tyre pressure and wheelalignment should also be checked and correctedas necessary. Contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

TYRE CHAINSCAUTION

• Tyre chains/cables should not be installed on 255/40RF19 and 255/35RF20 tyres. Doing so will causedamage to the vehicle.

• If you plan to use tyre chains/cables, use the ClassS chains and you should install 245/40RF19 tyreson your vehicle.

Use of tyre chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before install-ing tyre chains. When installing tyre chains,make sure that they are of proper size for the

tyres on your vehicle and are installed accord-ing to the chain manufacturer’s instructions.

Use chain tensioners when recommended by thetyre chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.Loose end links of the tyre chains must be se-cured or removed to prevent the possibility ofwhipping action damage to the fenders or un-derbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your ve-hicle when using tyre chains. In addition, driveat a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle maybe damaged and/or vehicle handling and per-formance may be adversely affected.

Tyre chains must be installed only on the rearwheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tyre chains on a punctured run-flattyre, as this could damage your vehicle.

Do not drive with tyre chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chains insuch conditions can cause damage to the vari-ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to someoverstress.


TYRE ROTATION

INFINITI recommends that tyres be rotated every10,000 km (6,000 miles) for Two-Wheel Drive(2WD) model or 5,000 km (3,000 miles) for Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) model. However, the timingfor tyre rotation may vary according to your driv-ing habits and the road surface conditions. (See“Flat tyre” in the “6. In case of emergency” section.)

After the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, it may take a period of time for the tyrepressure to be displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display while the vehicle is driven. Depend-ing on the radio wave circumstance, tyre pres-sure may not correctly be displayed.

WARNING

• After rotating the tyres, adjust the tyre pressure.

• Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle hasbeen driven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in casesof a flat tyre, etc.).

• Incorrect tyre selection, fitting, care or mainte-nance can affect vehicle safety with risk of acci-dent and injury. If in doubt, consult an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop or the tyre manufac-turer.

For models equipped with the TyrePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)After the tyres are rotated, the TPMS must bereset. See “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”in the “5. Starting and driving” section for detailsabout the resetting procedure.

TYRE WEAR AND DAMAGE

j1 Wear indicator

j2 Wear indicator location marks. The loca-tions are shown by “m ”, “TWI”, etc.depending on tyre types.

Tyres should be periodically inspected for wear,cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cutsare found, the tyre should be replaced immedi-ately.

The original tyres have a built-in tread wear indi-cator. When the wear indicator is visible, the tyreshould be replaced.

Improper service of a spare tyre may result inserious personal injury. If it is necessary to re-pair the spare tyre, contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

TYRE AGENever use a tyre over six years old, regardless ofwhether it has been used or not.

Tyres degrade with age as well as with the ve-hicle usage. Have your tyres checked and bal-anced often by a repair shop or, if you prefer, anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

CHANGING TYRES AND WHEELS

WARNING

Do not install a deformed wheel or tyre even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tyres could have struc-tural damage and could fail without warning.

When replacing a tyre, use the same size, speedrating and load carrying capacity as originallyequipped. (See “Tyres and wheels” in the “9. Tech-

SDI1662Z

SDI1663Z


nical information” section.) The use of tyres otherthan those recommended or the mixed use oftyres of different brands, construction (bias,bias-belted, or radial), or tread patterns can ad-versely affect the ride, braking, handling,ground clearance, body-to-tyre clearance, snowchain clearance, Tyre Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS), speedometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and could result in seri-ous personal injury.

If the wheels are changed for any reason, alwaysreplace with wheels which have the same offsetdimension. Wheels of a different offset couldcause early tyre wear, possibly degraded vehiclehandling characteristics and/or interferencewith the brake discs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased braking efficiency and/orearly brake pad/shoe wear.

After the ignition switch is placed in the “ON”position, it may take a period of time for the tyrepressure to be displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display while the vehicle is driven. Depend-ing on the radio wave circumstance, tyre pres-sure may not correctly be displayed.

Confirm the following for the TPMS.

WARNING

• After a tyre or a wheel is replaced, the TPMS mustbe reset. (See “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionfor details about the resetting procedure.)



• The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is nothandled correctly. Be careful when handling theTPMS sensor.

• When replacing the TPMS sensor, the ID registra-tion may be required. Contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop for ID registration.

• Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified byINFINITI. The valve stem cap may become stuck.

• Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fit-ted. Otherwise the valve may be clogged up withdirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.

WHEEL BALANCEUnbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tyre life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.


9 Technical informationTechnical information

Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities ........................................................ 9-2

Fuel information........................................... 9-7Recommended SAE viscosity number............. 9-7Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubricant...................................................... 9-8

Engine ............................................................. 9-9Tyres and wheels .............................................. 9-10

Tyres ........................................................... 9-10Wheels ........................................................ 9-10

Dimensions ...................................................... 9-10When travelling or registering in anothercountry ............................................................ 9-11Vehicle identification ........................................ 9-11

Vehicle identification plate ........................... 9-11Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate....... 9-11Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ............... 9-11Engine serial number.................................... 9-11Tyre placard ................................................. 9-12Air conditioner specification label ................. 9-12

Number plate installation (for Europe)................ 9-12Removing air deflectors..................................... 9-13Installation of an RF-transmitter......................... 9-13Radio approval number and information............. 9-14

For Europe ................................................... 9-14For Russia.................................................... 9-17For Ukraine .................................................. 9-17

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill quantities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedures instructed in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid types

Capacity (approximate)

Recommended fluids/lubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

Impe-rial

MeasureFuel 80 L 21-1/8

gal17-5/8

gal• See “Fuel information” in the “9. Technical

information” section.

Engine oil*1 VR30DDTT enginemodel (with oilfilter change)

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)model

5.4 L 5-3/4 qt 4-3/4 qt For Europe• Genuine INFINITI engine oil• API grade SL, SM or SN• ILSAC grade GF-3, GF-4 or GF-5• ACEA A1/B1, A3/B3, A3/B4, A5/B5, C2 or C3• For SAE Viscosity Number, see “Recommended

SAE viscosity number” in the “9. Technicalinformation” section.

Except for Europe• Genuine INFINITI engine oil• API grade SL, SM or SN• ILSAC grade GF-3, GF-4 or GF-5• For SAE Viscosity Number, see “Recommended

SAE viscosity number” in the “9. Technicalinformation” section.

Drain and refill*1: Foradditionalinformation,see “Changingengine oil andoil filter” in the“8. Mainte-nance anddo-it-yourself”section.

2.0L turbo petrol engine model (with oil filterchange)

6.3 L 6-5/8qt

5-1/2 qt • Genuine INFINITI engine oil, SAE Viscosity0W-30

• Use engine oil listed in MB229.5 as anequivalent.

• For SAE Viscosity Number, see “RecommendedSAE viscosity number” in the “9. Technicalinformation” section.

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

9-2 Technical information

Fluid types



USMeasure

Impe-rial

MeasureEngine Coolant VR30DDTT engine model total (with

reservoir)8.8 L 9-1/4 qt 7-3/4 qt For Europe

• Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant or equivalentin its quality*2

Except for Europe• Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant (blue) or

equivalent*2

*2: Use Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant orequivalent in its quality, in order to avoid pos-sible aluminium corrosion within the enginecooling system caused by the use of non-genuine engine coolant. Note that any repairsfor incidents within the engine cooling systemwhile using non-genuine engine coolant maynot be covered by the warranty even if suchincidents occurred during the warranty period.

reservoir 0.6 L 5/8 qt 1/2 qt

2.0L turbo petrol engine model total (withreservoir)

9.0 L 9-1/2 qt 7-7/8 qt • BASF Glysantin® G48®• Use BASF Glysantin® G48® or equivalent in its

quality, in order to avoid possible aluminiumcorrosion within the engine cooling systemcaused by the use of non-genuine engine cool-ant. Note that any repairs for incidents withinthe engine cooling system while using non-genuine engine coolant may not be covered bythe warranty even if such incidents occurredduring the warranty period.

reservoir 0.9 L 1 qt 3/4 qt

Technical information 9-3

Fluid types



USMeasure

Impe-rial

MeasureIntercooler coolant total (with reservoir) 3.2 L 3-3/8 qt 2-7/8 qt For Europe

• Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant or equivalentin its quality*3

Except for Europe• Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant (blue) or

equivalent*3

*3: Use Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant orequivalent in its quality, in order to avoid pos-sible aluminium corrosion within the enginecooling system caused by the use of non-genuine engine coolant. Note that any repairsfor incidents within the engine cooling systemwhile using non-genuine engine coolant maynot be covered by the warranty even if suchincidents occurred during the warranty period.

reservoir 0.4 L 3/8 qt 3/8 qt


Fluid types



USMeasure

Impe-rial

MeasureAutomaticTransmission Fluid(ATF)

VR30DDTT engine model — — — • Genuine INFINITI Matic S ATF• INFINITI recommends using Genuine INFINITI

Matic S ATF ONLY in INFINITI automatictransmissions. Do not mix with other fluids.Using fluids that are not equivalent to GenuineINFINITI Matic S ATF may damage the automatictransmission. Damage caused by the use offluids other than as recommended is notcovered under the Warranty.

2.0 turbo petrol engine model — — — • Genuine INFINITI Matic G ATF• INFINITI recommends using Genuine INFINITI

Matic G ATF ONLY in INFINITI automatictransmissions. Do not mix with other fluids.Using fluids that are not equivalent to GenuineINFINITI Matic G ATF may damage the automatictransmission. Damage caused by the use offluids other than as recommended is notcovered under the Warranty.

Brake fluid Refill to the proper fluidlevel according to theinstructions in the “8.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

• Genuine INFINITI Brake Fluid, or equivalentDOT3 or DOT4

• Never mix different types of fluids (DOT3 andDOT4).

Differential gearoil

Front — — — • Genuine INFINITI Differential Oil Hypoid SuperGL-5 80W-90 or equivalent (mineral oil)

Rear — — — • Genuine INFINITI Differential Oil Hypoid Super-SGL-5 synthetic 75W-90 or equivalent


Fluid types



USMeasure

Impe-rial

MeasureTransfer fluid — — — • Genuine INFINITI Matic J ATF

• INFINITI recommends using Genuine INFINITIMatic J ATF ONLY in INFINITI transfers. Do notmix with other fluids. Using fluids that are notequivalent to Genuine INFINITI Matic J ATF maydamage the transfer. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recommended is notcovered under the Warranty.

Power steering fluid — — — • Genuine INFINITI E-PSF or equivalent• Use of a power steering fluid other than

Genuine INFINITI E-PSF will prevent the powersteering system from operating properly.

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioner system refrigerant — — — For Europe

• HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)Except for Europe• HFC-134a (R-134a)

Air conditionersystem lubricant

VR30DDTT engine model — — — For Europe• SP-A2 (PAG)Except for Europe• SP-10 (PAG)

2.0L turbo petrol engine model — — — • ND-OIL12 (PAG)


FUEL INFORMATION

Petrol engineCAUTION

Do not use leaded petrol. Using leaded petrol willdamage the three-way catalyst.

Use UNLEADED PREMIUM petrol with an octanerating of at least 95 (RON).

VR30DDTT engine model: INFINITI recommendsthe use of unleaded premium petrol with 98 RONto obtain the maximum vehicle performance andthe best driveability.

If unleaded premium petrol is not used,UNLEADED REGULAR petrol with an octane rat-ing of at least 91 (RON) or above may be tempo-rarily used, but only under the following precau-tions:

• Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular petrol, and fill up with unleadedpremium petrol as soon as possible.

• Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration.

Use unleaded premium petrol for maximum ve-hicle performance.

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

Petrol engineFor VR30DDTT engine model:

0W-20 is preferable.

If 0W-20 is not available, select the viscosity,from the chart below, that is suitable for theoutside temperature range.

Outside Temperature RangeAnticipated Before Next Oil Change

PETROL ENGINE OIL

mSTI0732


For 2.0L turbo petrol engine model:

0W-30 is preferable.

If 0W-30 is not available, select the viscosity,from the chart below, that is suitable for theoutside temperature range.

Outside Temperature RangeAnticipated Before Next Oil Change

PETROL ENGINE MODEL

mJVT0428X

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTThe air conditioner system of your vehicle mustbe charged with the specified refrigerant andcompressor oil or equivalent.

• Refrigerant

– For Europe: HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)

– Except for Europe: HFC-134a (R-134a)

• Compressor Oil

– VR30DDTT engine model, for Europe: SP-A2 (PAG)

– VR30DDTT engine model, except for Eu-rope: SP-10 (PAG)

– 2.0L turbo petrol engine model: ND-OIL12(PAG)

CAUTION

Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will causesevere damage, and you may need to replace your ve-hicle’s entire air conditioner system.

The release of refrigerants into the atmosphereis prohibited in many countries and regions. Therefrigerant in your vehicle will not harm theEarth’s ozone layer. However, it may contributein a small part to the global warming effect.

INFINITI recommends that the refrigerant be ap-propriately recovered and recycled. Contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop when ser-vicing the air conditioner system.


Engine Model VR30DDTT engine 2.0L turbo petrol engineType Petrol, 4-cycle, DOHC Petrol, 4-cycle, DOHC

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-block,Slanted at 60° 4-cylinder, in-line

Bore × Stroke mm (in) 86.0 × 86.0(3.386× 3.386)

83.0 × 92.0(3.268 × 3.622)

Displacement cm3 (cu in) 2,997 (182.88) 1,991 (121.49)Idle speed at the “N” (Neutral)position rpm 650±50 750±50

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) at the “N” (Neutral)position 8°±2° - 15° to 20°

Sparkplugs

With catalyser Standard DILKAR8K8G SILZKFR8E7SSpark plug gap mm (in) 0.8 (0.031) 0.7 (0.028)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

ENGINE


TYRES

WHEELS

mm (in)

Overall length 4,690 (184.6)Overall width 1,850 (72.8)Overall height 1,395 (54.9)Front tread 1,555 (61.2)

1,535 (60.4)*Rear tread 1,580 (62.2)

1,560 (61.4)*Wheelbase 2,850 (112.2)

*: 245/40R19 tyre models

Tyre sizeConventional Size

245/40RF19 94W255/40RF19 96Y255/35RF20 97Y XL

Spare Size —

Road wheelConventional

Size 19 × 8.5J 19 × 9J20 × 9J

Offset mm (in) 50 (1.97) 40 (1.57)

SpareSize — —Offset mm (in) — —

TYRES AND WHEELS DIMENSIONS


When planning to travel in another country orregion, find out whether the fuel required foryour vehicle is available in that country or re-gion. Using a low octane rated fuel may causeengine damage. Therefore, be sure that the re-quired fuel is available wherever you go. For ad-ditional information regarding recommendedfuel, see earlier in this section.

When transferring the registration of your ve-hicle to another country, state, province or dis-trict, contact the appropriate authorities to findout that the vehicle complies with the local legalrequirements. In some cases, a vehicle cannotmeet the legal requirements, and it may be nec-essary to modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations. In addition, there may be pos-sibilities that a vehicle cannot be adapted in cer-tain areas.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accord-ing to the country, state, province or district;therefore, the vehicle specification may differ.

When any vehicles are to be taken into anothercountry, state, province or district, its modifica-tion, transportation, registration, and any otherexpenses which may result, are the responsi-bility of the user. INFINITI is not responsible forany inconveniences that may result.

It is prohibited to cover, paint, weld, cut, drill,alter or remove Vehicle Identification Number(VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE

The plate is affixed as shown.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN)

The vehicle identification number is stamped asshown.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

JVT0465XZ

JVT0360XZ

STI0717Z

STI0509Z

VR30DDTT engine

WHEN TRAVELLING OR REGISTERING INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

TYRE PLACARD

The cold tyre pressures are shown on the tyreplacard affixed to the driver’s side centre pillar.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.

Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopfor the front and rear number plate installation.

Incorrect mounting may cause the improper op-eration of the parking sensor system and theIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (wherefitted).

JVT0288XZ


JVT0456XZ

STI0721Z

NUMBER PLATE INSTALLATION (for Europe)


This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors infront of the front wheels. The deflectors willchange the air flow to help improve aerodynamicperformance.

When transporting your vehicle on a trailer, theair deflectors may interfere with a steep slope toa trailer bed. In this case, remove the deflectorsfrom the vehicle.

1. Loosen four screws as shown and remove theleft-side air deflectorjA .

2. Tighten the removed screwjB in its originalposition.Tightening torque:

5.6 to 8.4 N·m(4 to 6 ft-lb)

3. Perform the same procedure to remove theright-side air deflector.

4. Store the two air deflectors and six screws toreinstall in the reverse order.

5. When reinstalling, make sure all eight screwsare firmly tightened on both air deflectors.Tightening torque:

5.6 to 8.4 N·m(4 to 6 ft-lb)

For countries conforming to UN regulation No.10or equivalent:

The installation of an RF transmitter in your ve-hicle could affect electric equipment systems.Be sure to check with your INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop for precautionary measuresor special instructions regarding installation.Upon request, your INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop will provide the detailed information(frequency band, power, antenna position, in-stallation guide, etc.) regarding installation.

JVT0455XZ

Left side

REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS INSTALLATION OF AN RF-TRANSMITTER


FOR EUROPE

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System,Intelligent Key system and BCM (BodyControl Module)Hereby, Continental Automotive, declares thatthe Body Control Module (BCM), INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System, and Intelligent Key systemare in compliance with the essential require-ments and other relevant provisions of Directive1999/5/EC.

BCM (Body Control Module): Intelligent Key system tuner:

JVT0245X JVT0246X

RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER AND INFORMATION


Intelligent Key system:

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)system/Blind Spot Interventionsystem (where fitted)Hereby, declares that this short range device isin compliance with the essential requirementsand other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.

Tyre Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) transmitterHereby, CONTINENTAL AUTOMOTIVE GMBH de-clares that this S180052020/S180052036/S180052352 is in compliance with the essentialrequirements and other relevant provisions ofDirective 1999/5/EC.

JVT0251X

JVT0461X


JVT0345X JVT0346X


Front radar sensor (where fitted) FOR RUSSIA

Front radar sensor (where fitted)

FOR UKRAINE

Front radar sensor (where fitted)

JVT0469X

JVT0258XZ

JVT0462XZ


NOTE


10 IndexIndex

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)– Warning light .............................................................. 2-6Active lane control system ................................................ 5-32– Operation .................................................................. 5-33– Precautions ............................................................... 5-32Active noise control– Operation ................................................................ 5-104Adaptive Front lighting System ......................................... 2-31Aids– Back up Collision Intervention (BCI) system .................. 5-50– Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ........................................... 5-41– Chassis control .................................................. 2-19, 2-25– Forward emergency braking system ............................. 5-83Air bags– Front passenger air bag switch .................................... 1-36– Repair and replacement .............................................. 1-38– Supplemental Restraint System ................................... 1-29– Warning light ............................................................. 2-11– Warning light - Passenger ................................... 1-34, 2-12Air cleaner filter ............................................................... 8-15Air conditioner– Refrigerant and lubricant ............................................. 9-8– Specification label ..................................................... 9-12Air fresheners ................................................................... 7-4Alarms ............................................................................ 2-19Antenna ............................................................................ 4-3

Audible reminders ........................................................... 2-14– Brakes ....................................................................... 2-14– Keys .......................................................................... 2-14– Lights ........................................................................ 2-14– Parking brake ............................................................ 2-14– Stop/Start System ..................................................... 2-14Audio ............................................................................... 4-2Automatic drive positioner– Memory storage ......................................................... 3-27– System operation ....................................................... 3-28Automatic transmission (AT)– Adaptive Shift Control (ASC) ........................................ 5-15– Fluid (ATF) .................................................................. 8-14– Lock release ............................................................... 5-14– Manual shift mode ...................................................... 5-13– Operation ................................................................... 5-11– Shifting ..................................................................... 5-12– Starting ...................................................................... 5-11

B

Back up Collision Intervention (BCI) system ....................... 5-50Battery ............................................................................ 8-17– Caution label .............................................................. 8-17– Intelligent Key battery discharge ................................... 5-9– Jump starting ............................................................... 6-7– Saver system ............................................. 2-19, 2-31, 3-11– Vehicle battery ........................................................... 8-17

– Warning light ............................................................... 2-7Blind Spot Intervention system– Driving situations ....................................................... 5-47– Operation .................................................................. 5-44– Precautions ............................................................... 5-46Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ................................................ 5-41– Driving situations ....................................................... 5-47– Operation .................................................................. 5-43– Precautions ............................................................... 5-46Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2Bonnet ............................................................................ 3-19– Closing ...................................................................... 3-20– Engine compartment .................................................. 0-13– Opening .................................................................... 3-20Boot– Interior boot lid release .............................................. 3-21– Lid release ................................................................. 3-21Brakes ............................................................................ 8-12– Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................................. 5-100– Audible reminder ....................................................... 2-14– Booster ..................................................................... 8-13– Brake assist ............................................................. 5-100– Checking ................................................................... 8-12– Checking footbrake .................................................... 8-12– Fluid .......................................................................... 8-14– Forward emergency braking system ............................. 5-83– Maintenance .............................................................. 8-12– Parking brake ........................................................... 5-100– Precautions .............................................................. 5-100– System .................................................................... 5-100– Warning light .............................................................. 2-6

Brightness– Instrument panel ......................................................... 2-3

C

Capacities and recommendations ....................................... 9-2– Coolant ....................................................................... 9-2– Fuel ............................................................................ 9-2– Oil .............................................................................. 9-2– Refrigerant .................................................................. 9-2Card holder ..................................................................... 2-43Cargo .............................................................................. 2-45Changing– Engine coolant ................................................... 5-102, 8-7– Engine oil .................................................................... 8-9– Flat tyre ....................................................................... 6-4– Tyres and wheels ....................................................... 8-29Chassis control ....................................................... 2-25, 5-27Checking– Coolant level ............................................................... 8-6– Engine oil level ............................................................ 8-8– Indicator lights ............................................................ 2-6– Parking brake ............................................................ 8-12Child restraints ................................................................ 1-15– Anchorage ................................................................. 1-22– ISOFIX installation ...................................................... 1-23– ISOFIX system ............................................................ 1-21– Precautions ................................................................ 1-15– Seat belt installation .................................................. 1-25– Universal child restraints (front and rear seats) ............. 1-16Cleaning– Alloy wheels ................................................................ 7-3

10-2 Index

– Chrome parts ............................................................... 7-3– Exterior ....................................................................... 7-2– Glass .................................................................... 7-3, 7-4– Interior ........................................................................ 7-3– Removing spots ........................................................... 7-2– Seat belts .................................................................... 7-4– Underbody .................................................................. 7-3– Washing ...................................................................... 7-2– Waxing ........................................................................ 7-2– Window washer nozzle ............................................... 8-15Clock .............................................................................. 2-28Coat hooks ...................................................................... 2-44Cockpit– Overview ..................................................................... 0-6Cold weather ................................................................. 5-102– Battery .................................................................... 5-102– Driving ........................................................................ 5-7– Engine coolant ......................................................... 5-102Console box .................................................................... 2-43Coolant– Capacities ................................................................... 9-2– Changing engine coolant .............................................. 8-7– Checking coolant level ................................................. 8-6– Engine cooling system ................................................. 8-6– Temperature gauge ...................................................... 2-3Corrosion protection ................................................ 5-103, 7-5– Environmental factors ................................................... 7-5Courtesy light ................................................................. 2-46Cruise control ................................................. 2-19, 5-58, 5-72– Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ......................... 5-60– Precautions ............................................................... 5-59Cup holders .................................................................... 2-43

D

Defogger– Switch ....................................................................... 2-35Dimensions ..................................................................... 9-10– Engine ........................................................................ 9-9– Tyres ......................................................................... 9-10Display– Brightness .................................................................. 2-3– Vehicle information display ......................................... 2-15Distance Control Assist (DCA) system ................................. 5-75– Operation .................................................................. 5-76– Precautions ............................................................... 5-76Doors– Auto door lock releasing mechanism ............................. 3-5– Locking with inside lock knob ....................................... 3-4– Locking with power door lock switch .............................. 3-5– Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism .................. 3-5Drive belts ....................................................................... 8-11Driving ........................................................... 2-20, 2-24, 5-11– Automatic Transmission (AT) ........................................ 5-11– Care ............................................................................ 5-7– Chassis control .......................................................... 5-27– Cold start period .......................................................... 5-7– Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) ........................... 5-23– Hill Start Assist system ............................................... 5-26– Idling Stop System ............................................. 5-27, 5-31– Manual shift mode ...................................................... 5-13– Precautions ................................................................. 5-2– Shifting (Automatic Transmission) ............................... 5-12– Stop/Start System ...................................................... 5-27– Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ......................... 5-25

Index 10-3

– Wet conditions ............................................................. 5-7– Winter conditions ......................................................... 5-7

E

Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) ................ 5-21, 5-23, 5-25– OFF switch ................................................................. 5-25– Warning light ............................................................. 2-11Emergency stop signal ....................................................... 6-2Engine– Changing engine coolant .................................... 5-102, 8-7– Changing engine oil ..................................................... 8-9– Checking coolant level ................................................. 8-6– Checking engine oil level ............................................. 8-8– Cold start period .......................................................... 5-7– Compartment ............................................................. 0-13– Cooling system ............................................................ 8-6– Data ............................................................................ 9-9– Engine start operation indicator .................................. 2-17– Intercooler cooling system ............................................ 8-7– Malfunction Indicator Light (MI or MIL) ........................ 2-12– Oil ..................................................................... 2-18, 8-8– Overheat ............................................................. 2-3, 6-14– Serial number ............................................................ 9-11– Spark plugs ............................................................... 8-12– Starting (Models with Intelligent Key system) ............... 5-10Exhaust gas– Precautions ................................................................. 5-2Exterior– Cleaning ...................................................................... 7-2– Lights — Bulb information .......................................... 8-23– Overview .............................................................. 0-3, 0-4

– Rearview mirrors ........................................................ 3-25

F

Filter– Air cleaner ................................................................. 8-15Flat tyre ............................................................................ 6-3– Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 6-3Floor mats ......................................................................... 7-4Fluids– Air conditioner ............................................................. 9-2– Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) .............................. 8-14– Brake ........................................................................ 8-14– Power steering ........................................................... 8-15– Recommendations and capacities ................................. 9-2– Window washer ......................................................... 8-16Fog lights– Bulb information ........................................................ 8-23– Front — Operation ...................................................... 2-12– Rear — Operation ....................................................... 2-13– Replacement .............................................................. 8-25Folding– Seats .......................................................................... 1-6Forward collision warning system ..................................... 5-90Forward emergency braking system .................................. 5-83– Operation .................................................................. 5-85– Warning light ............................................................... 2-7Four-wheel drive– 4WD warning light ...................................................... 5-17– Operation .................................................................. 5-16Freeing trapped vehicle .................................................... 6-16

10-4 Index

Fuel– Capacities ................................................................... 9-2– Filler lid ..................................................................... 3-22– Gauge .......................................................... 2-18, 2-3, 2-7– Information ......................................................... 2-24, 9-7Fuses .............................................................................. 8-20– Engine compartment .................................................. 8-21– Extended storage ...................................... 2-18, 2-19, 8-23– Passenger compartment ............................................. 8-22

G

Gauges– Engine coolant temperature .......................................... 2-3– Fuel ............................................................................ 2-3– Meters and gauges ...................................................... 2-2– Odometer .................................................................... 2-2– Speedometer ............................................................... 2-2– Tachometer ................................................................. 2-2Glass– Cleaning ...................................................................... 7-3Glove box ........................................................................ 2-42

H

Hand brake ..................................................................... 3-26Hazard warning flasher switch ........................................... 6-2Head restraints .................................................................. 1-8Headlights– Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) ................... 2-19, 2-31– Aiming control ............................................................ 2-31– Cleaner ..................................................................... 2-32

– Headlight and turn signal switch .................................. 2-11– Highbeam assist ................................................ 2-12, 2-29– Switch ....................................................................... 2-28Heated seats ..................................................................... 1-6– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2Heated steering wheel ..................................................... 2-37– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2Heater and air conditioner– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2– Vents .......................................................................... 4-2Hill Start Assist system .................................................... 5-26Horn ............................................................................... 2-37

I

Idling Stop System ................................................... 5-27, 5-31– OFF switch .................................................................. 5-31Ignition– Precautions on push-button ignition switch operation .... 5-7– Push-button ignition switch .......................................... 5-7– Switch positions (models with Intelligent Key system) .... 5-9Indicator lights ................................................................ 2-13– Overview ..................................................................... 2-5Indicators for operation .................................................... 2-16INFINITI drive mode selector ............................................. 5-18– ECO mode .................................................................. 5-18– PERSONAL mode ........................................................ 5-20– STANDARD mode ........................................................ 5-18INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual ........................................ 4-2– Audio system .............................................................. 4-2– Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system .......................... 4-2– Heated seats ............................................................... 4-2

Index 10-5

– Heated steering wheel ................................................. 4-2– Heater and air conditioner ............................................ 4-2– Meter settings ............................................................. 4-2– Monitor system ........................................................... 4-2– Navigation system ....................................................... 4-2– Viewing information ..................................................... 4-2INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system .......................... 3-19, 9-14Information– Maintenance ............................................................... 8-2Injured persons ................................................................ 1-13Inside rear view mirror ..................................................... 3-24Instrument panel– Overview ................................................................... 0-10Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system .............................. 5-60Intelligent Key ................................................... 2-17, 2-18, 3-2– Operating range ........................................................... 3-7– Operation .................................................................. 2-17– Radio approval number and information ...................... 9-14Intelligent Key system ........................................................ 5-7– Battery discharge ......................................................... 5-9– Remote keyless entry function ..................................... 3-14– Warning lights ............................................................ 3-11Interior– Cleaning ...................................................................... 7-3– Lights — information .................................................. 8-24– Lights — operation ..................................................... 2-46– Overview ..................................................................... 0-5ISOFIX– Anchor locations ........................................................ 1-22– Child restraints ........................................................... 1-21– Installation ................................................................ 1-23

J

Jump starting .................................................................... 6-7

K

Keys ................................................................................. 3-2– Audible reminder ....................................................... 2-14– Intelligent Key ............................................................. 3-2– Intelligent Key battery discharge ........................... 2-17, 5-9– Intelligent Key operating range ..................................... 3-7– Intelligent Key system ............................................ 3-6, 5-7– Intelligent Key system - Warning and audible

reminders .................................................................. 3-11– Intelligent Key system — Troubleshooting guide ........... 3-12– Intelligent Key system — Using remote keyless entry

function ..................................................................... 3-14– Locking with key .......................................................... 3-4– Mechanical key ............................................................ 3-3– Radio approval number and information ...................... 9-14

L

Labels– Air conditioner ........................................................... 9-12– Battery cautions ......................................................... 8-17– Chassis number .......................................................... 9-11– Tyres ......................................................................... 9-12Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) .............................. 5-36, 5-38Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ......................................... 5-36– Precautions ............................................................... 5-36

10-6 Index

Lights ............................................................................. 8-23– Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) ........................... 2-31– Audible reminder ....................................................... 2-14– Bulb information ........................................................ 8-23– Courtesy light ............................................................ 2-46– Fog light switch .......................................................... 2-33– Headlight aiming ........................................................ 2-31– Headlight cleaner ....................................................... 2-32– Headlight switch ........................................................ 2-28– Highbeam assist ................................................ 2-12, 2-29– Interior — operation ................................................... 2-46– Interior lights — information ....................................... 8-24– LED side lights ........................................................... 8-23– Locations .................................................................. 8-25– Replacement .............................................................. 8-25– Switch — Headlights and turn signal ............................ 2-13– Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-32– Warning lights ............................................................ 2-17– Warning/Indicator lights .............................................. 2-5Locks– Auto door lock releasing mechanism ............................. 3-5– Door locks .................................................. 2-12, 2-18, 3-3– Locking with inside lock knob ....................................... 3-4– Locking with key .......................................................... 3-4– Locking with power door lock switch .............................. 3-5– Shift lock release (AT) ................................................. 5-14– Steering lock ............................................................... 5-8– Super lock system ........................................................ 3-3– Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism .................. 3-5Luggage– Loading ....................................................................... 5-7

M

Maintenance– General maintenance ................................................... 8-2– Indicator .................................................................... 2-21– Precautions ................................................................. 8-4– Radar ........................................................................ 5-55– Requirements .............................................................. 8-2– Seat belts ................................................................... 1-15– Settings ..................................................................... 2-21Malfunction Indicator Light (MI or MIL) .............................. 2-12Mechanical key ................................................................. 3-3Meter settings– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2Meters and gauges ............................................................ 2-2– Engine coolant temperature .......................................... 2-3– Fuel ............................................................. 2-18, 2-3, 2-7– Odometer .................................................................... 2-2– Overview ................................................................... 0-12– Speedometer ............................................................... 2-2– Tachometer ................................................................. 2-2Mirrors ........................................................................... 3-24– Inside rear view mirror ................................................ 3-24– Outside rearview mirrors ............................................ 3-25– Vanity mirror ............................................................. 3-26Monitor system– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2

N

Navigation system– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2

Index 10-7

Number plate installation ................................................. 9-12

O

Odometer ......................................................................... 2-2Oil– Capacities and recommendations ................................. 9-2– Changing engine oil ..................................................... 8-9– Checking engine oil level ............................................. 8-8– Engine oil .................................................................... 8-8– SAE viscosity number ................................................... 9-7Operation displays .......................................................... 2-16Outside rearview mirrors .................................................. 3-25Overheat– Engine ........................................................................ 2-3– Engine overheat ......................................................... 6-14Overview– Cockpit ....................................................................... 0-6– Engine compartment .................................................. 0-13– Exterior ................................................................ 0-3, 0-4– Instrument panel ........................................................ 0-10– Interior ........................................................................ 0-5– Meters and gauges ..................................................... 0-12– Seats, Seat belts, Supplemental restraint system .......... 0-2

P

Parking ........................................................................... 5-95– Parking brake ............................................................ 3-26Parking brake ......................................................... 2-17, 5-103– Audible reminder ....................................................... 2-14

Petrol– Engine oil .................................................................... 9-7– Filler lid ..................................................................... 3-22Pop-up engine bonnet ...................................................... 1-39Power– Locking with power door lock switch .............................. 3-5– Outlet ....................................................................... 2-42– Power windows .......................................................... 2-38– Seat adjustment ........................................................... 1-2– Steering fluid ............................................................. 8-15Precautions– Active lane control system .......................................... 5-32– Back up Collision Intervention (BCI) system .................. 5-50– Blind Spot Intervention system ................................... 5-41– Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system ................................ 5-41– Child restraints ........................................................... 1-15– Cruise control ............................................................ 5-59– Distance Control Assist (DCA) system ........................... 5-76– Exhaust gas ................................................................. 5-2– Highbeam assist ................................................ 2-12, 2-29– Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) ................................. 5-38– Lane Departure Warning (LDW) .................................... 5-36– Maintenance ............................................................... 8-4– Push-button ignition switch operation ........................... 5-7– Seat belt usage .......................................................... 1-10– Supplemental Restraint System ................................... 1-29– Three-way catalyst ....................................................... 5-3– Towing ....................................................................... 6-15– Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 5-3– When starting and driving ............................................ 5-2Pregnant women .............................................................. 1-13Protection– Corrosion ..................................................................... 7-5

10-8 Index

Push starting ................................................................... 6-14

R

Radio– Anti-theft system ........................................................ 9-14– Approval number and information ............................... 9-14– Transmitter ................................................................ 9-13Rear seats ......................................................................... 1-6Rearview– Mirrors - Inside .......................................................... 3-24– Mirrors - Outside ........................................................ 3-25Replacement– Air bags ..................................................................... 1-38– Air cleaner filter ......................................................... 8-15– Engine coolant ............................................................. 8-7– Engine oil .................................................................... 8-9– Light ......................................................................... 8-25– Spark plugs ............................................................... 8-12– Tyres and wheels ....................................................... 8-29– Wiper blades ............................................................. 8-16Room light– Replacement .............................................................. 8-25Running-in schedule .......................................................... 5-2

S

Safety– Children ..................................................................... 1-12– Head restraints ............................................................ 1-8– Injured persons .......................................................... 1-13– Pop-up engine bonnet ........................................ 1-39, 2-10

– Pregnant women ......................................................... 1-13Seat belts ........................................................................ 1-10– Child restraint installation ........................................... 1-25– Child safety ................................................................ 1-12– Cleaning ...................................................................... 7-4– Maintenance .............................................................. 1-15– Overview ..................................................................... 0-2– Precautions on usage .................................................. 1-10– Three-point type ......................................................... 1-14– Warning light ............................................................. 2-10Seats ................................................................................ 1-2– Adjustment - Power ...................................................... 1-2– Folding ........................................................................ 1-6– Head restraints ............................................................ 1-8– Heating ....................................................................... 1-6– ISOFIX child restraints ................................................. 1-21– Lumbar support ........................................................... 1-2– Overview ..................................................................... 0-2– Rear seats ................................................................... 1-6– Seat belts .................................................................. 1-10– Universal child restraints (front and rear seats) ............. 1-16Security page .................................................................... 0-7Security system ....................................................... 2-13, 3-17– INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system ............................. 3-19– Theft warning system .................................................. 3-17– Vehicle security ........................................................ 5-102Snow chains ................................................................... 8-28Snow mode ..................................................................... 5-18Soft bottle holder ............................................................ 2-44Spark plugs– Information ............................................................... 8-12– Replacement .............................................................. 8-12Speed limiter .......................................................... 2-19, 5-56

Index 10-9

Speedometer .................................................................... 2-2Starting– Automatic Transmission (AT) ........................................ 5-11– Before starting ............................................................ 5-6– Cold start period .......................................................... 5-7– Engine (Models with Intelligent Key system) ................. 5-10– Jump starting ............................................................... 6-7– Precautions ................................................................. 5-2– Push starting ............................................................. 6-14Starting engine (Models with Intelligent Key system) .......... 5-10Steering– Power ................................................................ 5-97, 8-15– Steering lock ....................................................... 2-17, 5-8Steering lock ..................................................................... 5-8Steering wheel ................................................................ 3-23– Electric adjustment .................................................... 3-23– Heating ..................................................................... 2-37– Manual adjustment .................................................... 3-23– Warning light ............................................................. 2-10Stop/Start System ........................................................... 5-27– Audible reminder ....................................................... 2-14– Indicator light ............................................................ 2-13– OFF switch .................................................................. 5-31Storage ........................................................................... 2-42– Card holder ............................................................... 2-43– Coat hooks ................................................................ 2-44– Console box ............................................................... 2-43– Cup holders ............................................................... 2-43– Glove box .................................................................. 2-42– Soft bottle holder ...................................................... 2-44– Storage box ............................................................... 2-43– Sunglasses holder ..................................................... 2-43Sun visors ....................................................................... 2-45

Sunglasses holder ........................................................... 2-43Sunroof .......................................................................... 2-40– Switch ....................................................................... 2-40Super lock system ............................................................. 3-3Supplemental Restraint System ........................................ 1-29– Overview ..................................................................... 0-2Switches– Boot lid release .......................................................... 3-21– Brightness .................................................................. 2-3– Defogger ................................................................... 2-35– Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF switch ........... 5-25– Fog light .................................................................... 2-33– Four-wheel drive ......................................................... 5-16– Headlight aiming control ............................................. 2-31– Headlight cleaner ....................................................... 2-32– Ignition switch positions (models with Intelligent Key

system) ....................................................................... 5-9– Interior lights ............................................................ 2-46– Locking with power door lock switch .............................. 3-5– Main lighting ............................................................. 2-28– Push-button ignition switch .......................................... 5-7– Rain-sensing auto wiper ............................................. 2-34– Seat adjustment ........................................................... 1-2– Seat heating ................................................................ 1-6– Sunroof ..................................................................... 2-40– Turn signal switch ...................................................... 2-32– Windscreen de-icer .................................................... 2-36– Windscreen wiper and washer ..................................... 2-33

10-10 Index

T

Tachometer ....................................................................... 2-2Temperature ........................................................... 2-19, 2-28Theft warning system ....................................................... 3-17Three-way catalyst– Precautions ................................................................. 5-3Towing– Precautions ............................................................... 6-15– Recommendations ...................................................... 6-15– Trailer ........................................................................ 5-97– Your vehicle ............................................................... 6-15Trailer– Towing ....................................................................... 5-97Transferring registration to another country ....................... 9-11Transmission– Automatic Transmission (AT) operation ......................... 5-11– Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) .............................. 8-14– Position indicator ............................................... 2-17, 2-20Transmitter– Radio ......................................................................... 9-13Travelling ......................................................................... 9-11Trip computer .................................................................. 2-22Troubleshooting guide– Intelligent Key system ................................................. 3-12Turn signal– Bulb information ........................................................ 8-23– Operation .................................................................. 2-13– Replacement .............................................................. 8-25Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................... 8-26– Warning light ...................................................... 2-18, 2-7

Tyres– Age ........................................................................... 8-29– Changing .................................................................... 6-4– Changing tyres and wheels ......................................... 8-29– Equipment ............................................................... 5-102– Flat tyre ....................................................................... 6-3– Inflation pressure ...................................................... 8-26– Placard ...................................................................... 9-12– Pressure information .................................................. 2-25– Rotation .................................................................... 8-29– Sizes ......................................................................... 9-10– Snow chains .............................................................. 8-28– Types ........................................................................ 8-26– Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 5-3– Wear and damage ...................................................... 8-29– Wheel balance ........................................................... 8-30– Wheels and tyres ............................................... 8-26, 9-10

U

Universal child restraints– Front and rear seats .................................................... 1-16

V

Vanity mirror ................................................................... 3-26Variable voltage control ................................................... 8-20Vehicle– Security ................................................................... 5-102Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)– System .............................................................. 5-21, 5-25– Warning light ............................................................. 2-11

Index 10-11

Vehicle identification ........................................................ 9-11– Air conditioner label ................................................... 9-12– Engine serial number .................................................. 9-11– Number (VIN) (chassis number) .................................... 9-11– Number (VIN) plate ..................................................... 9-11– Plate .......................................................................... 9-11– Tyre placard ............................................................... 9-12Vehicle information display .............................................. 2-15– Warnings and indicators .............................................. 2-9Vehicle security– Alarm system ............................................................. 3-17– INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system ............................. 3-17– Theft warning system .................................................. 3-17Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism ....................... 3-5Vents ................................................................................ 4-2Viewing information– INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual .................................. 4-2Viscosity number (SAE) ...................................................... 9-7

W

Warning lights– Air bag - Passenger ..................................................... 1-34Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders .................. 2-5– Intelligent Key system ................................................. 3-11Washing ............................................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................................. 7-2Wheels– Balancing .................................................................. 8-30– Care ............................................................................ 7-3– Changing tyres and wheels ......................................... 8-29– Sizes ......................................................................... 9-10

– Wheels and tyres ............................................... 8-26, 9-10Window washer fluid ........................................................ 2-18Windows– Automatic function ..................................................... 2-38– Power windows .......................................................... 2-38– Timer ........................................................................ 2-38Windscreen– De-icer switch ............................................................ 2-36– Wiper and washer switch ............................................ 2-33Wipers– Blades replacement .................................................... 8-15– Rain-sensing auto wiper ............................................. 2-34– Washer nozzle ............................................................ 8-15– Window washer cleaner fluid .............................. 8-15, 8-16– Windscreen wiper and washer switch .......................... 2-33

10-12 Index

FUEL INFORMATION

Petrol engineCAUTION

Do not use leaded petrol. Using leaded petrol willdamage the three-way catalyst.

Use UNLEADED PREMIUM petrol with an octanerating of at least 95 (RON).

VR30DDTT engine model: INFINITI recommendsthe use of unleaded premium petrol with 98 RONto obtain the maximum vehicle performance andthe best driveability.

If unleaded premium petrol is not used,UNLEADED REGULAR petrol with an octane rat-ing of at least 91 (RON) may be temporarily used,but only under the following precautions:

• Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular petrol, and fill up with unleadedpremium petrol as soon as possible.

• Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration.

However, for maximum vehicle performance,the use of unleaded premium petrol is recom-mended.

RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILSee “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in the “9. Technical information” section.

TYRE COLD PRESSURESee the tyre placard affixed to the driver’s sidecentre pillar.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNm

Today, the efforts made by INFINITI to fulfil ourresponsibilities to protect and sustain the envi-ronment are far-reaching. Within INFINITI, wepromote the highest levels of practice in everyregion and in every area of operations.

COMPLIANCE AT EVERY STEPINFINITI focuses on ensuring that end of life ve-hicle components are reused, recycled or recov-ered, and guarantees compliance with EU legis-lation (the End of Life Vehicle Directive).

WE BUILD OUR VEHICLES WITHRECYCLING IN MINDReducing landfill waste, emissions, conservingnatural resources, and enhancing recycling ac-tivities are emphasised daily in our manufactur-ing, sales and service operations and in the dis-posal of end of life vehicles (ELV).

Design phaseTo reduce environmental impact we have devel-oped your INFINITI vehicle to be 95% recover-able. We mark the components to facilitate dis-mantling, recycling and to reduce hazardoussubstances. We carefully verify and control sub-stances of concern. We have already reduced toa minimum the cadmium, mercury and lead inyour INFINITI vehicle. INFINITI includes recycled

PETROL STATION INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT (End of Life Vehicles)

material in your vehicle and looks for opportuni-ties to increase the percentage of recycled ma-terials used.

Production and distribution phaseUsing resources efficiently to reduce the amountof waste generated during the production anddistribution stage. INFINITI promotes activitiesbased on Reducing, Reusing, and Recycling ma-terials whenever possible. INFINITI’s goal is toachieve a 100% recycling rate for operations inJapan and globally.

Use and service phaseINFINITI Centres are our window to you, our cus-tomer. In order to meet your expectations theyprovide not only high quality services but arealso environmentally responsible. INFINITI pro-motes activities to recycle the waste generatedas a result of service centre activities.

Disposal phaseRecycle your end of life vehicle or its compo-nents. When your INFINITI reaches the end of itslife, and is no longer suitable for daily use, itstill has value. You can help prevent waste af-fecting the environment by bringing yourINFINITI to be recycled at our collection networksin your area. Our collection networks guaranteeno cost for the treatment of your ELV. For furtherinformation on how and where to dispose of yourELV refer to your local INFINITI Centre.

PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT WHENDRIVINGYour driving behaviour has significant impact onfuel economy and the environment. Follow thetips below for better fuel-efficiency, better driv-ing habits, and to be environmentally friendlyby reducing emissions:

Fuel efficient drivingAnticipating traffic conditions and actingaccordingly reduces fuel consumption, helpingto protect of our natural environment. Take yourfoot off the accelerator while approaching traf-fic lights and avoid last minute braking whenthe light turns red.Avoid speeding, harsh acceleration, and strongbraking. The gain in time does not offset pollu-tion of the environment. Try to maintain speedwhen driving uphill to reduce fuel consumptionand pollution. Maintain speed or allow the ve-hicle to go slower where traffic allows.

Close windows when drivingDriving with a window open at 100 km/h (62MPH) increases fuel consumption by up to 4%.Driving with the windows closed allows for bet-ter fuel economy.

Optimise the use of air conditioningThe air conditioning system has a positive effecton driving and vehicle safety through comfortcooling and dehumidifying, drivers are more

alert and have better visibility when window de-misting/defogging becomes necessary. How-ever, use of the air conditioning system will in-crease fuel consumption substantially in an ur-ban environment. Optimise the use of airconditioning by using the vents as much as pos-sible.

Use the parking brake on slopesUse the parking brake when holding your vehicleon a slope. Avoid using the accelerator to holdyour vehicle as this leads to unnecessary fuelconsumption and wear.

Maintain a safe distanceAnticipate traffic conditions for a smoother driveand to assure comfort and safety during yourtrip. Drive and maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles while in traffic. This will help re-duce fuel consumption as you will not be con-stantly tapping your brakes.

Check your tyre pressureLow tyre pressure increases fuel consumptionas well as the use of non-recommended tyres.Correct tyre pressure will maximise the grip ofyour vehicle and optimise fuel consumption.

Have your car serviced regularlyRegular service allows you to run your vehicle inoptimal condition and with the best fuel effi-ciency. Have your vehicle serviced by yourINFINITI Centre or a qualified workshop to en-sure that it is maintained to its original stan-dard.

m

AIRBAG LABEL (where fitted)

m

• In case of emergency ... 6-2

(Flat tyre, engine will not start, overheating,towing)

• How to start the engine ... 5-2

• How to read the meters and

gauges ... 2-2

• Maintenance and do-it-yourself ... 8-2

• Technical information ... 9-2

QUICK REFERENCE

SECURITY INFORMATIONAs owner of this vehicle, a number of importantcodes have been supplied that you may requirein case you need to duplicate anINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key.

Please fill in the allocated area for key numberor attach the sticker(s) if available. Remove thepage from this manual and keep it in a safeplace, not in the vehicle.

When selling your vehicle, we kindly request youto hand over the page to the buyer.

SECURITY INFORMATION

Key number

Remove the page from the manual and keep it in a safe place, not in the vehicle.

When selling your vehicle, we kindly request you to hand over this page to the buyer.

Printing

:Aug

ust2

016/Pu

blicationNum

ber:O

M16EN

-CV37E0

EUR/Printedin

Fran

ce

OM16EN-CV37E0EUR

Documents

Q60 · If yousee thissymbol, it means “Do not do this” or “Do not let thishap- pen”. If yousee asymbol similar to these in an illustration, it meansthe arrow pointsto the